X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021]

Adopt full aluminium alloy panel structure, anodized surface process, With-License-Key-Full-Version-Free-Download.html]thingiverse[/url]Ordinuanulfedgef. windows 7 download full version cracked free http://newsfrom5paulumvulya0r.blogspot.com/2021/06/usb-vid138a-for-hp-laptop-drivers.html. Importance Of Sum Insured. By admin April 13, 2021 Uncategorized windows 7 free download full version with product key free.

: X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021]

X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021]
Movavi video converter 19 keygen - Activators Patch
X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021]

X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021] -

X-Plane (simulator)

Flight simulator produced by Laminar Research

Video game series

X-Plane is a flight simulation engine series developed and published by Laminar Research since 1995. Commercial desktop versions are sold for macOS, Windows, and Linux, although Laminar Research also distributes FAA-certified versions for professional use.[4] A mobile version is available for Android, iOS, and webOS since 2009 as well.[5]

X-Plane is pre-packaged with several commercial and military aircraft, as well as global scenery, which covers most of the Earth. X-Plane also has a plugin architecture that allows users to create their own modules, extending the functionality of the software by letting users create their own worlds or replicas of places on Earth. This is further enhanced by the X-Plane forums, where users can share aircraft, scenery, plugins, and the Scenery Gateway website, which allows users to share airports with other users, which can be eventually integrated into the base product.[6]

On November 25, 2016, Laminar Research released the public beta of the simulator's latest version, X-Plane 11, to the general public.[7][8] A second public beta was released on December 6, 2016, which fixed some major bugs.[9] The official release of X-Plane 11 was on March 30, 2017. This introduced Vulkan and Metal support.[10]

On December 9, 2019, X-Plane Mobile Global, a major update for the mobile port, was released. Although initially available for free, only five initial locations are available without purchase of a monthly subscription.[11]

On September 25, 2021, X-Plane 12 was announced at Flight Sim Expo 2021. It is set to feature a new weather engine featuring volumetric clouds and windscreen rain effects out of the box. New aircraft such as the Airbus A330 and F-14 will also be featured.[12]

Flight model[edit]

X-Plane differentiates itself from other simulators by implementing an aerodynamic model called blade element theory.[13] Traditionally, flight simulators emulate the real-world performance of an aircraft by using empirical data in predefined lookup tables to determine aerodynamic forces such as lift or drag, which vary with differing flight conditions. These simulators sufficiently simulate the flight characteristics of the aircraft, specifically those with known aerodynamic data, but are not useful in design work, and do not predict the performance of aircraft when the actual figures are not available.

Blade element theory improves on this type of simulation by modelling the forces and moments on an aircraft and individually evaluating the parts that constitute it. Blade-element theory and other computational aerodynamic models are often used to compute aerodynamic forces in real time or pre-compute aerodynamic forces of a new design for use in a simulator employing lookup tables.

With blade element theory, a surface (e.g. wing) may be made up of many sections (1 to 4 is typical), and each section is further divided into as many as 10 separate subsections. After that, the lift and drag of each section are calculated, and the resulting effect is applied to the whole aircraft. When this process is applied to each component, the simulated aircraft will fly similar to its real-life counterpart. This approach allows users to design aircraft quickly and easily, as the simulator engine immediately illustrates how an aircraft with a given design might perform in the real world. X-Plane can model fairly complex aircraft designs, including helicopters, rockets, rotorcraft, and tilt-rotor craft.

Extensibility[edit]

A Boeing 727-200F, one of the many 3rd party aircraft available for X-Plane

Users are encouraged to design their own aircraft, and design software titled Plane Maker and Airfoil Maker are included with the program. This has created an active community of users who use the simulator for a variety of purposes. Since designing an aircraft is relatively simple and the flight model can help predict performance of real-world aircraft, several aircraft companies use X-Plane in their design process.[14] The CarterCopter uses X-Plane for flight training and research. X-Plane also contributed to the design of the Atlanticablended wing body aircraft.

Through the plugin interface, users can create external modules that extend the X-Plane interface or flight model or create new features. The xPilot and xSquawkBox plugins allow X-Plane users to fly on a worldwide shared air traffic control network, VATSIM. Other work has been done in the area of improving X-Plane's flight model and even replacing entire facets of X-Plane's operation.

Maps and scenery are fully editable. While no tool is provided to edit the 3D mesh objects, there are tutorials for using the third party 3D modelers AC3D, SketchUp, Blender, and Autodesk 3ds Max[15]

Network flight[edit]

X-Plane can connect to other X-Plane instances via UDP or TCP[16][17] for multiplayer flight simulation, networked multi-monitorX-Plane configurations or to plugins, such as Pilot Edge,[18] which themselves communicate with other X-Plane instances.[19][20][21]

The X-Plane IOS (Instructor Operation Station) can be used remotely (via the Internet) or locally (via a computer connected to the X-Plane session by a LAN) as part of a flight training session allowing a flight instructor to alter and control the aircraft in various ways. It can be used to simulate various aircraft system failures and also to change the weather, time, or location.

X-Plane is a popular simulator used to connect to the IVAO or VATSIM network. For VATSIM there are two clients are used to do so, XSquawkBox and xPilot. XSquawkBox was originally developed several years ago, and xPilot was created as a modern client, built with a X-Plane 11-style UI.

Utilities[edit]

Multiple utilities are shipped with X-Plane 10/11 by Laminar Research for users to customize various aspects of the simulation including World Editor and Plane Maker..

World Editor is an overlay editor with a graphic user interface to facilitate editing of airports. With the most recent update, this utility global resources to allow users to submit data to be included in X-Plane by default with each update. The primary purpose of this tool is to modify and correct airport layouts. World Editor also can read the geographical coordinates in GeoTIFF files. In version 1.3r1, a new feature was added to allow users to submit airports using default assets to an Airport Scenery Gateway.[22]

Plane Maker is a program that lets users create and edit their own aircraft for use with X-Plane. Users can create aircraft that exist in real life or only in their imagination and see how they would fly in the real world. It is also possible to update existing aircraft to make them more like the real thing.

Commercial and professional use[edit]

The professional use version of X-Plane includes all the features of the personal use version, but has more capabilities depending on the license used. A commercial license can be obtained which allows one to use X-Plane without being tied to a specific computer via e.g. a disk or USB key. The commercial version also supports "kiosk mode" in which X-Plane's settings can be locked via password protection. [23][verification needed] The professional use version can also allow one to generate revenue from X-Plane related content.

The professional use version allows FAA certified flight training hours to be logged, but the computer system running X-Plane must be tested to meet minimum frame-rate requirements and have its hardware and all associated simulation hardware tested to be FAA certified. Furthermore, FAA certification may require expensive simulation hardware (e.g. professional flight simulation hardware).

The professional use version also enables the use of more advanced flight simulation hardware compared to the personal use version. For example, the professional use version is capable of cylindrical and spherical projection, which is commonly used in large and/or expensive professional flight simulators. The professional use version also has the ability to drive Garmin Real Simulator Units.[4]

See also[edit]

References[edit]

  1. ^"Interview-With-Austin-Meyer". Retrieved December 30, 2018.
  2. ^"Interview : Austin Meyer, the man behind X-Plane!". Retrieved December 30, 2018.
  3. ^Laminar Research (June 30, 2021). "X-Plane 11.55 Release Notes". X-Plane. Retrieved July 1, 2021.
  4. ^ ab"X-Plane for Professional Use". Retrieved November 19, 2018.
  5. ^"Meet X-Plane Mobile - X-Plane". Retrieved January 31, 2011.
  6. ^"X-Plane Scenery Gateway". Retrieved July 3, 2020.
  7. ^"X-Plane 11.00b1 now available". X-Plane. November 25, 2016. Retrieved December 7, 2016.
  8. ^X-Plane [@XPlaneOfficial] (October 8, 2016). "X-Plane 11 is coming this November! Check out for more details!" (Tweet) – via Twitter.
  9. ^"Some Bugs We're Working on for Public Beta 2". X-Plane Developer. Retrieved December 7, 2016.
  10. ^"X-Plane 11 Vulcan and Metal support added with new 11.50 update". PC Invasion. September 11, 2020. Retrieved December 19, 2020.
  11. ^"X-Plane Mobile Global Released". ThresholdX. December 9, 2019. Retrieved August 24, 2020.
  12. ^Martin, Calum (September 25, 2021). "Laminar Research Formally Announces X-Plane 12". fselite.net. Retrieved September 25, 2021.
  13. ^"How X-Plane Works - X-Plane". Retrieved November 18, 2017.
  14. ^"Apple - Games - Articles - X-Plane". Retrieved November 19, 2014.
  15. ^"X-Plane 8 Scenery Tutorials". Retrieved November 22, 2007.
  16. ^"Background info". Nuclear Projects. Retrieved November 26, 2016.
  17. ^"X-Plane Reference". Nuclear Projects. Retrieved November 26, 2016.
  18. ^"How it works". Pilotedge. Retrieved November 26, 2016.
  19. ^"X-Plane Manual"(PDF). Retrieved November 26, 2016.
  20. ^"Useful downloads". Archived from the original on September 22, 2010. Retrieved November 26, 2016.
  21. ^"X-Plane 10 Desktop Manual". Retrieved November 26, 2016.
  22. ^"The Gateway Lives - X-Plane Developer". developer.x-plane.com. Retrieved November 18, 2017.
  23. ^"X-Plane Professional". X-Plane. Retrieved February 18, 2021.

External links[edit]

Источник: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X-Plane_(simulator)

Importance Of Sum Insured

  • Importance of sum insured that appears sufficient today may be inadequate to cover your healthcare expenses in the next few years.
  • One should always factor in inflation before deciding on the sum insured.

Importance Of Sum Insured

Like choosing the right job or buying a new car, one should go for the right coverage.

The sum insured, while buying a health insurance.

A sum insured that appears sufficient today may be inadequate to cover your healthcare expenses in the next few years.

So, one should always factor in inflation before deciding on the sum insured.

On account of rising medical inflation estimated at 15% per annum

 The cost of healthcare has been rising steadily since last one decade or so.

With rising healthcare costs, not having a health plan irrespective of an individual’s age can be risky,”, IFFCO Tokyo General Insurance.

“One can never be sure when an illness will strike, leaving you with huge medical bills.

If not prepared, a single instance of hospitalization can very well disturb a family’s well-calculated budget.

Sum insured should also depend on one’s residential city, history of family illnesses etc.

“For instance, for people living in Class A cities, the cover amount should be at least ₹10 lakh given the high cost of living in metro cities.

The premium also will vary accordingly.

Young consumers, scouting for a health insurance cover, should always go for an optimum health cover.

This will not only help them get the much-needed coverage to deal with the expenses due to illness.

But also reduce the burden of premium cost on their overall monthly expenses.

At an early age, there are low chances of falling ill and lodging a claim.

Which means it is very likely that he/she will be able to enjoy the no-claim bonus or cumulative bonuses.

Which means their sum insured can rise year on year by up to 150%.

One should take an informed decision while deciding on the sum insured.

As this will take care of costs if there is a medical contingency & analyze the premium which is affordable.

While riders and add-on will increase the cost, going in for a co-pay will reduce the premium costs substantially.

Importance Of Sum Insured

 

For senior citizens and parents, one as to be practical while deciding on the level of coverage.

Today, even a small routine surgical procedure can easily cost up to ₹1 lakh.

A bypass surgery at a reputed hospital cost in excess of ₹2 lakh and will certainly cost more in the next five years.

Also, parents, if they are senior citizens, will definitely need a higher sum insured & the premium too would be high as per their age.

What policyholders should do

Over the years, healthcare industry has witnessed major advancements & innovation.

However, there still exists diseases that are difficult to diagnose. Require specialized care that can often derail one’s finances.

A health insurance the policy ensures adequate financial protection and covers the hospitalization expenses along with.

The cost of annual health check-ups, vaccinations, consumables, treatment of critical diseases & other expenses that can impact an individual’s financial planning.

To avoid stress in case of medical emergencies and give sufficient coverage for family members.

It is advised to opt for a comprehensive health insurance plan with a higher sum insured.”

Importance Of Sum Insured

 

Generally one should have a reasonable level of sum insured as cover in Health insurance depending upon the city person lives in, age etc.

however, treatments like major organ transplant, onco surgery etc. are such treatments that cost huge amount of money where hospitalization is required for multiple times and prolonged duration.

For such situations one should increase the cover through a combination of base cover & super top up health insurance cover for added financial protection available at affordable cost.”

Follow us on INSTAGRAM:

33 Instagram Marketing Statistics for 2018  <div><h2>Garmin Edge 530 Cycling GPS In-Depth Review</h2><div><p><img src=

Today Garmin announced three new products, the Edge 530 (this review), the Edge 830 (that review), and new dual ANT+/Bluetooth Smart Speed and Cadence sensors (that review coming up momentarily). These products effectively complete Garmin’s x30 lineup of higher-end cycling units, offering four distinct incrementing price points: Edge 130, Edge 530, Edge 830, and Edge 1030.  And more importantly, they refresh Garmin’s most popular unit – the Edge 520.

While Garmin announced the Edge 520 Plus almost exactly one year ago today, it was effectively just a minor refresh of the Edge 520 adding in mapping capability. Whereas the new Edge 530 is a substantial bump in not just performance, but also features. And in using both the Edge 530 and Edge 830 for the past month, I’d argue it might be the best bike computer Garmin’s ever made (keeping in mind a year ago I was pretty firm in not recommending the Edge 520 Plus due to performance issues).

This new unit significantly increases performance in routing/navigation, while also adding in automated slicing and dicing of a route’s climbs to give you exact distance/elevation remaining for each climb. It’s got a huge slate of mountain bike specific features, including baking in the entire world’s worth of Trailforks maps/data right into the units. Plus there’s a host of new performance metrics, alongside nutrition/hydration alerts that are generated automatically based on route/weather conditions.  But let’s not get ahead of ourselves, I detail all this stuff below.

As always, I aim to detail the good, bad, and ugly about a given device. Note that this unit is a media loaner/test device and will very shortly go back to Garmin, like all other loaners. I do not accept any money (or even permit even advertising) from any company I review. If you find this review useful, hit up the links at the end of the post to support the site.

Oh – and if you’re trying to decide whether to read the Edge 530 or Edge 830 review this morning, I can say that they are excruciatingly similar, with the only differences being found in the ‘Navigation’ section of the Edge 830 variant (since that’s the only place they differ). Or, you can just make two trips to Starbucks, man or woman up, and get reading.

What’s new:

Let’s get right into the details of what’s new. And there’s no more consolidated method to do that then the below video where I outline all the newness with quick demos of each:

But, if text is more your jam, then here’s what I’ve put together. Note that there are other tidbits that I probably haven’t accounted for here – for example in certain menus or such where tiny things may have changed, but the below consolidates everything into one cohesive list. For this listing I’m using the Edge 520 Plus as the baseline (whereas if I used the Edge 520 on-board detailed maps weren’t included there).

– Increased display size 13% from 2.3” to 2.6”
– Increased battery life from 15 to 20 hours, and to 48 hours in battery saver mode
– Significantly increased processor speed: Results in much faster route calculation (see videos)
– Maintained complete on-board turn by turn map database for your region
– Added WiFi: Used for syncing of activities/metrics/routes (not during ride)
– Added ClimbPro: Automatically shows how much distance/elevation remains for each climb on route
– Added Mountain Bike Metrics: Shows Grit, Flow, and Jump details on both unit and Garmin Connect
– Added Trailforks maps to unit: Added global Trailforks data/maps to baked-in data on unit (no downloads required)
– Added ForkSight: Automatically shows mountain bike trail options when you pause at fork in trail
– Added Heat Acclimation: Will automatically take into account heat/humidity for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Altitude Acclimation: Will automatically take into account (high) elevation for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Training Plan API support: This includes a redesigned structured workout execution page
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Smart Alerts: When using a course/route, it’ll automatically figure out how much water/calories you should be taking
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Tracking: It allows you to record this data in ride summary screens and log it on Garmin Connect
– Added Edge Battery Pack Support: You can now attach the Garmin integrated battery pack to the Edge (you can still use generic USB power too)
– Added Bluetooth Smart sensor support: You can now pair Bluetooth Smart sensors like heart rate, power, and cadence
– Added Performance Power Curve: This shows you your mean maximal power over different durations/timeframes (like many training sites)
– Added Bike Alarm Feature: Used for cafes/bathroom stops, emits loud alarm if bike is moved
– Added ‘Find my Edge’ feature: Automatically record exact GPS location on your phone if Edge is disconnected (in case unit pops off)
– Added Training Plan Weather/Gear Tips: Basically tells you to HTFU when it’s cold out
– Changed user interface bits: Tweaked user interface, which might take some people a few rides to get used to (or just myself)

Got all that? Good. Now usually I do include any ‘negative’ new things (such as features removed), but I haven’t found any downsides to the new unit yet, or anything that’s been removed. It’s fairly rare for Garmin to remove features from unit to unit, though sometimes we see unintended consequences of other additions. Either way, I haven’t found any of those yet in my riding (or asking lots of questions). Of course, that’s separate from GPS/Altimeter/etc accuracy, which I cover in a separate section below.

Garmin-Edge530-vs-Edge830

So what are the key differences to the Edge 830 you might ask (which costs $100 more)? No problem, here ya go:

– Edge 830 has a touchscreen (thankfully different than the older Edge 820 touchscreen)
– Edge 830 can do address-specific routing, whereas on the Edge 530 you can’t enter a street address
– Edge 830 has searchable points of interest database, for finding food/monuments/hotels/etc…
– Edge 830 has four less buttons than the 530, since it’s a touch screen (and also has some slight differences in user interface, since you can touch it – most easily seen in the mapping pages)

As you can see, there’s not a lot of differences. It really comes down to that touch screen, and whether or not you plan to enter specific addresses onto the device, or would instead route by just using saved routes or moving the little finish selector over a given spot (more on that in the Navigation section).

With everything new and different all outlined, let’s dive into actually using the darn thing.

Oh wait – one last thing: Got an Edge 1030 already? You’ll get almost every new feature you see above via firmware update to your Edge 1030. The notable exception being that the pre-loaded mountain bike Trailforks maps, due to licensing reasons. However, Garmin says the remaining features will show up in a firmware update over the coming months.

Size & Weight Comparisons:

Before we dive into all the details (or even the basics), let’s just do a quick size check. Here’s a disastrously big lineup of mostly current bike computers, all aligned on their base to a chunk of wood:

DSC_0133

From left to right: Garmin Edge 130, Garmin Edge 520/520Plus/820 (identical case size), Polar M460, Wahoo BOLT, Garmin 530/830 (identical case size), Wahoo ELEMNT, Wahoo ELEMNT ROAM, Hammerhead Karoo, Garmin Edge 1030, Sigma ROX 12

The same order is below as well:

DSC_0134

And then, just to zoom in on some of the more applicable units close up. Left to right: ELEMNT BOLT, Edge 530/830, ELEMNT, ELEMNT ROAM, and Hammerhead Karoo.

DSC_0135

What’s that? You want weights too?!? Ok, out with the trusty scale:

DSC_0138DSC_0141DSC_0139DSC_0140DSC_0147DSC_0148DSC_0149DSC_0150DSC_0142DSC_0144DSC_0145DSC_0146

Ok, your Brady Bunch moment is over. Now for realz, let’s get onto using it.

(Note: This comparison section was added after the Wahoo ROAM released.)

The Basics:

Garmin-Edge530-Main-Dashboard

This section is focused on basic usage of the device. If you’ve been around the Garmin Edge block a few times before, you won’t likely pick up too much new in this chunk. I do this so that I can focus on newness in the other bits. Still, there are a few things different this time around, like the user interface and some button functions. In fact, let’s start with buttons. On the Edge 530 you have two, the lap and start/pause buttons in the same frontal location as other Edge devices:

Garmin-Edge530-Front-Buttons

This still remains somewhat controversial, as it can make it difficult to access these buttons on certain lower profile mounts where they’re against the handlebars. While that’s never really been an issue for me personally, I can see the argument for sure.

Meanwhile, on the left side of the unit there’s three buttons. Two used for up/down type selections, and the other for power. Whereas the right side has two more buttons, one as an escape/back type function and the other for confirmation/OK.

Garmin-Edge530-Left-Side-ButtonsGarmin-Edge530-Right-Side-Buttons

On the underside of the unit is the same quarter-turn mount as every other Garmin Edge device made in the last decade. However, it joins the Edge 1030 in having the battery charge ports, which allows you to add the Garmin Charge Battery pack to the bottom of it to extend battery life even longer (like, multiple-days crazy long).

Garmin-Edge530-UndersideGarmin-Edge530-Battery-Pack

The Edge 530 and Edge 830 both get 20 hours in regular mode, which Garmin has specifically defined as having the screen on, ambient light sensor enabled, two ANT+ sensors, and Bluetooth constantly connected to phone (including even LiveTrack). Meanwhile, you can go up to 40 hours in ‘Battery Saver’ mode, which turns off the display (unless tapped) but still records GPS/sensors. It’ll automatically prompt you to go into this mode when the battery gets super low.

Once you power the unit up you’ll notice the user interface is new. Similar to before, but still new nonetheless.  You can press down to see the typical/previous menus where you’ll find Training/Navigation/History/Stats/Connect IQ Apps/Settings. Where pressing up gets you to the status pane, which includes bits like weather and sensor/GPS/backlight status:

Garmin-Edge530-MainScreenGarmin-Edge-530-StatusScreenGarmin-Edge530-DownScreen

Speaking of GPS status, the Edge 530 follows along with virtually all new Garmin devices released in 2019 and uses the Sony GPS chipsets, which have a lower battery profile than previous chipsets from MediaTek. This chipset supports base GPS, GPS+GLONASS, and GPS+GALILEO. You can configure this on a per activity profile perspective.

Activity Profiles are used to customize your settings where you might want them different for different types of riding. For example, you’d likely have a different activity profile for mountain biking than road riding. Or maybe you want a paired down activity profile for racing.  You can customize data pages here, as well as metrics like nutrition/hydration, automatic lap, Strava Segments, and various other alerts.

I personally typically just use one profile for road riding, and one for mountain biking. I’m kinda simple that way. But some people get really creative/nuanced with their activity profiles.

Note that activity profiles don’t define sensors. Those are device-wide. Instead, Garmin for a number of years now has created a sensor pool concept. You pair all sensors on all your bikes, and it automatically connects to the sensor when that sensor wakes up. It works really well, and in the case of the Edge 530 is now expanded to Bluetooth Smart sensors (to match the Edge 830/1030, a well as Garmin’s wearables).

Garmin-Edge-530-Sensors-PairingGarmin-Edge530-Sensors-Bluetooth-Smart

This means that you can now pair the following types of sensors on the Edge 530:

Cadence (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Edge Remote (ANT+)
eBike (ANT+)
Heart Rate (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Lights (ANT+)
Indoor Trainer (ANT+ FE-C, though paired in a different spot)
Radar (ANT+)
Power Meter (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Shifting (ANT+)
Shimano Di2 (ANT)
Speed/Cadence (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Speed (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Varia Vision (ANT+)
VIRB (ANT+)

Phew, got all that? Good.

In my case I’ve paired a blend of sensors, mostly ANT+ power meters/trainers, cadence sensors, speed sensors, and both ANT+ & Bluetooth Smart heart rate straps.

Once you’re ready to ride, you’ll simply select the activity profile on the main page and then the upper right button. It’ll go off and find GPS if it hasn’t already, and then you’re good to go. If it’s an indoor profile, it won’t find GPS.

Garmin-Edge530-MainStartingPage

Once you press the lower right start button, your unit will be recording data (and showing you that data). You can press the up/down buttons to change screens (or use auto-scroll to iterate through screens automatically).

If you’ve configured Live Tracking, then your track is shared to whomever you selected, be it social media or directly to specific friends via e-mail.

2019-04-23 22.34.172019-04-23 22.34.13

This is also leveraged for Group Tracking, which enables you to follow friends on a given group ride, and then send quick messages to those friends mid-ride. Regrettably, I lack any friends to test this feature out.

If you want to create manual laps, you’ll use the lower left ‘lap’ button, which marks a lap and then shows you lap summary data. You can also use the lap summary page to compare lap metrics – which is ideal if doing intervals.  Finally, once done you’ll press the ‘Stop’ button on the right corner, which pauses the recording. Press it again to save it. You’ll then get ride summary data:

At that point the ride is automatically synced to your phone via Bluetooth Smart, and if within range of a saved WiFi network, then it could also upload that way as well. Once on Garmin Connect it instantly syncs to 3rd party platforms like Strava and TrainingPeaks as well.  You can view the stats of your ride on the Garmin Connect Mobile app:

Or, you can view it on Garmin Connect (desktop/web) too. Here’s one of my rides if you want to dig in further:

screencapture-connect-garmin-modern-activity-3576577811-2019-04-23-22_36_30

Last but not least, Garmin’s added a new Bike Alarm feature. This is in addition to the ‘Find my Edge’ function that I talk about within the mountain biking section. But since we just finished a ride, I’ll explain ‘Bike Alarm’, which is designed primarily for post-ride café settings, as well as quick bathroom stops. The goal being that you leave your Edge device on your bike and then if someone moves/touches it, it sounds an alarm. It uses the internal accelerometers to do so.

The setup for the feature is buried super deep in the menus. To get to it you’ll go: Down to Menu > Settings > Safety & Tracking > Bike Alarm > Set Passcode.  But once done, you don’t have to set it each time. Once you’ve set a passcode, you can access the bike alarm by just long-holding the power button:

Garmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-EnableGarmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-Activation

At that point it’ll give you a 5-second count-down, and then also notify you on your phone that the feature is activated.  If you touch the bike, the alarm activates, which…sounds hideous (in a good way).

Garmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-ActivatedGarmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-Triggered

Additionally, if your phone is within range (and it probably is), you’ll get a notification there which would also show up on any smartwatches you might have on. You’ll get a notification when you arm it, when it’s triggered, and when it’s disarmed:

2019-04-23 16.23.482019-04-23 16.24.142019-04-23 16.24.37

I demo the whole thing as part of the video up above in the ‘What’s new’ section.

When I first saw that the Edge had a bike alarm feature, admittedly I thought it was pretty stupid. But now that I’ve seen how it’s implemented, it actually makes sense. There’s plenty of times when I’ve got my bike at a café roughly within line of sight, but maybe not always top of my mind. This makes it so that I’ll either hear it, or my phone/watch will notify me if someone touches my bike. I like it.

And at that point, we’ve got the basics covered and are ready to dive into all the cool newness.

Mountain Bike Features:

Garmin-Edge530-Mountain-Bike

Up till now, the most attention that Garmin has placed on mountain biking has simply been to add a generic ‘Mountain Bike’ profile, and offer you the ability to purchase a colored rubber condom for your Edge device, presumably to try and protect it when you smashed your bike into a rock face. Feature-wise though, there’s been nothing.

But this time around there’s significant focus on mountain biking, primarily within the following features:

Trailforks maps are baked into the Edge 530: This includes about 130,000 mountain bike trails, alongside trail ratings
Mountain Bike Dynamics: These metrics show how hard a trail was that you rode, as well as how well you rode it
ForkSight: This trail chooser screen automatically appears when you pause at a trail intersection
Find my Edge: While not absolute to mountain riding, this helps you find your bike computer if it flies off the mount on the trail
Trail Planning: You can ask the Edge to pick a trail of a certain rating, and it’ll find you something to ride

In addition, you can still use the previous Trailforks Connect IQ app on your Edge 530 to get routes from your Trailforks account, or search the Trailforks database.

First, let’s talk the metrics – because that’s kinda the newest thing here in terms of being totally different. There’s essentially three metrics here:

Grit: This calculates a difficulty score for each route, using elevation and GPS data. So kinda like a trail rating. If two riders ride the same exact trail, they should get the same Grit score. The higher the number the harder the course.
Flow: This is your specific rating for how well you rode the route. It’s focused on the momentum of the ride, so things like braking impact hurt your score. A lower number is a better score. Thus, two riders could ride the exact same route and get totally different Flow scores.
Jumps: This will count how many jumps, and for each jump will include distance and hang time. Additionally, during the ride you’ll get jump notifications in real-time with distance/hang time.

Looking at some of these in real-time, first we’ve got the jump metric. In my case, I suck at jumping (look, I’m a road cyclist/triathlete – you’re just lucky I managed to ride a mountain bike at all). So while I got some jumps in my rides, my ability to capture those jumps while also taking a photo was not happening. So, here’s a photo from Des that shows that:

Next, there’s the Grit and Flow scores, which you can add as data fields to your unit. Further, you can also see these as per-lap fields. So for example in downhill mountain biking if you created a lap at the top of each descent, you’d be able to see how these scores compared lap after lap.

126516455

Afterwards, these scores show up on Garmin Connect (website). First, they actually show up on the map, color-coding your route – which is cool and something I wish Garmin did for other aspects of the map (like gradient % for road riding data).

image

Next, down below in the charts section they show up there too, also color coded:

image

And finally, down in the stats section you’ve got the new Mountain Bike Dynamics, including any jumps (or, lack thereof in my case):

image

You should be able to see these on Garmin Connect Mobile as well, though my app isn’t showing them yet for some bug, however, others that I know are seeing them just fine. So this appears to be a me-specific bug. The story of my life.

Next, there’s the increased Trailforks integration. While Garmin hasn’t quite bought out Trailforks yet, I’d be really surprised if we just don’t see that happen. With the Edge 530/830 they’ve baked in all of the Trailforks trail data onto the unit itself. You will need to authorize that briefly the first time you use the unit, but it only takes a second. The existing Trailforks app is still there, since that takes care of better integration with Trailforks as a platform in terms of pulling your routes from your account and so-on.

Garmin-Edge530-TrailForksApp

The most obvious way the new Trailforks data manifests itself is a feature called ‘ForkSight’, which automatically pops up anytime you pause at an intersection of trails (or, more appropriately – a fork in the trail). It’s at this point it’ll show you the trail options and difficulty grades/distances for each one:

2019-04-13 15.33.10 HDR2019-04-13 15.34.10

You can then select any of the options shown to get more information about that specific trail. It’s super cool in real life, and helps you figure out the implications of each option you have. That said, sometimes it can be a little confusing to figure out which trail is which if they aren’t labeled at the trailhead. But for the most part you can figure it out.

2019-04-13 15.34.21

Next, there’s ‘Find my Edge’, while not only for mountain biking, the reality is that most people will probably use it for mountain biking. This feature will instantly and automatically mark the exact GPS location where your unit disconnects from your phone (assuming the Garmin Connect Mobile app is on in the background). Then, on your phone you’ll get an alert that allows you to open up the exact GPS coordinates with the mapping app of your choice (for example, the Google Maps app):

2019-04-23 17.58.502019-04-23 19.04.27

In addition, within the device options on Garmin Connect Mobile, it has two further options: ‘Find my Edge’ and ‘Last Known Location’.  If you select ‘Last Known Location’, it’ll open up the default mapping app on your phone and then the exact GPS coordinates it last saw your Edge devices at:2019-04-23 19.04.152019-04-23 16.31.36

Whereas if you select ‘Find my Edge’, it’ll try and connect to your Edge 530 and start an alarm sound. Which is basically just a constant beeper. It’s not crazy loud, but loud enough that you should be able to find it. And here’s what it looks like on the unit itself – saying ‘Edge found’:

Garmin-Edge530-Found

Note that this last little bit requires you be within Bluetooth Smart range. Outdoors that’s roughly tens of meters, whereas indoors it’s a crapshoot. Generally speaking though your GPS accuracy is within a few meters, so that gets you close enough to then use the beeper to find your Edge sitting in the bush. Roughly akin to how I found my GoPro mountain biking earlier this year.

Oh, and as for the mountain bike bundle, in case you’re looking at that, it comes with the following:

– Edge 530
– Mountain Bike Mount
– Silicone Case
– Edge Remote
– Dual ANT+/Bluetooth Smart Speed Sensor

While I’ve personally never bothered with the silicone case, if you’re looking at picking up any of the other accessories, it probably makes sense to just get the bundle price-wise at that point.

Navigation:

Garmin-Edge-530-Routing-Navigation

The Edge 530 contains a complete mapset for the region you bought it in (I.e. North America), which allows you to get full turn by turn navigations (with street names) to any point you drop on the map, or any route you load into it (no matter the source/platform it’s from). The main difference though between the Edge 530 and Edge 830/1030 from a navigation standpoint is that the Edge 530 doesn’t support POI’s (points of interest; like monuments or hotels) nor the ability to on the device itself type in a street address. And obviously, the Edge 830/1030 is a touchscreen whereas the Edge 530 isn’t. But other than that – it’s all the same.

Perhaps the most important feature on the entire new Edge 530/830 units is the significantly faster processor. I, alongside the entire internet have complained how darn slow Garmin’s previous Edge series processors are. Which isn’t to say I actually care about the processor specifically, but rather the end-resultant: Route calculation time. It would previously take numerous minutes for each just a short route to calculate. That was unacceptable, and a core reason why I didn’t recommend at the Edge 520 Plus at launch.

Well, it seems like Garmin has listened and yup: Super duper fast now.

Now, there are slight differences depending on what exactly you’re doing. I’ve found loading a saved route is the fastest of the bunch. So something like some 60KM routes from Strava that I’ve loaded are taking about just a few seconds depending on the locale.  Whereas picking a point a distance away and letting it come up with a brand new route takes a few more seconds (like 10-20 seconds, not minutes). That’s understandable since the first is just drawing a route, whereas the second is coming up with one.  And yet it also seems to vary based on exactly where I am. Routes in Mallorca and California were silly quick (1-5 seconds), whereas here in crazy bike route density Amsterdam the routing takes a bit longer (5-15 seconds).

So, let’s quickly go through those two modes. First is if you’ve already got a route. This can be something from Garmin Connect or a 3rd party site. It could be an individual route file you’ve downloaded, or it could be from a site like Strava via the Strava Routes Connect IQ app. In my case, I’m mostly using Strava routes (since I can use them on all my devices – acting like the Switzerland of routing). So we’ll start there, grabbing that route from the pre-loaded Strava Routes CIQ app:

Garmin-Edge530-Strava-RoutesGarmin-Edge530-Strava-Route-Selected

Next, it’ll show me the route details:

Garmin-Edge530-Strava-Route-RideGarmin-Edge530-Strava-Route-Overview

And finally, I can select to ride it. Within about 2-3 seconds, the route generation is complete and I’m ready to press start on my unit.

Garmin-Edge530-Strava-Start-Routing

Now, when out on the road, I’ll get turn by turn directions as I approach any turn. I’ve found these directions timely (unlike the Edge 520 Plus), and in plenty of time to take action on them. Again, there does seem to be some slight variances in responsiveness based on where in the world I am, but none of the differences affected my ability to have boatloads of time. Here’s two screenshots mid-ride during different rides, showing what it looks like:

802984

In addition, if I ignored a route, it’d automatically recalculate the route (including street names). Depending on the scenario, it’d either explain how to turn around and re-join the route, or in some cases cut a corner to catch-up down the road. I did however see one quirk in Amsterdam on a very short automatically generated route where it continued to try and go via some non-direct roads. After Garmin analyzed it they found a routing/mapping related bug that they say should be included in the next firmware update.

Note that the recalculation behavior is very different than that of a Wahoo BOLT/ELEMNT, which don’t have a street-level map on them. Thus, they just point you back (compass-style) to the route itself, rather than giving you turn by turn directions. For many folks, that’s perfectly fine, but I wanted to make that clear.  Whereas the Garmin method matches that of Hammerhead’s Karoo and Sigma’s ROX 12 in terms of proper on-street routing data.

Next, what if you wanted to go somewhere unplanned? The Edge 530 can do that as well, albeit with a few more limitations than the Edge 830/1030. On the Edge 530 you’ll select navigation, where you’ve got the option to browse a map (as well as load courses and saved locations).  When you browse the map you’ve got a small target in the middle that you can move around (note the middle of the image with the crosshairs):

Garmin-Edge530-Target-Location

In the upper right corner are three dots. These are identical to how mapping works on the Fenix series, and works surprisingly well (since it’s non-touchscreen). You press the upper right button to change between the three modes: Zoom in/out, Pan left/right, Scroll up/down.  Then you use the lower left buttons to perform that action.  You can see it in each of the photos below in the upper right corner:

Garmin-Edge530-Scroll-MapGarmin-Edge530-Pan-MapGarmin-Edge530-Zoom-Map

The goal here is to move around to the point you want to go to, and then select it. At which point you can have the Edge 530 go off and find a route to it:

Garmin-Edge530-Routed-Browsed-LocationGarmin-Edge530-Map-Routing

From here, it’s business as normal just like above in terms of routing.

Finally, note that the unit in conjunction with your phone via the Garmin Connect Mobile app can also do some route planning.  You can create round-trip routes whereby it goes and creates a route of a given distance for you automatically, as well as create manual routes connecting points together.

2019-04-23 23.02.002019-04-23 23.02.03

This new manual route creation bit is actually brand new – introduced in the last week or two (to everyone, not just Edge 530/830 peoples), and frankly, it sucks. I don’t know how it could be so bad, but it really is. Having come from the Easy Route app world, where I just tappity-tap my way through a route, the Garmin Connect Mobile experience is just super clunky and imprecise, crazily zooming in and out like a drunk kid with a camera for the first time. Yes, you can get the job done, but it’ll take you way longer.

2019-04-23 23.02.182019-04-23 23.02.492019-04-23 23.02.58

Hopefully though since it’s a brand new feature it’ll improve over time – maybe once someone buys a bulk pack of 40-grit sandpaper and goes to town on it.

Still, new app option aside – the rest of routing works great (finally). The processing time is what I’d expect from a $300 unit, and the route calculation to match it. I would like to see Garmin integrate Strava routes directly though, as I find the Strava Routes app clunky compared to Wahoo’s integrated Strava Routes capability. Also, I’d prefer to see Garmin allow easy loading of maps from other regions like Wahoo, rather than having to rely on 3rd party site downloads (or paying a bunch of cash).

Though, once you get the route/maps loaded, then Garmin’s routing engine is leagues ahead of what Wahoo has. I suppose doing it for a decade longer will get you that experience.

Finally, note that if there’s one thing I know about routing is that there are always edge cases in certain areas. In my case I’ve tested routing quite a bit in three core locations: Mallorca (Spain), Amsterdam (Netherlands), and Monterey (California, USA). This has included both on-road and off-road routes. However, there are always quirks in weird places that I might not have encountered, though for the most part the underlying mapping/routing data here should match that of the Edge 1030 – which people seem pretty happy with.

Training & Performance Metrics:

Garmin-Edge530-ClimbPro-Header

Next comes a slew of training and performance-related metrics, virtually all of which are new. And we’re going to start with ClimbPro, which is hands-down my favorite feature on the Edge 530/830 (and coming to the Edge 1030).

This feature automatically slices and dices your planned route’s climbs, and generates detailed climb charts for each climb as you ride them. The feature actually originated from the Fenix 5 Plus wearables last year, but really shines here on the larger screen of the Edge series as a cycling focused function. It requires that you have some route/course loaded, so it knows where you’re going. Once you’ve got that, you can see the list of climbs within the ClimbPro summary screen on the route planning page:

Garmin-Edge530-ClimbProListOfClimbs

Next, as you’re riding, it’ll automatically show the ClimbPro page for each climb once you enter it. Kinda like Strava Segments for climbs, minus the racing aspect. The climb page shows the distance remaining on the climb, the ascent remaining, the average grade remaining, and then two customizable fields at the bottom. By default, these are heading and elevation, but you can change them as you see fit.

Garmin-Edge530-ClimbPro1Garmin-Edge530-ClimbPro2

In addition, the Edge will color-code the pain of the climb segments on the ClimbPro page based on gradient as seen above. These are bucketed into:

0-3%: Green
3-6%: Yellow
6-9%: Orange
9-12%: Red
12%+: Dark Painful Bloody Red

Having ridden with this feature last month on Mallorca it was super cool. Not only for major climbs like Sa Calobra, but actually for some of the smaller ones before and after it. For example, after you finish the famed Sa Calobra and continue out of that area you’ve actually still got another minor climb to do before you descend one of a few routes back to the remainder of the island. Having ClimbPro on my screen was super handy to know how much suck was left, since mentally you sorta forgot about these minor climbs you’ve still gotta do in comparison to the big one you just knocked out.

2019-04-14 10.36.29

Garmin notes that they expect to tweak the definition of a climb based on feedback over the next month or two. Specifically, whether or not something triggers a climb on ClimbPro (since this is calculated on the unit itself when a route is loaded). Obviously, there’s no international definition when it comes to what’s a cycling climb and what’s not. Still, the definition they’re using as of today is as follows:

Total value must be 3,500 or higher where: Distance of climb in meters (min 500 meters) * Gradient (min average 3%)

So, doing some samples here to help understand:

Climb A: 1,000 meters long at 4% = 1,000*4 = 4,000: Yes, qualifies as a climb
Climb B: 5,000 meters long at 2% = 5,000*2 = 10,000: No, doesn’t meet 3% threshold
Climb C: 500 meters long at 8% = 500*8 = 4,000: Yes, qualifies as a climb

Make sense? Again, simply calculate distance in meters by incline/gradient and see if it’s above 3,500. Also, ensure average gradient is 3%.  As I said above – I think it’s probably the coolest feature on the Edge 530/830.

Next, speaking of elevation, there’s two new features coupled together – heat and altitude acclimation. Both of these are actually quietly present on the Garmin MARQ series as well. The goal behind both of these are post-workout calculations tied to figuring out whether or not you’re acclimated to a given temperature or altitude. Obviously, both can significantly impact performance.  Starting with heat acclimation, the function leverages nearby weather stations. So your unit has to have connected to Garmin Connect Mobile within 3 hours of starting your ride in order to receive that weather data (it doesn’t use on-device temperature).

Then, for heat acclimation it applies a heat correction factor for rides above 71°F/22°C, using a percentage based amount from published studies (humidity is also factored into this as well). This is then shown in the training status widget. Garmin says they assume full acclimation takes a minimum of 4 days, and acclimation/adaptation to a given high temperature will automatically decay after 3 days of skipped training within that heat levels.

Garmin-Edge530-HeatAcclimation

Altitude acclimation/adaption is roughly similar (also seen above). The minimum threshold is at altitudes above 850m/2,788ft, and tops out at 4,000m/13,123ft (Garmin doesn’t calculate above that for cycling, sorry folks). Garmin says that they divide up training vs living altitudes, just as typical studies would. The company says that adaptation algorithms within the Edge 530/830 assume total adaptation after 21 days, and that adaptation is faster at the beginning of altitude exposure. Additionally, adaptation will decay within 21-28 days depending on acclimation level. Because I haven’t had any high altitude rides lately, I’m deferring you to Mr. DesFit, who has, and kindly lent me his high altitude shot (and check out his Edge 530 video, especially for more mountain bike details).

2019-04-23 23.36.31

What the feature shows is your current altitude adaptation level. In other words, if I go from living at sea level (as I do) to moving to the French Alps, each day it’ll show what my body has acclimated to. This essentially automates/charts the exact same process that many elite athletes take when preparing for races. In fact, a pro triathlete friend of mine wrote a guest post here on that very topic some 8 years ago. For the rest of us, we can just use this as a post-ride pub excuse for why we climbed so poorly on our week-long vacation in the Alps. Obviously, we weren’t acclimated.

Also of note is that if the Edge 530/830 are put into ‘sleep’ mode (as opposed to powered full off), it’ll actually do a check each night at midnight of where it is altitude wise, and account for that – just like the MARQ series watch does every night at midnight. Effectively giving you credit for sleeping at high altitude.

Next, there’s new hydration/nutrition alerts and record keeping. These alerts will appear mid-ride anytime you’ve loaded a pre-planned course/route into the Edge, and are based on your profile (gender/weight). Effectively, it’s trying to help you remember to eat and drink – a chronic problem for most longer-distance cyclists and triathletes. Or, at least me.  These alerts automatically show up seemingly based on caloric intake variables, and will give you Garmin’s recommendations for fluid and calories, impacted by the current temperature/humidity as well. Garmin did note that these are capped though to account for maximum hydration intake limits of the human body.

2019-04-19 16.46.00

In other words, they know that in some super hot/humid scenarios you could lose more hydration than you could possibly consume/absorb in the same timeframe, so they shouldn’t be giving you crazy recommendations like drinking three full bottles per hour. I haven’t hit that kinda weather yet, so it’s hard to tell for sure.

Then, afterwards you’ve got new hydration/nutrition tracking These pages are shown for any rides longer than 90 minutes, where it’ll ask you how much you drank and ate. It’s here over the last few months that I’ve realized the answer is always ‘not enough’.

Garmin-Edge530-CaloriesConsumedGarmin-Edge530-Hydration-Consumed

And yes, you can change from ounces to millimeters, as well as the exact size of your bottle (even per activity profile setting too!).  This data is then shown on Garmin Connect (but oddly not Garmin Connect Mobile):

image

In addition to the post-ride nutrition stats, there’s your total training status stats. These stats are a step above what you’ve historically gotten on the Edge series, and are in line to match that of MARQ (and a step above the Fenix 5 Plus). Note that some of these stats require a power meter (like FTP). Here’s the overview ‘My Stats’ page (though, much of this is also shown post-ride on the summary screens):

Garmin-Edge530-TrainingStatus

First, there’s Training Status, which is showing you Training Load over the last 7 days. Note that this includes non-riding activities as well, if they’ve synced from other Garmin wearable devices.

Garmin-Edge530-TrainingLoad

Next, there’s Training Load Focus, which is showing you the breakouts of your training types over the last four weeks. It then shows you in the dotted line the optimal (aka balanced) training load bucketing. Obviously, I ignore anything that’s optimal or balanced.

Garmin-Edge530-TrainingFocus

Next, there’s Recovery Time, which is load-based and includes time from other devices as well. This is telling you how many hours you should wait until your next hard workout:

Garmin-Edge530-RecoveryTime

Then there’s VO2Max and FTP, both of which are calculated (FTP calculation requires a power meter, seen above):

Garmin-Edge530-VO2Max

And finally, one of the newer metrics not seen on any other Garmin device is Power Curve. This is basically just a mean-max power graph, and loosely mirrors what we’ve had on various training platforms for more than a decade.

Garmin-Edge530-PowerCurve

The time duration is selectable as three choices – one month, three months, and twelve months. It does appear to pull in data from Garmin Connect as well, which is a good thing and shows tighter integration there than we’ve previously seen for Personal Records on other Garmin devices.

Last but not least, there’s on-device training plans. You could previously see all of this on Garmin Connect, but it wasn’t super visible on the Edge itself. Now, if you’ve got a training plan loaded (including those from TrainingPeaks and soon also TrainerRoad), those will appear here.  Once you load a workout up, you’ll get similar step by step instructions on the Edge as before, but now with a bit better overview metrics and showing exactly how that workout should look:

Garmin-Edge530-IndividualWorkout

Additionally, there’s now a new ‘Gear’ and ‘Weather’ option. The weather simply shows the weather for that day of the week that the workout is scheduled. Whereas the gear option aims to give you tips on what kind of gear you should have that day (for example, if it’s cold and miserable to bring gloves). Garmin says that they’re trying to provide tips for cyclists that may not be as experienced. The rest of us know that it’s simply better to stay indoors and Zwift instead.

Garmin-Edge530-Recommended-Gear

As usual, once you’ve completed these workouts, they’ll sync up to Garmin Connect and the various 3rd party platforms they might have come from.

Ultimately, the goal behind all these metrics is that they’re across the board with your other Garmin devices. So if you’ve got a Garmin wearable that supports these metrics (or some portion of them), then everything should match. Understanding that I’m a bit of an edge case due to how many Garmin devices I’m using at once for testing, that concept roughly pans out – though there’s still some cracks here and there where physiological data from one device doesn’t match another. Still, for the normal person that doesn’t ride with 12 devices at once, it’s nice to see some of this glue finally hardening.

GPS & Elevation Accuracy:

Garmin-Edge530-GPS-Status

There’s likely no topic that stirs as much discussion and passion as GPS accuracy.  A watch could fall apart and give you dire electrical shocks while doing so, but if it shows you on the wrong side of the road?  Oh hell no, bring on the fury of the internet!

GPS accuracy can be looked at in a number of different ways, but I prefer to look at it using a number of devices in real-world scenarios across a vast number of activities.  I use 2-6 other devices at once, trying to get a clear picture of how a given set of devices handles conditions on a certain day.  Conditions include everything from tree/building cover to weather.

Over the years I’ve continued to tweak my GPS testing methodology.  For example, for watches I try to not place two units next to each other on my wrists, as that can impact signal. If I do so, I’ll put a thin fabric spacer of about 1”/3cm between them (I didn’t do that for any workouts here).  But often I’ll simply carry other units by the straps, or attach them to the shoulder straps of my hydration backpack.  Plus, wearing multiple watches on the same wrist is well known to impact optical HR accuracy. For cycling units, I arrange them on my handlebars using standard mounts – usually one on either side of the step, often a bit separated from each other.

Next, as noted, I use just my daily training routes.  Using a single route over and over again isn’t really indicative of real-world conditions, it’s just indicative of one trail.  The workouts you see here are just my normal daily workouts.  I’ve had a fair bit of variety of terrain within the time period of testing Garmin Edge units.  This has included workouts in: Amsterdam (city, countryside) and Mallorca (mountains, ocean, countryside), California (off-road, hills, forests, seaside).

We’re gonna look at a few different rides in different parts of the world. First, we’ll start with the famed Sa Calobra in Mallorca. I rode this nearly a month ago, so while this firmware was slightly older, it still shows pretty solid GPS performance. Here is the data set compared to the Garmin MARQ watch and the Samsung Galaxy Watch Active.

image_thumb[32]

This super twisty-turny route is incredibly difficult from a GPS performance standpoint. There are rock tunnels, huge cliffs next to you, and plenty of GPS-blocking goodness to hose up units (as we see the Samsung illustrate).

DJI_0004-1_thumb

I’m going to zoom into one of the more difficult points here:

image_thumb[35]

Of course, with the trees it’s hard to see what’s going on. But I just wanted to show you first the density of trees. In fact, you can see the Samsung straight-up gave up on life half-way through this and just cut the corner entirely. So we’ll ignore it.

image_thumb[36]

The other units tracks are actually very close. There’s a few bobbles of the Garmin MARQ at one point where the cave is (the green text you see). That’s this thing:

RockWalls_thumb

But most importantly, the two Edge 530/830 units tracked through that just fine and dandy. Perhaps by skill, or perhaps by dumb luck. They did it both directions though.

Now I had a quick lunch at the bottom before heading up. GPS-wise, units were fine here. I left them recording on my bike while I ate.

image_thumb[38]

Though I did see some elevation issues here were it showed me quite a bit higher in elevation than I really was (300ft higher than the sea I was sitting next to). Garmin isn’t super clear on why this happened, though I haven’t seen it happen again. And again, that was a month ago on older firmware.

And in fact, if we look at route elevation for the next day, you’ll see the two Edge 530/830 units nail the elevation without any issues, super clean and consistent. The Samsung…is…well…yeah.

image_thumb[40]

Next we’ve got a ride in Monterey, California from two weeks ago. This was a nice coastal ride that also went through some gigantic tree forests. Plus it had a couple of rollers and a solid climb mid-way through. For this I’ve got both Edge 530/830 units, as well as the Garmin MARQ watch and the Polar Vantage V GPS watch. Here’s the high-level overview of the GPS from that set:

image_thumb[17]

We’ll go ahead and zoom into some sections, starting with early on. It’s here we see the Edge 530 is a bit offset from the rest. Why you ask? It was in my back jersey pocket. I needed to photograph the Edge 830 solo-cup:

image_thumb[19]

However, once we turned the corner I then got it on my handlebars and it was clean sailing:

image_thumb[21]

I know, it’s hard to see the lines above. But how could I not go to satellite view with scenery like that? Ok, I’ll go back to boring map view for the next ones.

Источник: https://www.dcrainmaker.com/2019/04/garmin-edge-530-cycling-gps-in-depth-review.html

SerialSend

Graphical icon download link for SerialSend.exeSerialSend is a little command line application I created to send text strings via a serial port. I mainly use it to send information to microcontroller circuits via a USB-to-serial converter, so it’s designed to work well in that context.

SerialSend lets you:

  • Send an arbitrary text string to a device via serial port using one simple command.
  • Send text from simple console applications to hardware devices via serial port using the “” function.
  • Specify baud rate.
  • Specify serial port number.
  • Automatically find and use the highest available serial port number (very useful for USB-to-serial converters).

The reason I included the last feature in the above list is that Windows seems to assign different serial port numbers to the same USB-to-serial converter on different occasions, especially when different USB sockets are used. In my experience, the assigned port number is usually a high number (e.g. my USB-to-serial adapter is currently appearing as COM22), so by automatically finding and using the highest available serial port, SerialSend makes it easy to send text via a USB adapter without needing to check the precise port number that has been assigned to it.

The full C source code for SerialSend is provided below. I compiled SerialSend with MinGW (gcc) using the command shown in the opening comments of the code, but it should be straightforward to compile it using Visual C++ or another Windows C/C++ compiler. Alternatively, just download and use the executable file:

SerialSend.exe (53 KB, date: 21-Oct-2021)

Example commands:

Note: If the text to be transmitted contains any space characters, it should be enclosed in inverted commas.

The following command sends the characters “” via the highest available serial port at the default baud rate (38400 baud).

SerialSend.exe "abc 123"

The following command sends the characters “” via the highest available serial port at 9600 baud.

SerialSend.exe /baudrate 9600 "Hello world!"

The following command sends the characters “” via COM10 at the default baud rate (38400 baud). If COM10 is not available, the next highest serial port that is available is used instead.

SerialSend.exe /devnum 10 "S120 E360"

Arbitrary bytes, including non-printable characters can be included in the string as hex values using the “/hex” command line option and the “\x” escape sequence in the specified text. For example, the following command sends the string “abc” followed by a line feed character (hex value 0x0A) – i.e. 4 bytes in total.

SerialSend.exe /hex "abc\x0A"

When the “/hex” commmand line option is specified, the escape sequences “\n” and “\r” may be used to insert line feed and carriage return characters respectively. For example, the following command sends the string “Hello” followed by a carriage return and a line feed (7 bytes in total).

SerialSend.exe /hex "Hello\r\n"

The “/closedelay” commmand line option allows a delay (in milliseconds) to be carried out after the specified text is transmitted, but before the serial port is closed. This seems to be necessary when sending data to certain devices in order to give them time to respond. For example, the following command transmits the characters ‘ABCD’ and a carriage return to COM5, then delays for 500 ms before closing the COM port.

SerialSend.exe /devnum 5 /closedelay 500 "ABCD\r"

This is a screen shot of SerialSend running in a console:

Screenshot of SerialSend.exe running in a console window

// // SerialSend.c - This program sends text via serial port // Written by Ted Burke - last updated 8-4-2015 // // The text to send is specified as command line arguments. // By default, the highest available serial port is used. // The default baud rate is 38400 baud. // // To compile with MinGW: // // gcc -o SerialSend.exe SerialSend.c // // To compile with cl, the Microsoft compiler: // // cl SerialSend.c // // To run (this example sends the characters "S365 E120"): // // SerialSend.exe "S356 E120" // #include &amp;lt;windows.h&amp;gt; #include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt; int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { // Declare variables and structures int m, n; unsigned char buffer[MAX_PATH]; unsigned char text_to_send[MAX_PATH]; unsigned char digits[MAX_PATH]; int baudrate = 38400; int dev_num = 50; int parse_hex_bytes = 0; int close_delay = 0; char dev_name[MAX_PATH]; HANDLE hSerial; DCB dcbSerialParams = {0}; COMMTIMEOUTS timeouts = {0}; // Print welcome message fprintf(stderr, "SerialSend (last updated 8-4-2015)\n"); fprintf(stderr, "See http://batchloaf.com for more information\n"); // Parse command line arguments int argn = 1; strcpy(buffer, ""); while(argn &amp;lt; argc) { if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/baudrate") == 0) { // Parse baud rate if (++argn &amp;lt; argc &amp;amp;&amp;amp; ((baudrate = atoi(argv[argn])) &amp;gt; 0)) { fprintf(stderr, "%d baud specified\n", baudrate); } else { fprintf(stderr, "Baud rate error\n"); return 1; } } else if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/devnum") == 0) { // Parse device number. SerialSend actually just // begins searching at this number and continues // working down to zero. if (++argn &amp;lt; argc) { dev_num = atoi(argv[argn]); fprintf(stderr, "Device number %d specified\n", dev_num); } else { fprintf(stderr, "Device number error\n"); return 1; } } else if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/closedelay") == 0) { // Parse close delay duration. After transmitting // the specified text, SerialSend will delay by // this number of milliseconds before closing the // COM port. Some devices seem to require this. if (++argn &amp;lt; argc) { close_delay = atoi(argv[argn]); fprintf(stderr, "Delay of %d ms specified before closing COM port\n", close_delay); } else { fprintf(stderr, "Close delay error\n"); return 1; } } else if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/hex") == 0) { // Parse flag for hex byte parsing. // If this flag is set, then arbitrary byte values can be // included in the string to send using '\x' notation. // For example, the command "SerialSend /hex Hello\x0D" // sends six bytes in total, the last being the carriage // return character, '\r' which has hex value 0x0D. \n"); while(dev_num &amp;gt;= 0) { fprintf(stderr, "\r "); fprintf(stderr, "\rTrying COM%d...", dev_num); sprintf(dev_name, "\\\\.\\COM%d", dev_num); hSerial = CreateFile( dev_name, GENERIC_READ

Garmin Edge 1030 Plus In-Depth Review

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Review

Like with most Garmin products that tack on a ‘Plus’ designator, the changes from the Edge 1030 to the Edge 1030 Plus aren’t earth-shattering. In fact, the Edge 1030 received overwhelmingly more changes last summer when it got a massive firmware update sweep of features from the then new Edge 530 & Edge 830. Still, this unit does have some minor new features that fill in some of the cracks. And ultimately, if you were looking to get an Edge 1030, then just like with a new model year Apple product, you’ll take the minor changes over not.

Still, the Edge 1030 Plus changes aren’t throwaway either. There’s now a streamlined setup process that’ll migrate your old Edge settings and sensors (even from an Edge 1000), plus you’ve now (finally) got free global detailed maps for anywhere you go (except Asia). And the LiveTrack now will actually show your route to the friends/family you share it with. Plus lots of minor changes like re-routing quick-select options when you go off-course, and increased storage up to 32GB. And finally, new daily suggested structured workouts based on your training load.

All of which you can get the full details on in one super efficient video by hitting play below:

I’ve been using the Edge 1030 Plus for all my rides since last month, and I’ve got a pretty good handle on how exactly it works and whether these changes are worth the extra cash for an upgrade from an older Garmin (the price remains the same as the Edge 1030 at $599USD). As usual, this media loaner Edge 1030 Plus will go back to Garmin once I wrap up here with it, and then I’ll go out and get my own. If you found this review useful, simply hit up the links at the bottom of the page. Or, become a DCR Supporter (also, at the bottom).

With that, let’s dive into it!

What’s new:

DSC_6026

Now, I’m going to actually split this list in two. Mostly because it’s plausible (likely in fact), that someone looking at an older Edge 1030 review (even mine), might assume that a bunch of the features of the Edge 1030 Plus aren’t on the base Edge 1030. In fact, they are. They were just added last summer, nearly two years after the Edge 1030 came out.

So, this first list is the differences compared to a fully updated Edge 1030 unit today. In other words, if you just compared an up to date Edge 1030 to the new Edge 1030 Plus, what’s different:

– Now black instead of white: Just like the Bontrager Edge 1030 was, except this says Garmin instead of Bontrager
– *New setup routine: Sensors from your older Garmin unit are automatically imported for you on first use
– *New setup routine: Ride profiles and data fields from your older Garmin unit are automatically imported for you
– Now includes detailed maps for *ANYWHERE* you travel to (all regions…except Asia), free, inclusive of Topo data.
– Now includes Trailforks app pre-loaded (with full Trailforks data sets included)
– Now includes ForkSight, previous Edge 1030 update didn’t include this specifically
– New daily on-device workout suggestions based on training load
– New pause-route option (when you go freestyle off a course)
– New off-course re-route selection options
– *LiveTrack will now show the course/route that you’re on to your friends/family (whoever you’ve shared the route to)
– Onboard Storage size has been increased from 16GB to 32GB
– MicroSD card expansion slot has been removed (since you’ve got tons of on-board storage space)
– Beeper/Chirper an eff-ton louder (and a bit different)
– Up to 48 hours of GPS-on run time in a basic configuration, 36 in mid, and 24-hours in high navigation/sensor configuration
– New display/touchscreen to match that of the technology used on the Edge 830
– New Sony GPS Chipset (to match most other Garmin devices since 2019)

*These features will come to the existing Edge 1030, Edge 530, and Edge 830 later this year in Q4.

Now everything else you know about the Edge 1030 remains the same. The above are the only differences I’ve been able to find (or were told about).

As for the setup routine transfer bits, that’s actually pretty interesting. I’ll dig into it below, but in short, recent firmware updates for virtually every mid-range or higher Garmin Edge unit made in the last 6 years supports this. Specifically the Edge 1000, 1030, 520, 520 Plus, 530, 820, and 830.

Next though, we’ve got what is roughly the differences since release of the Edge 1030. This is somewhat of a throw-away list for users familiar with these products, but if you’re again coming from older reviews, it’s useful to understand what was added to the Edge 1030 from the Edge 530/830 series last year (via free firmware updates):

– Added ClimbPro: Automatically shows how much distance/elevation remains for each climb on route
– Added Mountain Bike Metrics: Shows Grit, Flow, and Jump details on both unit and Garmin Connect
– Added Heat Acclimation: Will automatically take into account heat/humidity for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Altitude Acclimation: Will automatically take into account (high) elevation for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Training Plan API support: This includes a redesigned structured workout execution page
– Added Courses API Support: This allows course/route downloads automatically from partners like Strava & Komoot
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Smart Alerts: When using a course/route, it’ll automatically figure out how much water/calories you should be taking
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Tracking: It allows you to record this data in ride summary screens and log it on Garmin Connect
– Added Performance Power Curve: This shows you your mean maximal power over different durations/time frames (like many training sites)
– Added Bike Alarm Feature: Used for cafes/bathroom stops, emits loud alarm if bike is moved
– Added ‘Find my Edge’ feature: Automatically record exact GPS location on your phone if Edge is disconnected (in case unit pops off)
– Added Training Plan Weather/Gear Tips: Basically tells you to HTFU when it’s cold out

Again, nothing on that list there is new to the Edge 1030 Plus. It’s simply making it clear that all those features that you might see marketed as Edge 1030 Plus features are also there on the Edge 1030 already today.

Ok, with that sweeping overview done, let’s dive into how to use it.

The Basics:

Edge1030Plus-Basics

In general I tend to skip over some of the setup aspects of devices these days since it’s trivial and repetitive (assuming no issues). But with the Edge 1030 Plus it’s notable because it’s a major shift for Garmin away from the past. It’s also an area that historically Wahoo has done SO MUCH better than Garmin (and a key thing people cite as to why they switched to a Wahoo unit over a Garmin).

So this time around I’m gonna talk about it, again, cause it’s finally different. Which isn’t to say its perfect, but it’s an improvement.  With the Edge 1030 Plus the setup process will do two key things:

A) It’ll import all your old screens/data field configuration from past Garmin Edge devices
B) It’ll import all your paired sensors automatically

How it does this is actually pretty interesting. With the first one, Garmin has released a firmware update for the following devices (Edge 520, Edge 520 Plus, Edge 530, Edge 820 Edge 830, Edge 1000, Edge 1030, Bontrager Edge 1030) quietly over the last month that enables those devices to be compatible with the Edge 1030 Plus setup process. So after you order your Edge 1030 Plus, go and update your older bike computer first and do a ride (even if just a few seconds) so that it’ll sync that data up.

As for sensors, those too are already happening in the background. Garmin will automatically pull in any paired sensors from the last 365 days of uploads to Garmin Connect – up to the maximum number of sensors the Edge 1030 Plus supports (30 total).

Here’s how this all looks in the real-world. First, it’ll pull in all your sensors found on Garmin Connect in the last 365 days.

DSC_6021

In my case with all the device testing I do, that means it punches itself in the #$#@. But after it’s done doing that, it does indeed pull down the most recent 30 sensors paired. For normal humans, that’ll more than cover your situations. Also, it’ll even include whatever you named those sensors too (for example my PowerTap P2 pedals are named ‘P2’, and my second set of PowerTap pedals on the Peloton bike are named ‘54715p3’, because when I named them many months ago one random night – that made sense in my head.

Lucky, you don’t see the Favero Assioma pedals in this list, because those are literally named ‘Ass pedals’, since that’s the shortest thing to type on this display.

DSC_6028

This is a one-time pull, so if you update the sensor’s names on other bike computers it won’t pull them in here the next time. Again, that’s fine for 99.99% of people.

Next, as you go through the setup process it’ll ask you if you want to copy in your activity profiles:

DSC_6024

So you’ll see my main activity profile is named as such immediately after setup:

DSC_6027

Now, with that all set let’s take a step back on the basics. The Edge 1030 Plus is a touch-screen driven unit with three dedicated buttons. One on the side for power, and then two at the bottom for stop/start, and lap.

GarminEdge1030Plus-Buttons

The touchscreen is improved over the existing Edge 1030, and is now using the same touchscreen tech as the Edge 830 (which, some 14 months later people seem pretty darn happy with). However, just to demonstrate this, I took it out in the rain…and you can see the footage of that in the video at the start of this post.

P1011013

On the bottom, you’ll find the same old tired micro-USB port. No USB-C here folks. I’m convinced they must ban shipments of USB-C ports to Kansas or something.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-USB-Port-BOO

On the main dashboard of the touchscreen are the main features. To start a ride you’d tap the big bike icon. Right now you see ‘DCR Road’, which indicates that’s the activity profile I’ve named. These profiles let you group settings together (such as data fields or how the map looks, hydration/nutrition settings, and a gazillion other features).

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-DashBoard

You can create numerous activity profiles called anything you want with color coding:

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-Activity-Profiles

Inside each activity profile you can make those aforementioned settings. Here’s a small survey of those settings:

Speaking of settings, there’s more general settings as well. These control things like sensors, safety features such as crash detection/notification, battery save modes, and even recording rates or HRV recording. It’s mostly dizzying what’s in here. Again, another gallery of various settings.

Since we’re talking settings and sensors, I’ll briefly dive into that. The Edge 1030 Plus supports pretty much every ANT+ & Bluetooth Sensor type in the fitness world for cycling, specifically the following:

ANT+ Cadence only sensors
ANT+ Edge Remote
ANT+ eBike
ANT+ Heart Rate
ANT Garmin inReach Devices (satellite messenger/communicator)
ANT+ Bike Lighting Control
ANT+ Power Meters
ANT+ Radar
ANT+ Gear Shifting (SRAM RED eTAP, Campagnolo EPS)
ANT Shimano DI2
ANT+ Speed/Cadence combo sensors
ANT+ Speed only sensors
ANT+ Varia Vision (aka remote displays)
ANT VIRB Action Cam
Bluetooth Smart Cadence only sensors
Bluetooth Smart Heart Rate
Bluetooth Smart Power Meters
Bluetooth Smart Speed/Cadence Combo
Bluetooth Smart Speed-only sensors

Oh, and then you’ve got 3rd party pieces like Muscle Oxygen sensor support via Connect IQ apps as well (for Moxy, and now discontinued BSX devices).  Plus other 3rd parties have done other private-ANT implementations via Connect IQ too. Same goes for aerodynamic sensors too.

You can pair and store up to 30 sensors. When you activate the sensor on your bike (usually by just spinning the crank or wheel), it’ll wake up the sensor and automatically connect to it. This sensor pool concept has been around many years and works pretty well, especially when you have multiple bikes.

With Garmin now owning Tacx, it also means they’ve ramped up their trainer control interfaces. Nothing here dramatic, and nothing specific to the Edge 1030 Plus, but we’ve seen Garmin spend much of this winter making minor iterations in each new Edge 530/830/1030 Plus firmware version to better integrate trainers. And in fact, virtually all of these changes are applicable for every model of trainer, not limited to Tacx ones (by doing so via ANT+ FE-C trainer control protocol).

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-TrainerControl

For example, you can now make indoor profiles not start LiveTrack automatically (or not start the lights automatically), or configure the trainer to ride a specific grade (instead of just a given wattage). And then there’s still the abilities to re-ride any route you’ve already ridden, or any route downloaded to the unit that has elevation data in it.

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-TrainerControl-Incline

I’ll touch more on structured training later in this review though. Most of the time you’re probably gonna be riding outdoors with it. To do that, you’ll tap the bicycle icon, which takes you to the data fields you’ve configured. Before you do that though, up at the top you can see your current GPS status, sensor status, phone status, and whether or not you graduated high school on the honor roll.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-StatusBar

Once in the data screens, you can simply press the start button to begin your ride:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-DataFields

You’ll swipe left and right to change your data screens. You can also long-hold a given data field to swap it out for something else if you want.

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Data-Fields

The lower left button is your lap button, while the lower right will pause your ride:

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Lap-Button

From a screen visibility standpoint,I’ve had zero issues seeing the screen. Nor have I seen any downstream impacts/issues with using the newer Edge 830 display technology (nor for that matter have I had any issues with my Edge 830’s display in the last 14 months or so).

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-23h23m19s065

Once you’re done with your ride it’ll sync via WiFi or Bluetooth Smart automatically to your phone or home WiFi network. Or, if you plug in your Garmin Edge 1030 Plus it’ll sync via USB with Garmin Express. Or, you can simply grab the completed .FIT file off of it like a USB hard drive. Once that’s done it’ll sync that ride to Garmin Connect and then onwards to platforms like Strava, TrainingPeaks, and more. The world is your oyster there (as long as that oyster isn’t Dropbox, sadly).

On the Garmin Connect Mobile app you can look more deeply at your ride and sensor data:

Same goes for online at Garmin Connect web too:

image

None of this has changed from any past Garmin device – it all works the same here.

With that, we’ve covered the basics of the Edge 1030 Plus. I’ve got separate sections for Mapping/Navigation, and another for the structured training aspects. Of course, there are so many features on the Edge 1030 Plus it’s impossible to write about them all without publishing an entire book (unless you consider this 10,000+ word review a book). So invariably there’s some aspect of the unit I didn’t cover here. I try and test and use the devices just like any other person and that includes the features I use personally. And just like you, I probably won’t use every feature combination personally (nobody could, there’s hundreds, if not thousands, of combinations).

But I think the features I do use are most indicative of what most folks use. So, let’s talk mapping.

Mapping & Navigation:

DSC_6012

For the most part, the mapping and navigation on the Edge 1030 Plus hasn’t substantially changed. Instead, the changes are more incremental, though – one is a massive new ‘benefit’ – the inclusion of all maps globally (except Asia). When you buy an Edge 1030 Plus you’ll get on the device itself a ‘pair’, of two regions pre-loaded with detailed TopoActive maps. Here’s the listing of SKU’s and pairings:

North America SKU: Includes North America and European maps

Europe SKU:
Includes North America and European / Africa maps

Australia/New Zealand SKU:
Includes Australia / New Zealand and European / Africa maps

South America SKU:
Includes North America and South American maps.

Asia: Now this is a tough nut. Folks from regions OUTSIDE of Asia will not get Asian maps. My assumption is this is due to the character sets loaded, but I’ve asked Garmin for a technical explanation of why this will. Will update when I hear back.

This by itself is a huge deal in the Garmin world. Up until now you only got maps for the region you bought it in. For anything else you had to use 3rd party maps (and you still can if you want). However, those maps lacked the underlying heatmap (aka Trendline Popularity routing) data that’s so useful when you’re out and about and want a faster/better/different route. So the fact that you now get multiple regions pre-loaded is big.

But what’s even bigger is Garmin is finally joining all of their rivals in allowing you to download maps for any region out there. To do that you’ll use a computer (Mac or PC) and the Garmin Express app, which shows you the regions you want. Remember the Edge 1030 Plus got expanded storage, now 32GB instead of 16GB. In general, regions tends to be about 7-9GB.

Here’s what my North America one shows (in this case, Africa falls under the Europe mapset), when I go to the new ‘Manage Maps’ option in Garmin Express:

image

Note that there isn’t a WiFi-driven option (like with Wahoo, Hammerhead, and Sigma). I’d love to see them offer that eventually. There’s pros and cons to both methods. For example, the WiFi one is great when you’re at home on a WiFi network that doesn’t have an ‘I Accept’ type page. However, that approach entirely breaks if you’re at a hotel, Starbucks, etc, where the bike computer can’t press the “I Accept” button. So in this case as long as you had a computer with you that could connect to WiFi, then you’re golden. Or just remember to add the regions ahead of time.

When it comes to the Edge 1030 Plus, you’ve got a few ways you can route:

– Load a course from a platform like Strava Routes, Komoot, RideWithGPS, or others
– Create a course on Garmin Connect (web or smartphone)
– Enter an address/location/point of interest on the Edge 1030 Plus itself
– Re-ride a past activity as a course on the Edge 1030 Plus
– Wave it around in the sky and hope it gets you somewhere
– Have it generate a ‘Round-Trip Course’ on the fly with a given distance/preferred direction
– Route to a saved location (such as your home/work/etc…)
– Browse the map and navigate to that location
– Leverage TrailForks for mountain bike trails (on-device)
– Manually load a GPX/TCX/FIT file course onto the Edge 1030 Plus
– Route ‘Back to start’ mid-ride

Seriously, there’s so many ways to ride a route/course it’s kinda nuts. And frankly, there’s even variants of the above.

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-Routing-Options

It used to be that the main thing the Edge 10xx series devices had over lesser devices was being able to pick an address/POI/etc and route directly to it on the Edge. However, these days the Edge 830 can do that, and the Edge 530 can do aspects of that too. Instead, for the most part what you’re paying for with the Edge 10xx series is a larger screen.

In my case, I predominantly use Strava Routes for all my routes, though I’ve done a few recent ones with Komoot. One thing to be aware of with Garmin Routes is that *ONLY* Strava routes using the new routing API will include Strava Segments. So, if you use a Komoot route, you won’t get any Strava Live Segments on your Garmin during the ride (they’ll show up afterwards when you upload the ride). This sucks for people that really like other non-Strava mapping platforms but still like Strava Live Segments.

I wrote an entire post just a few weeks ago on how that all works, so I won’t re-hash it. But in short, once you create a route on Strava and then favorite it, it’ll automatically show up on your Edge 1030 Plus as soon as it syncs (via WiFi, Bluetooth, or USB). It won’t pull down previously starred routes though, so you’ll need to unstar and start them to get them to sync to a newly setup Edge 1030 Plus.

image

Though, there still isn’t any easy/obvious way to tell an already-on Edge to simply grab the latest routes from those platforms (like there is on the Wahoo units). In any case…from there you’ll tap Navigation > Courses > Saved Courses, and choose the course you want:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-Select-Course

At this point you can view summary information about the course, as well as the map, elevation data, and even tweak the color of the line.

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-Course-OptionsGarmin-Edge-1030-Plus-MapView

Note that depending on how big the course is, it won’t show the high detail map until you zoom in a bit, which is kinda weird.

Obviously, being in the city below with lots of canals, it’s kinda hard to see the blue line of the route.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-MapViewDetailed

You’ll go ahead and tap the ride button, which will start calculating the route. It won’t actually start your timer yet (but will remind you). Now the calculation is something that Garmin says they’ve significantly improved here, via increasing the processor hardware. Specifically they said it should be in line with the Edge 830 now and significantly faster than the original Edge 1030. It does seem that way in some places, but not others – notably, not in calculating routes though for me, which still takes a long-ass time (like, many minutes).

Garmin says a firmware update that the city-aspect with the extreme density of bike routes in Amsterdam is slowing things down. However, most places won’t see that level of density.

Now, it’s worthwhile noting that you don’t have to wait for it to finish ‘calculating’ the route. You can press start almost immediately and it’ll still give you routing details immediately. It’ll just finish the rest of the course in the background. I tried that on a few routes and it did it just fine.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-Calculating

While you’re riding you’ll get turn by turn directions as you approach a given turn. So you can stay on your normal data fields/pages, and then when you near a turn, it’ll chirp and show you this page – counting down till the turn. Here’s three different looks at that.

611193076068

After the turn, it’ll go back to your regular data fields. You can also simply keep the map page up the entire time if you want as well:

497614541601

Now if you go off-course it’ll warn you within usually about 3-5 seconds depending on your speed. However, this is where one of the changes is on the Edge 1030 Plus – the new re-routing and pause navigation options. Once you go off-course, you’ll get three new ‘Re-routing’ options:

A) Re-join where you left the course
B) Skip ahead to the next logical point to re-join course
C) Cut across the course to somewhere way downstream

How each of these reacts will depend entirely on your course and where you are. For example, on my ride this morning (which was a wonky lollipop route), I made a purposeful route diversion in the first 60 seconds. The three options thus were quite drastically different, with the rejoin/skip being spot-on as expected, but the ‘Cut Across’ option basically said ‘Let’s call it a day and go home’. And you can’t really fault Garmin here, it’s doing exactly what it says – cut the course (useful on a much longer course when you just need to get home).

Here’s those three screens from today’s ride:

118911941203

In addition, the new pause navigation option is handy when you might specifically go off-route to a coffee shop and don’t want to be constantly beeped about it. Or, recently I used it when I created a course that led me to a track where I was doing loops for a while. I didn’t want to create that as part of my route, so this allowed me to pause navigation while I did my loops, and then resume it when I was done.

You can see this comes up on any screen you’re o, so you don’t have to be in the map screen. That ‘Re-Route’ button takes you to the three options listed above.

918411755465

From an overall routing standpoint, I haven’t had any route/re-routing/calculation type failures issues on any of my rides. I’ve purposefully gone off-course numerous times to see how it’d handle (and a few times not on course). In fact, over the last 2-3 weeks I’ve tried planning numerous new routes or portions of routes that I haven’t ever ridden before, just to put it to the test. And I’ve purposefully gone off course so many times I’m sure my LiveTrack following peeps thought I was stupid or drunk (or both).

Zero issues.

But then again, that’s probably not surprising. If we look at the Edge 1030 Garmin Forums, you’ll find over the last 30 days that there are a mere 2 threads related to routing issues (out of hundreds of posts). One thread had no usable detail/information, while the other did, but seemed related to loading additional maps. Point being, routing on these devices is rarely an issue in 2020 – and that’s what I saw.

The main factor that’s probably worth complaining about is more the speed of the display. Compared to the Hammerhead Karoo or Sigma ROX12 units based on Android, it’s substantially slower and less responsive (those act like the phones they are). The challenge is: Is that trade-off worth it?

DSC_6017

From a routing standpoint, Garmin’s map layers have consistently performed better for me (especially in edge cases). But sidestepping that, and talking displays, it’s trickier. The Hammerhead Karoo has a stunning display and as you move around with your fingers to see what’s around you, it’s as fast as a phone. Though, it lacks POI (points of interest database) information. Visibility-wise both seem fine to me, no issues in sun or rain. And touch-screen-wise, all companies there have done things that makes that a non-issue (again, even in rain – as seen above).

Of course, the main reason Garmin uses the display technology they do is battery life. Specifically, conservation of it. Garmin claims upwards of 24hrs of runtime on the Edge 1030 Plus. Whereas the Karoo claims 12-15 hours depending on features. Now, whether or not that matters to an individual rider will vary. While the ‘that’s damn pretty’ aspect of me appreciates the Karoo display’s speed, the practical side of me knows that from a routing/re-routing standpoint it hasn’t really mattered any. As anyone in the industry will tell you, Garmin’s real secret sauce at this point is the heatmap (Trendline Popularity routing) data, which basically means taking all the tens of millions of rides that users upload each year to Garmin Connect automatically, and determining the best bike routes from that. Their other secret sauce is having simply done bicycle routing for more than a decade now. It makes it immensely difficult for their competitors to catch-up on that specific piece. Inversely, having a decades worth of features make it hard for Garmin to make tough decisions on legacy features that weigh it down.

DSC_6013

Switching topics briefly to some of the on-device routing functions, there’s round-trip routing, which gives you three different one-off routes you can follow, based on the distance you selected. You can also specify a direction of travel.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-RoundTripRouting

The Edge 1030 series allows you to enter in a specific street address you want to route to:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-addressLocation

As well as search for nearby points of interest. such as restaurants or tourist type things. Obviously, I always search for movie theaters with my Edge units.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-POI-Search

I almost never use POI search, it’s not that it doesn’t work (it does). It’s just that my phone and Google Maps is simply so much better at that than Garmin’s unit – especially for handling things like whether or not a café is even open, or if the coffee is actually any good. Nobody wants a bad café mid-ride. And this is where I wish there was better one-off integration between the Garmin Connect Mobile app and the Edge 1030 Plus mid-ride. For example, on a Wahoo ELEMNT/ROAM/BOLT I can quickly do a one-off route to a given spot in a few seconds and off I go with the Wahoo. That’s simply not viable nor quick on the Edge series. In Garmin’s line of thinking, you do that one-off routing on-device. But I’m not sure that’s what people actually want in 2020.

Wahoo-ROAM-One-Off-Routing

Moving along, given this section is about navigating, it seems fitting to end on the new LiveTracking with course display feature. Mind you, LiveTracking is certainly not new to Garmin devices. It’s been around nearly a decade – and ignored nearly as long. But last year they started refocusing on behind the scenes platform aspects around reliability and stability, and this appears to be some of the culmination of some of that. Specifically, with today’s announcement two things happen:

– The LiveTracking platform gets a user interface refresh from 2010 to 2020
– LiveTracking now will display your planned course that you loaded on your Garmin

The first one will start being shown to everyone, given it’s a backend piece. While the second one will be rolled out to certain devices – notably the Edge 530, Edge 830, Edge 130 Plus, and Edge 1030 Plus. I don’t know about plans for any other devices/wearables (though Garmin says they have plans there, but haven’t finalized them yet).

From a user standpoint, you’ll enable LiveTracking as normal in the smartphone app. Remember, LiveTracking uses your phone to transmit your position to friends and family. The Edge doesn’t have any cellular connectivity/SIM card itself, so it needs that phone connection to access the interwebs. You can specify which e-mail addresses (or Twitter accounts) to send tracking details to.

2020-06-15 12.50.192020-06-15 12.50.25

Also, you can toggle the ability to automatically do this every time, as well as to use Strava Beacon (which can send text messages). Also, you can enable the option to extend how long the link lives, up to 24hrs. This is handy because otherwise once you end your workout, the link dies(which would be confusing to someone). So this way they know you’ve completed the activity.

I’ve got mine configured to simply send a live tracking link every time I ride. As long as Garmin Connect Mobile (the phone app) is running somewhere in the background on your phone it usually works. You’ll get confirmation at the top of the device that LiveTracking is functioning:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-DataFields

Also, on your phone, you’ll get a message that the LiveTrack has successfully initiated.

2020-06-15 12.52.39

Meanwhile, your peeps get the following e-mail:

image

They can click on the link and that brings them here. In the below screenshot you can see I went specifically off-course (which is purple), where my blue line was off in the forest.

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-22h38m42s526

This page shows your current position, updated every 30 seconds, and then additional metrics on the side – including Speed, Elevation, Heart Rate, Power, and Cadence (if you have those sensors). They’ll also see splits.

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-22h38m22s122

Now, my experience with the route showing bit has been good – that’s worked. And again, it’s cool to see the off-course pieces show up on the live tracking link:

image

However, I’ve had numerous troubles with the actual underlying LiveTracking connection and my phone (it simply transmitting my position, and/or drops the connection to the Edge). Garmin has been extensively troubleshooting them with more logging than an astronaut. For whatever reason, over the years I’ve always had a really rough time with stability and Garmin LiveTrack. And up until today’s ride, that theme had continued.

On today’s ride though, using some updated software and a few other tweaks, I was able to get through the entire ride without a failure. I’ll keep trying over the next month or so and report back on whether that trend continues.

Finally, for lack of anywhere else to stick it – note that the Edge 1030 Plus supports the Garmin external battery pack if you plan to go more than 24-48 hours. Sure, you can simply use a micro-USB cable and a USB battery pack just fine (really, it works just fine) to provide constant power. The only catch with that is if it rains. But if you’re riding in sun – go forth!

Still, if you want a clean/integrated option, there’s the external battery pack that locks into the bottom of the unit with a Garmin mount:

Garmin-Edge-Baterry-Pack

The battery pack itself charges via micro-USB, like most battery packs out there today.  It has a 3,300mAh capacity, so it’s on the lower end of USB battery packs its size.  Though, it’s also designed to be waterproof (IPX7, so up to 1m for up to 30 mins) and snap onto the front of a bike computer at speed.  Obviously, there are tradeoffs here compared to a simple USB lipstick charger.

Garmin-Edge-BatteryPack-Ports

The unit has battery status indicators on the edge of it, allowing you to see current battery status.  Unfortunately there isn’t anything clever like Apple’s own iPhone case where it shows battery status of the battery within the Edge unit, though that’d be cool.

Garmin-Edge-BatteryPack-LED-StautsLights

On the bottom of the unit, near the micro-USB charging port, you’ll also find a regular USB charging port so you can charge your phone or other device.

As a pro tip, I take along this simple and cheap charging cable with me if I’m headed out for a long ride.  It allows me to charge my phone via it (has Micro-USB, USB-C, Apple Lightning, mini-USB connectors), and I can even plug the battery pack into a USB port at a café or such.  It’s like my most favorite $8 cable ever.

DSC_0939

Finally, this whole thing locks in place using a locking system on the out-front mount that you swap out. Hell, they even have a TT-compatible mount these days for it, in case you wanted to do a 48hr time-trial bike ride:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Battery-PackGarmin-Edge-1030-Battery-Pack-TT-Mount

The thing is pretty stable though, so I don’t expect any issues.  Nor have I had any issues in terms of cobbles or the like. It’s a rock-solid locking system, very similar to that of the Garmin UT-800 lights.

From a battery standpoint, the built-in battery on the Edge 1030 Plus has the following specs:

image

Note that Garmin says the number of vehicles that pass you can have an impact if using radar, as can the complexity of the course.

In looking at some of my rides, I’d roughly fall under the ‘High’ configuration (usually 3-4 sensors, with mapping), and taking a look at a random nearly 82-minute long ride (doing a structured workout atop mapping), I burned 6% of battery (from 94% to 87%). Also, in this case, the backlight was on HIGH (not auto), because I was also taking photos/video. As such, that’ll burn more battery than anything. In any case, that gives me a 5.12%/hour battery burn rate, or essentially 19 hours worth. But again, the backlight set for ‘HIGH’ is really what brought it down.

image

So, for another ride, I set the backlight on auto (on a sunny day), again, with navigation and four sensors. Here’s what that looked like – 3.16%/hour, or basically 31 hours worth.

image

Ultimately, battery fun aside, from a navigational standpoint the minor tweaks to the Edge 1030 Plus are appreciated. And from a functionality standpoint I didn’t have any errors on the navigational front during my rides (LiveTrack is different however, as noted). But more broadly than navigation is the map inclusions/loading piece. That’s huge if you travel a lot (as I do, well, did till this year anyway). That makes your life so much easier than dealing with loading 3rd party maps that don’t have all the heatmap cycling-specific data you want them to.

Structured Training:

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Training

The Edge 1030 Plus takes a quiet, but important, step forward in terms of Garmin making training recommendations for any given day. In fact, it’s the first Garmin unit to specifically recommend a workout/duration based on your day to day training load. This essentially follows what Polar did with the Polar Ignite a year ago, except, focused on cycling.

Anytime you power on the Edge 1030 Plus it’ll quickly and quietly go and grab your latest training load data from Garmin Connect behind the scenes. It’s doing this to ensure that if you did other workouts (like a run) on a Garmin product such as a Fenix or Forerunner watch, that it’s aware of that training load. It doesn’t want to give you a hard workout if you ran 20 miles yesterday. You’ll see this at the top of the screen, where it says ‘Downloading’. If you’re at home, it’ll do this via WiFi in most cases.

A few seconds later, once it’s done, you’ll get a workout of the day recommendation (officially called the ‘Daily Suggested Workout’), that you see in the photo above. When you tap ‘Review Workout’, you’ll get more details on it:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-SuggestedWorkout

And then more details yet again n the specific steps, in this case a pretty…simplistic…workout:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-DailySuggestedWorkout-Details

Now, if you’re part of a specific training plan, such as one from TrainerRoad, then those will take precedence. However, as of today, it’ll still give me a recommendation ignoring that plan. I’m told that’ll change in the next firmware update very shortly to account for the known training plan. Also, it doesn’t seem to be pulling down anything more than just today’s TrainerRoad workout (it should at least also be pulling down tomorrow’s).

The daily suggested workout engine leverages the Training Status, Training Load Balance, and daily tracked VO2 Max data. However, in order for it to work it needs both heart rate and power meter data. Otherwise it doesn’t really know how much training load you’re actually getting.

You’ll see your training load after every ride, as well as in the dashboard menu under ‘My Stats’. You’ll first see this dashboard on your training status, which at the moment thinks I’m “unproductively” managing my training due to the higher load versus recovery. Normally I’d say ‘FU Garmin’, but honestly in this specific week it’s right.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-Unproductive

If you tap on that ‘Unproductive’ banner, you’ll see your VO2Max stats, Training Load, and Load Focus. The Training Load page shows how much load you’ve had over the last 7 days, and the color-coding designates the load focus area. You can see yesterday (Sunday) I basically took the day off, with only a tiny little bit of easy pedaling with my kids. At the time I took this first photo, I hadn’t done my Monday ride yet.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Unproductive

If I look at the Load Focus, you’ll see it’s overwhelmingly way too much ‘High Aerobic’. Now, I’d generally disagree with Garmin/FirstBeat here on the distribution. I find in general it’s far too conservative for me on high aerobic balance. Yes, this week is definitely out of whack, but it’s almost unheard of for me to see the ‘High Aerobic’ in the right zone (the dotted lines).

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Load-Focus

However, about an hour after taking the above photos, I went out for a 90-minute ride. Nothing too hard, just base mileage cruising around. That ride apparently gave me redemption. Somewhat ironic if you ask me.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-TrainingStatusGarmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Training-Status-Load

Seems a bit peculiar that it’s complaining about my load being too high one second, and then the next it’s OK with it. Though there also may be an element of timing here in that if my previous Monday ride (a bit harder) was higher and then ‘fell off’ the exact 7-day rolling window, replaced by this less challenging ride.

And then there’s your VO2 Max scores. This too requires a power meter. Keep in mind though that VO2 Max won’t shift much, but it’s also typically dependent on having hard VO2 Max workouts to trigger newer values.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-VO2Max-Score

If I go back to the main ‘Stats’ dashboard after this ride you’ll see my Recovery Hours remaining – 22 hours (about right), and then my current estimated FTP at 285w. Currently, my latest FTP test about three weeks ago with TrainerRoad put me at 299w, but I didn’t use this device for that test. So it’s had to make its calculations on other workouts. I suspect we’d see them very close after my next test.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-TrainingStatusDSC_5977

You can dive into things like your power curve (Mean-Max power) over different time frames:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-MeanMaxLoad

Or double-check your profile like age and weight. If you have a Garmin Index scale it’ll automatically update the weight for you.

It’s worth noting that you can connect your Zwift or TrainerRoad accounts to Garmin Connect and receive workouts into your Garmin account completed on Zwift/TrainerRoad. However, and this is a HUGE however, you WILL NOT get any training load credit on any of the above screens for those workouts. Nor on any other Garmin device. Frankly, this is stupid, frustrating, and infuriating. All it does is make you double-record things and then delete workouts. Why bother making an integration that just fires blanks?

Now, that said, if you do a TrainerRoad workout on your unit, then it’ll compute it. However, you’ll then lose out on all the descriptive text you’d get on the TrainerRoad app for inside workouts. I’ve got a separate post coming on that (probably), but we can touch on it briefly in terms of how structured workouts work on the Edge 1030 Plus. In fact, I’ve done a number of TrainerRoad Outside workouts on the Edge 1030 Plus in recent weeks, and those have worked well. And, since these work identically to other structured workouts you might create yourself or push from apps like TrainingPeaks, FinalSurge, or Today’s Plan, then I can show them all in one boat.

To begin, the Edge will display/suggest a workout pushed to it that’s on your calendar for that day. For example, this one:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-TrainerRoad-Workout

Upon selecting it (or any other in your training library), you’ll see the exact steps listed out. Depending on how the workout is created, it’ll either automatically advance through each step, or some steps might wait for you. For example, on most of my TrainerRoad outside workouts it’ll actually wait for you to press the ‘lap’ button before advancing from a rest segment to a work interval – in case you’re contending with traffic lights or such.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Workout-Details

Once you’ve begun your workout it’ll show you steps as they approach, and then list the current step targets. You can customize these fields however you’d want:

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-23h29m41s117

Rinse and repeat until the end of your workout. The most challenging part of doing a structured workout with specific power zones outside won’t be the technology, it’ll likely be your ability to pace power with rolling terrain to exacting targets. TrainerRoad actually has some good suggestions on how to set up your data fields to best tackle these workouts at the bottom of this page, and their suggestions apply no matter whether you’re using TrainerRoad or some other platform.

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-23h29m29s517

When it comes to structured workout execution, Garmin’s main competitors on the cycling-specific side here are Stages and Wahoo, with Hammerhead also adding in structured workouts recently to their Karoo. Again, I’ll dive into the nuances of those later on. It’s really a game of details and tiny differences between them all.

However, none of them have training load or similar concepts (at all). My (major) annoyances with lack of Zwift or TrainerRoad app load counting in the Garmin realm aside, there’s simply nothing on the market that has the depth and integration that Garmin does when it comes to cycling and training load tracking. Now, that doesn’t mean Garmin’s features (largely driven via Firstbeat’s algorithms) are always right. Nor that you’ll even use them.

But, if you want them – and if you don’t want to pay another company/platform/coach for them, then they’re there for the taking.

GPS Accuracy:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-GPS-Accuracy

There’s likely no topic that stirs as much discussion and passion as GPS accuracy.  A watch could fall apart and give you dire electrical shocks while doing so, but if it shows you on the wrong side of the road?  Oh hell no, bring on the fury of the internet!

GPS accuracy can be looked at in a number of different ways, but I prefer to look at it using a number of devices in real-world scenarios across a vast number of activities.  I use 2-6 other devices at once, trying to get a clear picture of how a given set of devices handles conditions on a certain day.  Conditions include everything from tree/building cover to weather.

Over the years I’ve continued to tweak my GPS testing methodology.  For example, I try to not place two units next to each other on my wrists, as that can impact signal. In the case of GPS bike computers, I put multiple units on my handlebars, though quite well separated (such as one on an out-front mount, another on the stem, and others to the side of the handlebars).

Next, as noted, I use just my daily training routes.  Using a single route over and over again isn’t really indicative of real-world conditions, it’s just indicative of one route.  The workouts you see here are just my normal daily rides/workout. At least as much as is possible in this COVID-19 world without being able to travel far, I’ve varied my workouts and terrain (cities/buildings, trees, quiet roads, bridges, etc…). But, given I live in a pretty flat place (Amsterdam), it means there’s very little high-altitude mountain type testing right now. Maybe later this summer. Sorry!

(Now, I’ll give you a spoiler since you made it thus far: By and large it’s pretty rare to see GPS screw-ups on road-cycling routes. And frankly, that continues here. This section is super boring because nothing ‘exciting’ happened.)

First up for a test ride is just from yesterday on a very diverse route where I was basically trying to break navigation. In this case there were some forested sections, lots of tree-lined sections, some farm roads, and some buildings/underpasses here and there. It’s comparing the Edge 1030 Plus, Edge 130 Plus, Wahoo ROAM, and a Fenix 6 Pro on my wrist. Here’s those data files:

image

While my path looks drunk, I mostly wasn’t. I was just following canals/rivers and see how many wrong turns I could make before I really upset the navigation of the unit. Turns out, I couldn’t. On the GPS-side though, we’ll start off with the beginning forested area, and you can see all the units are super close:

image

It continues this way, so close together that you can barely tell there’s multiple lines there. Even on the swerving sections along the river, no divergence:

image

Interestingly however, a bit later I did see some divergence, specifically from the Edge 130 Plus. It went askew for about 300 meters long, slightly offset perhaps 30 meters or so. You can see the Wahoo ROAM barely snuck its head out as well. So whatever was going on with that section of tree-lined roadway, seemed to impact both – though not the others.

image

Later on as I pass some tall apartment buildings for a block or two there’s a slight bit more divergence from the different units, but we’re talking a handful of meters. When the tracks look so perfect on the rest of the ride, even the tiniest bit difference is noticed:

image

Later on in the ride we see a bit more of that slight divergence from the Edge 130 Plus, but the 1030 Plus and others remain near lock-step. The Wahoo ROAM did cut some corners though as you can see:

image

Here’s another example of a ROAM cut corner. Well, I guess this is technically an overshoot followed by an undershoot. It’s Mario Karting.

image

OK, let’s move along to another one, this time making it a bit more complex. Sure, the overall geographic spread is smaller here, but it’s because I’m doing repeated laps over and over and over at a local cycling track/loop. As such, that’ll make things much more difficult to see if it can maintain lap after lap on the exact same track. Here’s that data set:

image

To begin, I start-out going under a gigantic 6 or 60 lane highway/train tunnel thing. Like, all the lanes. Either way, there’s no issues here from anyone here. There’s technically a gap half-way through those lanes where the units can see the sky. So we see a little blip there, but nothing more than a couple meters worth.

image

Next, cruising through/along a forest to get to the track. Everything is spot-on here too:

image

So, let’s get right to the good stuff: The Track.

I’m going to split it in two pieces, the upper half and the lower half. Now, looking at the upper half it’s a bit hard to tell what’s going on, because the Casio unit is a bit wobbly.

image

So, let’s get rid of that. Here we go:

image

Now you can see all the units are very close to each other. What’s interesting though is each unit tends to have a slight preference in certain parts of the track where it might meander in/out towards a given section. For example, on the upper straight-away the Fenix 6 Pro seems to favor the southern side. Whereas the Edge 830 favors the northern side. Meanwhile, on that upper left corner turn, the Edge 130 Plus seems to favor the inside while the Edge 1030 Plus seems to hang out more middle of the road.

Here’s the mid of the track:

image

And here’s the lower half of the track:

image

Realistically, any of these GPS tracks are fine. I’d say there’s a bit more variability overall from the wrist-based Fenix 6, but for the GPS bike computers they’re all virtually identical, and when the Strava Live Segments were triggering on each loop, they were doing so almost all in concert.

So, overall that ride looks pretty good.

Let’s take a look at one last ride, this time a big ol’ loop starting in the city, and then heading out to the countryside, before looping back to reality again Here’s that data set:

image

For this route I decided to make things as difficult as I could, at least initially. So, I went down a street next to plenty of tall buildings. So far, pretty good. Not perfect, but about norm for GPS next to tall buildings:

image

And then, by pure dumb luck I made a right turn off-course instead of a left turn. This meant I went through a bicycle underpass that curves (kinda like a ‘J’) rather than just going over the street. Turns out, none of the GPS units were happy with that:

image

Everybody crapped the bed here. Now to be fair, there’s four massive tall buildings, including one I then go through after coming out of the tunnel. I could see why all the units were displeased at this juncture.

image

That said, within just a few meters of getting out of the buildings, all but the Edge 530 returned to the bike path immediately (a couple of seconds). The Edge 530 took a few hundred more meters before it trusted my navigational skills again. I can understand the hesitancy there.

At this point, things basically get boring again from a GPS standpoint:

image

A handful of minor quibbles here and there when passing under bridges, but nothing of significance:

image

For the most part, all the units were stuck on each other. Sometimes, like below when I passed under high tension wires, you see slight differences, but nothing much.

image

Mostly, it’s just boring and looks like this:

image

And that’s the overall gist of things with GPS on both the new Edge 1030 Plus and Edge 130 Plus: Boringly accurate.

For all these tests I used GPS+GLONASS, and all of them were mounted on the handlebars or an out-front mount depending on the day (or sometimes my top-tube near the stem). I didn’t see any difference in GPS accuracy between those different positions.

As I stated earlier, it’s super rare to have meaningful GPS accuracy issues for road cycling. You tend to get a bit more mountain-biking in the actual mountains (which I lack). I took my road bike off-road here on trails, and didn’t see any issues there. In fact, it’s how I did the recent Strava Local Legends post, using the Edge 1030 Plus on my handlebars as I completed 26 laps of that Strava Segment. Zero issues, and super dependable on each lap of it.

(Note: All of the charts in these accuracy portions were created using the DCR Analyzer tool.  It allows you to compare power meters/trainers, heart rate, cadence, speed/pace, GPS tracks and plenty more. You can use it as well for your own gadget comparisons, more details here.)

Summary:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Review-Summary

At the end of the day, the Edge 1030 Plus is essentially the bike computer you buy when someone asks ‘What’s the best GPS bike computer no matter the cost?’. There’s very few people out there that would argue that line of thinking. There’s no bike computer out there that approaches anything near the number of features the Edge 1030 Plus has. Not even close. And more importantly, whether you’re talking the original Edge 1030 or new Edge 1030 Plus – it just works, really well for the most part.

However, the question you probably need to ask yourself is: Do I need all these features? And, are they executed the best out there?

And the answer to that is more complex. A variant of ‘It depends’.

When it comes to things like mapping or navigation, I’m pretty sure most would agree Garmin wins that depth easily. However, when it comes to ease of use or setup, most people would argue Wahoo is simpler. Though Garmin is clearly making strides here, as we see with the new setup process – yet it still lacks phone data field/page configuration. And for Garmin it’s a tough balance of giving people the hundreds of features they’ve had on their past Edge units for the last 13 years (seriously), versus going with a far more reduced feature set that you’d find on competitor units. I can’t tell you (or them) what that balance is, or whether or not you’d even use those added features.

Whether it be a Garmin Edge series or a Wahoo ELEMENT ROAM, both will happily download those Strava or Komoot routes, pair to your sensors, show your standard data, and get you to your destination pretty much the same. It’s the added features which differentiate the Edge 1030 series, such as all the on-device routing features, the heatmap-driven data for when you go freestyling, or the extensive training load/focus type functionality. None of that exists elsewhere.

As for comparing it to the Edge 530 or Edge 830? Frankly, it’s mostly screen-size driven (and the free added maps now). If you boil it all down, for the most part the Edge 1030 Plus is giving you a bigger screen with global maps. And some minor other features. I’ve used the Edge 530 & Edge 830 as my daily-driver bike computers for over a year now. I’m perfectly happy with them. Will I use the Edge 1030 Plus going forward? Maybe? I don’t know. My answer is usually driven by whatever unit is actually charged up and closest to my handlebars when I head out the door.

But if it ends up being the Edge 1030 Plus – I’m pretty happy with what I’ve seen in my testing thus far with it.

Found This Post Useful? Support The Site!

Hopefully you found this review useful. At the end of the day, I’m an athlete just like you looking for the most detail possible on a new purchase – so my review is written from the standpoint of how I used the device. The reviews generally take a lot of hours to put together, so it’s a fair bit of work (and labor of love). As you probably noticed by looking below, I also take time to answer all the questions posted in the comments – and there’s quite a bit of detail in there as well.

If you're shopping for the Garmin Edge 1030 Plus or any other accessory items, please consider using the affiliate links below! As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. It doesn’t cost you anything extra, but your purchases help support this website a lot. Even more, if you use Backcountry.com or Competitive Cyclist with coupon code DCRAINMAKER, first time users save 15% on applicable products!

Источник: https://www.dcrainmaker.com/2020/06/garmin-edge-1030-plus-in-depth-review.html
DrumUp Blog">

Follow us on FACEBOOK:

Источник: https://onlylifesaver.com/importance-of-sum-insured/
GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL ); if (hSerial == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) dev_num--; else break; } if (dev_num &amp;lt; 0) { fprintf(stderr, "No serial port available\n"); return 1; } fprintf(stderr, "OK\n"); // Set device parameters (38400 baud, 1 start bit, // 1 stop bit, no parity) dcbSerialParams.DCBlength = sizeof(dcbSerialParams); if (GetCommState(hSerial, &amp;amp;dcbSerialParams) == 0) { fprintf(stderr, "Error getting device state\n"); CloseHandle(hSerial); return 1; } //dcbSerialParams.BaudRate = CBR_38400; dcbSerialParams.BaudRate = baudrate; dcbSerialParams.ByteSize = 8; dcbSerialParams.StopBits = ONESTOPBIT; dcbSerialParams.Parity = NOPARITY; if(SetCommState(hSerial, &amp;amp;dcbSerialParams) == 0) { fprintf(stderr, "Error setting device parameters\n"); CloseHandle(hSerial); return 1; } // Set COM port timeout settings timeouts.ReadIntervalTimeout = 50; timeouts.ReadTotalTimeoutConstant = 50; timeouts.ReadTotalTimeoutMultiplier = 10; timeouts.WriteTotalTimeoutConstant = 50; timeouts.WriteTotalTimeoutMultiplier = 10; if(SetCommTimeouts(hSerial, &amp;amp;timeouts) == 0) { fprintf(stderr, "Error setting timeouts\n"); CloseHandle(hSerial); return 1; } // Send specified text DWORD bytes_written, total_bytes_written = 0; fprintf(stderr, "Sending text... "); while(total_bytes_written &amp;lt; m) { if(!WriteFile(hSerial, text_to_send + total_bytes_written, m - total_bytes_written, &amp;amp;bytes_written, NULL)) { fprintf(stderr, "Error writing text to %s\n", dev_name); CloseHandle(hSerial); return 1; } total_bytes_written += bytes_written; } fprintf(stderr, "\n%d bytes written to %s\n", total_bytes_written, dev_name); // Flush transmit buffer before closing serial port FlushFileBuffers(hSerial); if (close_delay &amp;gt; 0) { fprintf(stderr, "Delaying for %d ms before closing COM port... ", close_delay); Sleep(close_delay); fprintf(stderr, "OK\n"); } // Close serial port fprintf(stderr, "Closing serial port..."); if (CloseHandle(hSerial) == 0) { fprintf(stderr, "Error\n", dev_name); return 1; } fprintf(stderr, "OK\n"); // exit normally return 0; }

Like this:

LikeLoading...

Источник: https://batchloaf.wordpress.com/serialsend/

El periodista Juan Carlos Andara fue encontrado muerto en su casa en Puerto Cortés; más de medio centenar de comunicadores han sido ultimados en Honduras desde 2002 a la fecha y muchos casos no se han esclarecido.

Redacción Central / EL LIBERTADOR

Tegucigalpa.Con al menos 15 puñaladas en su cuerpo, fue encontrado el cadáver del comunicador hondureño, Juan Carlos Andara, la noche del 22 de junio en su casa, en Barrio El Porvenir de Puerto Cortés, al norte de Honduras.

Con este crimen, sólo en 2015 suman seis muertes de comunicadoresy trabajadores de medios de comunicación en Honduras. 

El comunicador laboraba para el Canal Teleport de Puerto Cortés, en su página de Facebook, la radiodifusora informó que “la noche de ayer se hizo el reconocimiento de quien en vida fue Juan Carlos Andara, un compañero de trabajo en esta casa televisora en la cual laboró por mucho años, Canal Teleport se une al dolor de la familia de Juan Carlos Andara que Dios lo tenga en su santa Gloria. Q.D.D.G (sic)”.

Diario Tiempo informó que “de acuerdo al reporte preliminar, el comunicador fue encontrado muerto en su casa sobre su cama, con al menos 15 puñaladas en su cuerpo”, indica esta publicación.

“Asimismo, el automóvil que conducía Andara no se encontraba en su casa, por lo que autoridades presumen que el malhechor se lo robó. El hoy occiso laboraba desde hace varios años, en el Canal Teleport de Puerto Cortés. A través de Facebook, la televisora confirmó la noticia y expresó sus condolencias a la familia del comunicador”, cita el periódico.

Con esta, sumarían 56 muertes de comunicadores y trabajadores de medios de comunicación, registradas por C-Libre. Tres sucedieron entre 2003 y 2008 y 53, desde 2009 a la fecha.

Sólo en 2015 ya suman seis muertes de comunicadores y trabajadores de medios: el locutor, Franklin Johan Dubón; el camarógrafo, Cristel Joctan López Bermúdez; el comunicador Artemio Deras; el operador Erick Arriaga y el periodista Carlos Fernández, de acuerdo con el registro de datos del Comité por la Libre Expresión. (Fuente: C-Libre)

Источник: http://www.web.ellibertador.hn/index.php/noticias/nacionales/202-matan-a-punaladas-a-periodista-en-el-norte-de-honduras

Garmin Edge 530 Cycling GPS In-Depth Review

Garmin-Edge530-In-Depth-Review

Today Garmin announced three new products, the Edge 530 (this review), the Edge 830 (that review), and new dual ANT+/Bluetooth Smart Speed and Cadence sensors (that review coming up momentarily). These products effectively complete Garmin’s x30 lineup of higher-end cycling units, offering four distinct incrementing price points: Edge 130, Edge 530, Edge 830, and Edge 1030.  And more importantly, they refresh Garmin’s most popular unit – the Edge 520.

While Garmin announced the Edge 520 Plus almost exactly one year ago today, it was effectively just a minor refresh of the Edge 520 adding in mapping capability. Whereas the new Edge 530 is a substantial bump in not just performance, but also features. And in using both the Edge 530 and Edge 830 for the past month, I’d argue it might be the best bike computer Garmin’s ever made (keeping in mind a year ago I was pretty firm in not recommending the Edge 520 Plus due to performance issues).

This new unit significantly increases performance in routing/navigation, while also adding in automated slicing and dicing of a route’s climbs to give you exact distance/elevation remaining for each climb. It’s got a huge slate of mountain bike specific features, including baking in the entire world’s worth of Trailforks maps/data right into the units. Plus there’s a host of new performance metrics, alongside nutrition/hydration alerts that are generated automatically based on route/weather conditions.  But let’s not get ahead of ourselves, I detail all this stuff below.

As always, I aim to detail the good, bad, and ugly about a given device. Note that this unit is a media loaner/test device and will very shortly go back to Garmin, like all other loaners. I do not accept any money (or even permit even advertising) from any company I review. If you find this review useful, hit up the links at the end of the post to support the site.

Oh – and if you’re trying to decide whether to read the Edge 530 or Edge 830 review this morning, I can say that they are excruciatingly similar, with the only differences being found in the ‘Navigation’ section of the Edge 830 variant (since that’s the only place they differ). Or, you can just make two trips to Starbucks, man or woman up, and get reading.

What’s new:

Let’s get right into the details of what’s new. And there’s no more consolidated method to do that then the below video where I outline all the newness with quick demos of each:

But, if text is more your jam, then here’s what I’ve put together. Note that there are other tidbits that I probably haven’t accounted for here – for example in certain menus or such where tiny X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021] may have changed, but the below consolidates everything into one cohesive list. For this listing I’m using the Edge 520 Plus as the baseline (whereas if I used the Edge 520 on-board detailed maps weren’t included there).

– Increased display size 13% from 2.3” to 2.6”
– Increased battery life from 15 to 20 hours, and to 48 hours in battery saver mode
– Significantly increased processor speed: Results in much faster route calculation (see videos)
– Maintained complete on-board turn by turn map database for your region
– Added WiFi: Used for syncing of activities/metrics/routes (not during ride)
– Added ClimbPro: Automatically shows how much distance/elevation remains for each climb on route
– Added Mountain Bike Metrics: Shows Grit, Flow, and Jump details on both unit and Garmin Connect
– Added Trailforks maps to unit: Added global Trailforks data/maps to baked-in data on unit (no downloads required)
– Added ForkSight: Automatically shows mountain bike trail options when you pause at fork in trail
– Added Heat Acclimation: Will automatically take into account heat/humidity for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Altitude Acclimation: Will automatically take into account (high) elevation for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Training Plan API support: This includes a redesigned structured workout execution page
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Smart Alerts: When using a course/route, it’ll automatically figure out how much water/calories you should be taking
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Tracking: It allows you to record this data in ride summary screens and log it on Garmin Connect
– Added Edge Battery Pack Support: You can now attach the Garmin integrated battery pack to the Edge (you can still use generic USB power too)
– Added Bluetooth Smart sensor support: You can now pair Bluetooth Smart sensors like heart rate, power, and cadence
– Added Performance Power Curve: This shows you your mean maximal power over different durations/timeframes (like many training sites)
– Added Bike Alarm Feature: Used for cafes/bathroom stops, emits loud alarm if bike is moved
– Added ‘Find my Edge’ feature: Automatically record exact GPS location on your phone if Edge is disconnected (in case unit pops off)
– Added Training Plan Weather/Gear Tips: Basically tells you to HTFU when it’s cold out
– Changed user interface bits: Tweaked user interface, which might take some people a few rides to get used to (or just myself)

Got all that? Good. Now usually I do include any ‘negative’ new things (such as features removed), but I haven’t found any downsides to the new unit yet, or anything that’s been removed. It’s fairly rare for Garmin to remove features from unit to unit, though sometimes we see unintended consequences of other additions. Either way, I haven’t found any of those yet in my riding (or asking lots of questions). Of course, that’s separate from GPS/Altimeter/etc accuracy, which I cover in a separate section below.

Garmin-Edge530-vs-Edge830

So what are the key differences to the Edge 830 you might ask (which costs $100 more)? No problem, here ya go:

– Edge 830 has a touchscreen (thankfully different than the older Edge 820 touchscreen)
– Edge 830 can do address-specific routing, whereas on the Edge 530 you can’t enter a street address
– Edge 830 has searchable points of interest database, for finding food/monuments/hotels/etc…
– Edge 830 has four less buttons than the 530, since it’s a touch screen (and also has some slight differences in user interface, since you can touch it – most easily seen in the mapping pages)

As you can see, there’s not a lot of differences. It really comes down to that touch screen, and whether or not you plan to enter specific addresses onto the device, or would instead route by just using saved routes or moving the little finish selector over a given spot (more on that in the Navigation section).

With everything new and different all outlined, let’s dive into actually using the darn thing.

Oh wait – one last thing: Got an Edge 1030 already? You’ll get almost every new feature you see above via firmware update to your Edge 1030. The notable exception being that the pre-loaded mountain bike Trailforks maps, due to licensing reasons. However, Garmin says the remaining features will show up in a firmware update over the coming months.

Size & Weight Comparisons:

Before we dive into all the details (or even the basics), let’s just do a quick size check. Here’s drive snapshot bootable usb - Free Activators disastrously big lineup of mostly current bike computers, all aligned on their base to a chunk of wood:

DSC_0133

From left to right: Garmin Edge 130, Garmin Edge 520/520Plus/820 (identical case size), Polar M460, Wahoo BOLT, Garmin 530/830 (identical case size), Wahoo ELEMNT, Wahoo ELEMNT ROAM, Hammerhead Karoo, Garmin Edge 1030, Sigma ROX 12

The same order is below as well:

DSC_0134

And then, just to zoom in on some of the more applicable units close up. Left to right: ELEMNT BOLT, Edge 530/830, ELEMNT, ELEMNT ROAM, and Hammerhead Karoo.

DSC_0135

What’s that? You want weights too?!? Ok, out with the trusty scale:

DSC_0138DSC_0141DSC_0139DSC_0140DSC_0147DSC_0148DSC_0149DSC_0150DSC_0142DSC_0144DSC_0145DSC_0146

Ok, your Brady Bunch moment is over. Now for realz, let’s get onto using it.

(Note: This comparison section was added after the Wahoo ROAM released.)

The Basics:

Garmin-Edge530-Main-Dashboard

This section is focused on basic usage of the device. If you’ve been around the Garmin Edge block a few times before, you won’t likely pick up too much new in this chunk. I do this so that I can focus on newness in the other bits. Still, there are a few things different this time around, like the user interface and some button functions. In fact, let’s start with buttons. On the Edge 530 you have two, the lap and start/pause buttons in the same frontal location as other Edge devices:

Garmin-Edge530-Front-Buttons

This still remains somewhat controversial, as it can make it difficult to access these buttons on certain lower profile mounts X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021] they’re against the handlebars. While that’s never really been an issue for me personally, I can see the argument for sure.

Meanwhile, on the left side of the unit there’s three buttons. Two used for up/down type selections, and the other for power. Whereas the right side has two more buttons, one as an escape/back type function and the other for confirmation/OK.

Garmin-Edge530-Left-Side-ButtonsGarmin-Edge530-Right-Side-Buttons

On the underside of the unit is the same quarter-turn mount as every other Garmin Edge device made in the last decade. However, it joins the Edge 1030 in having the battery charge ports, which allows you to add the Garmin Charge Battery pack to the bottom of it to extend battery life even longer (like, multiple-days crazy long).

Garmin-Edge530-UndersideGarmin-Edge530-Battery-Pack

The Edge 530 and Edge 830 both get 20 hours in regular mode, which Garmin has specifically defined as having the screen on, ambient light sensor enabled, two ANT+ sensors, and Bluetooth constantly connected to phone (including even LiveTrack). Meanwhile, you can go up to 40 hours in ‘Battery Saver’ mode, which turns off the display (unless tapped) but still records GPS/sensors. It’ll automatically prompt you to go into this mode when the battery gets super low.

Once you power the unit up you’ll notice the user interface is new. Similar to before, but still new nonetheless.  You can press down to see the typical/previous menus where you’ll find Training/Navigation/History/Stats/Connect IQ Apps/Settings. Where pressing up gets you to the status pane, which includes bits like weather and sensor/GPS/backlight status:

Garmin-Edge530-MainScreenGarmin-Edge-530-StatusScreenmy data recovery height="157">Garmin-Edge530-DownScreen

Speaking of GPS status, the Edge 530 follows along with virtually all new Garmin devices released in 2019 and uses the Sony GPS chipsets, which have a lower battery profile than previous chipsets from MediaTek. This chipset supports base GPS, GPS+GLONASS, and GPS+GALILEO. You can configure this on a per activity profile perspective.

Activity Profiles are used to customize your settings where you might want them different for different types of riding. For example, you’d likely have a different activity profile for mountain biking than road riding. Or maybe you want a paired down activity profile for racing.  You can customize data pages here, as well as metrics like nutrition/hydration, automatic lap, Strava Segments, and various other alerts.

I personally typically just use one profile for road riding, and one for mountain biking. I’m kinda simple that way. But some people get really creative/nuanced with their activity profiles.

Note that activity profiles don’t define sensors. Those are device-wide. Instead, Garmin for a number of years now has created a sensor pool concept. You pair all sensors on all your bikes, and it automatically connects to the sensor when that sensor wakes up. It works really well, and in the case of the Edge 530 is now expanded to Bluetooth Smart sensors (to match the Edge 830/1030, a well as Garmin’s wearables).

Garmin-Edge-530-Sensors-PairingGarmin-Edge530-Sensors-Bluetooth-Smart

This means that you can now pair the following types of sensors on the Edge 530:

Cadence (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Edge Remote (ANT+)
eBike (ANT+)
Heart Rate (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Lights (ANT+)
Indoor Trainer (ANT+ FE-C, though paired in a different spot)
Radar (ANT+)
Power Meter (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Shifting (ANT+)
Shimano Di2 (ANT)
Speed/Cadence (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Speed (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Varia Vision (ANT+)
VIRB (ANT+)

Phew, got all that? Good.

In my case I’ve paired a blend of sensors, mostly ANT+ power meters/trainers, cadence sensors, speed sensors, and both ANT+ & Bluetooth Smart heart rate straps.

Once you’re ready to ride, you’ll simply select the activity profile on the main page and then the upper right button. It’ll go off and find GPS if it hasn’t already, and then you’re good to go. If it’s an indoor profile, it won’t find GPS.

Garmin-Edge530-MainStartingPage

Once you press the lower right start button, your unit will be recording data (and showing you that data). You can press the up/down buttons to change screens (or use auto-scroll to iterate through screens automatically).

If you’ve configured Live Tracking, then your track is shared to whomever you selected, be it social media or directly to specific friends via e-mail.

2019-04-23 22.34.17openshot video editor effects 22.34.13" width="357" height="770">

This is also leveraged for Group Tracking, which enables you to follow friends on a given group ride, and then send quick messages to those friends mid-ride. Regrettably, I lack any friends to test this feature out.

If you want to create manual laps, you’ll use the lower left ‘lap’ button, which marks a lap and then shows you lap summary data. You can also use the lap summary page to compare lap metrics – which is ideal if doing intervals.  Finally, once done you’ll press the ‘Stop’ button on the right corner, which pauses the recording. Press it again to save it. You’ll then get ride summary data:

At that point the ride is automatically synced to your phone via Bluetooth Smart, and if within range of a saved WiFi network, then it could also upload that way as well. Once on Garmin Connect it instantly syncs to 3rd party platforms like Strava and TrainingPeaks as well.  You can view the stats of your ride on the Garmin Connect Mobile app:

Or, you can view it on Garmin Connect (desktop/web) too. Here’s one of my rides if you want to dig in further:

screencapture-connect-garmin-modern-activity-3576577811-2019-04-23-22_36_30

Last but not least, Garmin’s added a new Bike Alarm feature. This is in addition to the ‘Find my Edge’ function that I talk about within the mountain biking section. But since we just finished a ride, I’ll explain ‘Bike Alarm’, which is designed primarily for post-ride café settings, as well as quick bathroom stops. The goal being that you leave your Edge device on your bike and then if someone moves/touches it, it sounds an alarm. It uses the internal accelerometers to do so.

The setup for the feature is buried super deep in the menus. To get to it you’ll go: Down to Menu > Settings > Safety & Tracking > Bike Alarm > Set Passcode.  But once done, you don’t have to set it each time. Once you’ve set a passcode, you can access the bike alarm by just long-holding the power button:

Garmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-EnableGarmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-Activation

At that point it’ll give you a 5-second count-down, and then also notify you on your phone that the feature is activated.  If you touch the bike, the alarm activates, which…sounds hideous (in a good way).

Garmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-ActivatedGarmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-Triggered

Additionally, if your phone is within range (and it probably is), you’ll get a notification there which would also show up on any smartwatches you might have on. You’ll get a notification when you arm it, when it’s triggered, and when it’s disarmed:

2019-04-23 16.23.482019-04-23 16.24.142019-04-23 16.24.37

I demo the whole thing as part of the video up above in the ‘What’s new’ section.

When I first saw that the Edge had a bike alarm feature, admittedly I thought it was pretty stupid. But now that I’ve seen how it’s implemented, it actually makes sense. There’s plenty of times when I’ve got my bike at a café roughly within line of sight, but maybe not always top of my mind. This makes it so that I’ll either hear it, or my phone/watch will notify me if someone touches my bike. I like it.

And at that point, we’ve got the basics covered and are ready to dive into all the cool newness.

Mountain Bike Features:

Garmin-Edge530-Mountain-Bike

Up till now, the most attention that Garmin has placed on mountain biking has simply been to add a generic ‘Mountain Bike’ profile, and offer you the ability to purchase a colored rubber condom for your Edge device, presumably to try and protect it when you smashed your bike into a rock face. Feature-wise though, there’s been nothing.

But this time around there’s significant focus on mountain biking, primarily within the following features:

Trailforks maps are baked into the Edge 530: This includes about 130,000 mountain bike trails, alongside trail ratings
Mountain Bike Dynamics: These metrics show how hard a trail was that you rode, as well as how well you rode it
ForkSight: This trail chooser screen automatically appears when you pause at a trail intersection
Find my Edge: While not absolute to mountain riding, this helps you find your bike computer if it flies off the mount on the trail
Trail Planning: You can ask the Edge to pick a trail of a certain rating, and it’ll find you something to ride

In addition, you can still use the previous Trailforks Connect IQ app on your Edge 530 to get routes from your Trailforks account, or search the Trailforks database.

First, let’s talk the metrics – because that’s kinda the newest thing here in terms of being totally different. There’s essentially three metrics here:

Grit: This calculates a difficulty score for each route, using elevation and GPS data. So kinda like a trail rating. If two riders ride the same exact trail, they should get the same Grit score. The higher the number the harder the course.
Flow: This is your specific rating for how well you rode the route. It’s focused on the momentum of the ride, so things like braking impact hurt your score. A lower number is a better score. Thus, two riders could ride the exact same route and get totally different Flow scores.
Jumps: This will count how many jumps, and for each jump will include distance and hang time. Additionally, during the ride you’ll get jump notifications in real-time with distance/hang time.

Looking at some of these in real-time, first we’ve got the jump metric. In my case, I suck at jumping (look, I’m a road cyclist/triathlete – you’re just lucky I managed to ride a mountain bike at all). So while I got some jumps in my rides, my ability to capture those jumps while also taking a photo was not happening. So, here’s a photo from Des that shows that:

Next, there’s the Grit and Flow scores, which you can add as data fields to your unit. Further, you can also see these as per-lap fields. So for example in downhill mountain biking X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021] you created a lap at the top of each descent, you’d be able to see how these scores compared lap after lap.

126516455

Afterwards, these scores show up on Garmin Connect (website). First, they actually show up on the map, color-coding your route – which is cool and something I wish Garmin did for other aspects of the map (like gradient % for road riding data).

image

Next, down below in the charts section they show up there too, also color coded:

image

And finally, down in the stats section you’ve got the new Mountain Bike Dynamics, including any jumps (or, lack thereof in my case):

image

You should be able to see these on Garmin Connect Mobile as well, though my app isn’t showing them yet for some bug, however, others that I know are seeing them just fine. So this appears to be a me-specific bug. The story of my life.

Next, there’s the increased Trailforks integration. While Garmin hasn’t quite bought out Trailforks yet, I’d be really surprised if we just don’t see that happen. With the Edge 530/830 they’ve baked in all of the Trailforks trail data onto the unit itself. You will need to authorize that briefly the first time you use the unit, but it only takes a second. The existing Trailforks app is still there, since that takes care of better integration with Trailforks as a platform in terms of pulling your routes from your account and so-on.

Garmin-Edge530-TrailForksApp

The most obvious way the new Trailforks data manifests itself is a feature called ‘ForkSight’, which automatically pops up anytime you pause at an intersection of trails (or, more appropriately – a fork in the trail). It’s at this point it’ll show you the trail options and difficulty grades/distances for each one:

2019-04-13 15.33.10 HDR2019-04-13 15.34.10

You can then select any of the options shown to get more information about that specific trail. It’s super cool in real life, and helps you figure out the implications of each option you have. That said, sometimes it can be a little confusing to figure out which trail is which if they aren’t labeled at the trailhead. But for the most part you can figure it out.

2019-04-13 15.34.21

Next, there’s ‘Find my Edge’, while not only for mountain biking, the reality is that most people will probably use it for mountain biking. This feature will instantly and automatically mark the exact GPS location where your unit disconnects from your phone (assuming the Garmin Connect Mobile app is on in the background). Then, on your phone you’ll get an alert that allows you to open up the exact GPS coordinates with the mapping app of your choice (for example, the Google Maps app):

2019-04-23 17.58.502019-04-23 19.04.27

In addition, within the device options on Garmin Connect Mobile, it has two further options: ‘Find my Edge’ and ‘Last Known Location’.  If you select ‘Last Known Location’, it’ll open up the default mapping app on your phone and then the exact GPS coordinates it last saw your Edge devices at:2019-04-23 19.04.152019-04-23 16.31.36

Whereas if you select ‘Find my Edge’, it’ll try and connect to your Edge 530 and start an alarm sound. Which is basically just a constant beeper. It’s not crazy loud, but loud enough that you should be able to find it. And here’s what it looks like on the unit itself – saying ‘Edge found’:

Garmin-Edge530-Found

Note that this last little bit requires you be within Bluetooth Smart range. Outdoors that’s roughly tens of meters, whereas indoors it’s a crapshoot. Generally speaking though your GPS accuracy is within a few meters, so that gets you close enough to then use the beeper to find your Edge sitting in the bush. Roughly akin to Rhino 6 Activation key I found my GoPro mountain biking earlier this year.

Oh, and as for the mountain bike bundle, in case you’re looking at that, it comes with the following:

– Edge 530
– Mountain Bike Mount
– Silicone Case
– Edge Remote
– Dual ANT+/Bluetooth Smart Speed Sensor

While I’ve personally never bothered with the silicone case, if you’re looking at picking up any of the other accessories, it probably makes sense to just get the bundle price-wise at that point.

Navigation:

Garmin-Edge-530-Routing-Navigation

The Edge 530 contains a complete mapset for the region you bought it in (I.e. North America), which allows you to get full turn by turn navigations (with street names) to any point you drop on the map, or any route you load into it (no matter the source/platform it’s from). The main difference though between the Edge 530 and Edge 830/1030 from a navigation standpoint is that the Edge 530 doesn’t support POI’s (points of interest; like monuments or hotels) nor the ability to on the device itself type in a street address. And obviously, the Edge 830/1030 is a touchscreen whereas the Edge 530 isn’t. But other than that – it’s all the same.

Perhaps the most important feature on the entire new Edge 530/830 units is the significantly faster processor. I, alongside the entire internet have complained how darn slow Garmin’s previous Edge series processors are. Which isn’t to say I actually care about the processor specifically, but rather the end-resultant: Route calculation time. It would previously take numerous minutes for each just a short route to calculate. That was unacceptable, and a core reason why I didn’t recommend at the Edge 520 Plus at launch.

Well, it seems like Garmin has listened and yup: Super duper fast now.

Now, there are slight differences depending on what exactly you’re doing. I’ve found loading a saved route is the fastest of the bunch. So something like some 60KM routes from Strava that I’ve loaded are taking about just a few seconds depending on the locale.  Whereas picking a point a distance away and letting it come up with a brand new route takes a few more seconds (like 10-20 seconds, not minutes). That’s understandable since the first is just drawing a route, whereas the second is coming up with one.  And yet it also seems to vary based on exactly where I am. Routes in Mallorca and California were silly quick (1-5 seconds), whereas here in crazy bike route density Amsterdam the routing takes a bit longer (5-15 seconds).

So, let’s quickly go through those two modes. First is if you’ve already got a route. This can be something from Garmin Connect or a 3rd party site. It could be an individual route file you’ve downloaded, or it could be from a site like Strava via the Strava Routes Connect IQ app. In my case, I’m mostly using Strava routes (since I can use them on all my devices – acting like the Switzerland of routing). So we’ll start there, grabbing that route from the pre-loaded Strava Routes CIQ app:

Garmin-Edge530-Strava-RoutesGarmin-Edge530-Strava-Route-Selected

Next, it’ll show me the route details:

Garmin-Edge530-Strava-Route-RideGarmin-Edge530-Strava-Route-Overview

And finally, I can select to ride it. Within about 2-3 seconds, the route generation is complete and I’m ready to press start on my unit.

Garmin-Edge530-Strava-Start-Routing

Now, when out on the road, I’ll get turn by turn directions as I approach any turn. I’ve found these directions timely (unlike the Edge 520 Plus), and in plenty of time to take action on them. Again, there does seem to be some slight variances in responsiveness based on where in the world I am, but none of the differences affected my ability to have boatloads of time. Here’s two screenshots mid-ride during different rides, showing what it looks like:

802984

In addition, if I ignored a route, it’d automatically recalculate the route (including street names). Depending on the scenario, it’d either explain how to turn around and re-join the route, or in some cases cut a corner to catch-up down the road. I did however see one quirk in Amsterdam on a very short automatically generated route where it continued to try and go via some non-direct roads. After Garmin analyzed it they found a routing/mapping related bug that they say should be included in the next firmware update.

Note that the recalculation behavior is very different than that of a Wahoo BOLT/ELEMNT, which don’t have a street-level map on them. Thus, they just point you back (compass-style) to the route itself, rather than giving you turn by turn directions. For many folks, that’s perfectly fine, but I wanted to make that clear.  Whereas the Garmin method matches that of Hammerhead’s Karoo and Sigma’s ROX 12 in terms of proper on-street routing data.

Next, what if you wanted to go somewhere unplanned? The Edge 530 can do that as well, albeit with a few more limitations than the Edge 830/1030. On the Edge 530 you’ll select navigation, where you’ve got the option to browse a map (as well as load courses and saved locations).  When you browse the map you’ve got a small target in the middle that you can move around (note the middle of the image with the crosshairs):

Garmin-Edge530-Target-Location

In the upper right corner are three dots. These are identical to how mapping works on the Fenix series, and works surprisingly well (since it’s non-touchscreen). You press the upper right button to change between the three modes: Zoom in/out, Pan left/right, Scroll up/down.  Then you use the lower left buttons to perform that action.  You can see it in each of the photos below in the upper right corner:

Garmin-Edge530-Scroll-MapGarmin-Edge530-Pan-MapGarmin-Edge530-Zoom-Map

The goal here is to move around to the point you want to go to, and then select it. At which point you can have the Edge 530 go off and find a route to it:

Garmin-Edge530-Routed-Browsed-LocationGarmin-Edge530-Map-Routing

From here, it’s business as normal just like above in terms of routing.

Finally, note that the unit in conjunction with your phone via the Garmin Connect Mobile app can also do some route planning.  You can create round-trip routes whereby it goes and creates a route of a given distance for you automatically, as well as create manual routes connecting points together.

2019-04-23 23.02.002019-04-23 23.02.03

This new manual route creation bit is actually brand new – introduced in the last week or two (to everyone, not just Edge 530/830 peoples), and frankly, it sucks. I don’t know how it could be so bad, but it really is. Having come from the Easy Route app world, where I just tappity-tap my way through a route, the Garmin Connect Mobile experience is just super clunky and imprecise, crazily zooming in and out like a drunk kid with a camera for the first time. Yes, you can get the job done, but it’ll take you way longer.

2019-04-23 23.02.182019-04-23 23.02.492019-04-23 23.02.58

Hopefully though since it’s a brand new feature it’ll improve over time – maybe once someone buys a bulk pack of 40-grit sandpaper and goes to town on it.

Still, new app option aside – the rest of routing works great (finally). The processing time is what I’d expect from a $300 unit, and the route calculation to match it. I would like to see Garmin integrate Strava routes directly though, as I find the Strava Routes app clunky compared to Wahoo’s integrated Strava Routes capability. Also, I’d prefer to see Garmin allow easy loading of maps from other regions like Wahoo, rather than having to rely on 3rd party site downloads (or paying a bunch of cash).

Though, once you get the route/maps loaded, then Garmin’s routing engine is leagues ahead of what Wahoo has. I suppose doing it for a decade longer will get you that experience.

Finally, note that if there’s one thing I know about routing is that there are always edge cases in certain areas. In my case I’ve tested routing quite a bit in three core locations: Mallorca (Spain), Amsterdam (Netherlands), and Monterey (California, USA). This has included both on-road and off-road routes. However, there are always quirks in weird places that I might not have encountered, though for the most part the underlying mapping/routing data here should match that of the Edge 1030 – which people seem pretty happy with.

Training & Performance Metrics:

Garmin-Edge530-ClimbPro-Header

Next comes a slew of training and performance-related metrics, virtually all of which are new. And we’re going to start with ClimbPro, which is hands-down my favorite feature on the Edge 530/830 (and coming to the Edge 1030).

This feature automatically slices and dices your planned route’s climbs, and generates detailed climb charts for each climb as you ride them. The feature actually originated from the Fenix 5 Plus wearables last year, but really shines here on the larger screen of the Edge series as a cycling focused function. It requires that you have some route/course loaded, so it knows where you’re going. Once you’ve got that, you can see the list of climbs within the ClimbPro summary screen on the route planning page:

Garmin-Edge530-ClimbProListOfClimbs

Next, as you’re riding, it’ll automatically show the ClimbPro page for each climb once you enter it. Kinda like Strava Segments for climbs, minus the racing aspect. The climb page shows the distance remaining on the climb, the ascent remaining, the average grade remaining, and then two customizable fields at the bottom. By default, these are heading and elevation, but you can change them as you see fit.

Garmin-Edge530-ClimbPro1Garmin-Edge530-ClimbPro2

In addition, the Edge will color-code the pain of the climb segments on the ClimbPro page based on gradient as seen above. These are bucketed into:

0-3%: Green
3-6%: Yellow
6-9%: Orange
9-12%: Red
12%+: Dark Painful Bloody Red

Having ridden with this feature last month on Mallorca it was super cool. Not only for major climbs like Sa Calobra, but actually for some of the smaller ones before and after it. For example, after you finish the famed Sa Calobra and continue out of that area you’ve actually still got another minor climb to do before you descend one of a few routes back to the remainder of the island. Having ClimbPro on my screen was super handy to know how much suck was left, since mentally you sorta forgot about these minor climbs you’ve still gotta do in comparison to the big one you just knocked out.

2019-04-14 10.36.29

Garmin notes that they expect to tweak the definition of a climb based on feedback over the next month or two. Specifically, whether or not something triggers a climb on ClimbPro (since this is calculated on the unit itself when a route is loaded). Obviously, there’s no international definition when it comes to what’s a cycling climb and what’s not. Still, the definition they’re using as of today is as follows:

Total value must be 3,500 or higher where: Distance of climb in meters (min 500 meters) * Gradient (min average 3%)

So, doing some samples here to help understand:

Climb A: 1,000 meters long at 4% = 1,000*4 = 4,000: Yes, qualifies as a climb
Climb B: 5,000 meters long at 2% = 5,000*2 = 10,000: No, doesn’t meet 3% threshold
Climb C: 500 meters long at 8% = 500*8 = 4,000: Yes, qualifies as a climb

Make sense? Again, simply calculate distance in meters by incline/gradient and see if it’s above 3,500. Also, ensure average gradient is 3%.  As I said above – I think it’s probably the coolest feature on the Edge 530/830.

Next, speaking of elevation, there’s two new features coupled together – heat and altitude acclimation. Both of these are actually quietly present on the Garmin MARQ series as well. The goal behind both of these are post-workout calculations tied to figuring out whether or not you’re acclimated to a given temperature or altitude. Obviously, both can significantly impact performance.  Starting with heat acclimation, the function leverages nearby weather stations. So your unit has to have connected to Garmin Connect Mobile within 3 hours of starting your ride in order to receive that weather data (it doesn’t use on-device temperature).

Then, for heat acclimation it applies a heat correction factor for rides above 71°F/22°C, using a percentage based amount from published studies (humidity is also factored into this as well). This is then shown in the training status widget. Garmin says they assume full acclimation takes a minimum of 4 days, and acclimation/adaptation to a given high temperature adobe dimensions automatically decay after 3 days of skipped training within that heat levels.

Garmin-Edge530-HeatAcclimation

Altitude acclimation/adaption is roughly similar (also seen above). The minimum threshold is at altitudes above 850m/2,788ft, and tops out at 4,000m/13,123ft (Garmin doesn’t calculate above that for cycling, sorry folks). Garmin says that they divide up training vs living altitudes, just as typical studies would. The company says that adaptation algorithms within the Edge 530/830 assume total adaptation after 21 days, and that adaptation is faster at the beginning of altitude exposure. Additionally, adaptation will decay within 21-28 days depending on acclimation level. Because I haven’t had any high altitude rides lately, I’m deferring you to Mr. DesFit, who has, and kindly lent me his high altitude shot (and check out his Edge 530 video, especially for more mountain bike details).

2019-04-23 23.36.31

What the feature shows is your current altitude adaptation level. In other words, if I go from living at sea level (as I do) to moving to the French Alps, each day it’ll show what my body has acclimated to. This essentially automates/charts the exact same process that many elite athletes take when preparing for races. In fact, a pro triathlete friend of mine wrote a guest post here on that very topic some 8 years ago. For the rest of us, we can just use this as a post-ride pub excuse for why we climbed so poorly on our week-long vacation in the Alps. Obviously, we weren’t acclimated.

Also of note is that if the Edge 530/830 are put into ‘sleep’ mode (as opposed to powered full off), it’ll actually do a check each night at midnight of where it is altitude wise, and account for that – just like the MARQ series watch does every night at midnight. Effectively giving you credit for sleeping at high altitude.

Next, there’s new hydration/nutrition alerts and record keeping. These alerts will appear mid-ride anytime you’ve loaded a pre-planned course/route into the Edge, and are based on your profile (gender/weight). Effectively, it’s trying to help you remember to eat and drink – a chronic problem for most longer-distance cyclists and triathletes. Or, at least me.  These alerts automatically show up seemingly based on caloric intake variables, and will give you Garmin’s recommendations for fluid and calories, impacted by the current temperature/humidity as well. Garmin did note that these are capped though to account for maximum hydration intake limits of the human body.

2019-04-19 16.46.00

In other words, they know that in some super hot/humid scenarios you could lose more hydration than you could possibly consume/absorb in the same timeframe, so they shouldn’t be giving you crazy recommendations like drinking three full bottles per hour. I haven’t hit that kinda weather yet, so it’s hard to tell for sure.

Then, afterwards you’ve got new hydration/nutrition tracking These pages are shown for any rides longer than 90 minutes, where it’ll ask you how much you drank and ate. It’s here over the last few months that I’ve realized the answer is always ‘not enough’.

Garmin-Edge530-CaloriesConsumedGarmin-Edge530-Hydration-Consumed

And yes, you can change from ounces to millimeters, as well as the exact size of your bottle (even per activity profile setting too!).  This data is then shown on Garmin Connect (but oddly not Garmin Connect Mobile):

image

In addition to the post-ride nutrition stats, there’s your total training status stats. These stats are a step above what you’ve historically gotten on the Edge series, and are in line to match that of MARQ (and a step above the Fenix 5 Plus). Note that some of these stats require a power meter (like FTP). Here’s the overview ‘My Stats’ page (though, much of this is also shown post-ride on the summary screens):

Garmin-Edge530-TrainingStatus

First, there’s Training Status, which is showing you Training Load over the last 7 days. Note that this includes non-riding activities as well, if they’ve synced from other Garmin wearable devices.

Garmin-Edge530-TrainingLoad

Next, there’s Training Load Focus, which is showing you the breakouts of your training types over the last four weeks. It then shows you in the dotted line the optimal (aka balanced) training load bucketing. Obviously, I ignore anything that’s optimal or balanced.

Garmin-Edge530-TrainingFocus

Next, there’s Recovery Time, which is load-based and includes time from other devices as well. This is telling you how many hours you should wait until your next hard workout:

Garmin-Edge530-RecoveryTime

Then there’s VO2Max and FTP, both of which are calculated (FTP calculation requires a power meter, seen above):

Garmin-Edge530-VO2Max

And finally, one of the newer metrics not seen on any other Garmin device is Power Curve. This is basically just a mean-max power graph, and loosely mirrors what we’ve had on various training platforms for more than a decade.

Garmin-Edge530-PowerCurve

The time duration is selectable as three choices – one month, three months, and twelve months. It does appear to pull in data from Garmin Connect as well, which is a good thing and shows tighter integration there than we’ve previously seen for Personal Records on other Garmin devices.

Last but not least, there’s on-device training plans. You could previously see all of this on Garmin Connect, but it wasn’t super visible on the Edge itself. Now, if you’ve got a training plan loaded (including those from TrainingPeaks and soon also TrainerRoad), those will appear here.  Once you load a workout up, you’ll get similar step by step instructions on the Edge as before, but now with a bit better overview metrics and showing exactly how that workout should look:

Garmin-Edge530-IndividualWorkout

Additionally, there’s now a new ‘Gear’ and ‘Weather’ option. The weather simply shows the weather for that day of the week that the workout is scheduled. Whereas the gear option aims to give you tips on what kind of gear you should have that day (for example, if it’s cold and miserable to bring gloves). Garmin says that they’re trying to provide tips for cyclists that may not be as experienced. The rest of us know that it’s simply better to stay indoors and Zwift instead.

Garmin-Edge530-Recommended-Gear

As usual, once you’ve completed these workouts, they’ll sync up to Garmin Connect and the various 3rd party platforms they might have come from.

Ultimately, the goal behind all these metrics is that they’re across the board with your other Garmin devices. So if you’ve got a Garmin wearable that supports these metrics (or some portion of them), then everything should match. Understanding that I’m a bit of an edge case due to Mullvad VPN 2020.5 Free Download with Crack many Garmin devices I’m using at once for testing, that concept roughly pans out – though there’s still some cracks here and there where physiological data from one device doesn’t match another. Still, for the normal person that doesn’t ride with 12 devices at once, it’s nice to see some of this glue finally hardening.

GPS & Elevation Accuracy:

Garmin-Edge530-GPS-Status

There’s likely no topic that stirs as much discussion and passion as GPS accuracy.  A watch could fall apart and give you dire electrical shocks while doing so, but if it shows you on the wrong side of the road?  Oh hell no, bring on the fury of the internet!

GPS accuracy can be looked at in a number of different ways, but I prefer to look at it using a number of devices in real-world scenarios across a vast number of activities.  I use 2-6 other devices at once, trying to get a clear picture of how a given set of devices handles conditions on a certain day.  Conditions include everything from tree/building cover to weather.

Over the years I’ve continued to tweak my GPS testing methodology.  For example, for watches I try to not place two units next to each other on my wrists, as that can impact signal. If I do so, I’ll put a thin fabric spacer of about 1”/3cm between them (I didn’t do that for any workouts here).  But often I’ll simply carry other units by the straps, or attach them to the shoulder straps of my hydration backpack.  Plus, wearing multiple watches on the same wrist is well known to impact optical HR accuracy. For cycling units, I arrange them on my handlebars using standard mounts – usually one on either side of the step, often a bit separated from each other.

Next, as noted, I use just my daily training routes.  Using a single route over and over again isn’t really indicative of real-world conditions, it’s just indicative of one trail.  The workouts you see here are just my normal daily workouts.  I’ve had a fair bit of variety of terrain within the time period of testing Garmin Edge units.  This has included workouts in: Amsterdam (city, countryside) and Mallorca (mountains, ocean, countryside), California (off-road, hills, forests, seaside).

We’re gonna look at a few different rides in different parts of the world. First, we’ll start with the famed Sa Calobra in Mallorca. I rode this nearly a month ago, so while this firmware was slightly older, it still shows pretty solid GPS performance. Here is the data set compared to the Garmin MARQ watch and the Samsung Galaxy Watch Active.

image_thumb[32]

This super twisty-turny route is incredibly difficult from a GPS performance standpoint. There are rock tunnels, huge cliffs next to you, and plenty of GPS-blocking goodness to hose up units (as we see the Samsung illustrate).

DJI_0004-1_thumb

I’m going to zoom into one of the more difficult points here:

image_thumb[35]

Of course, with the trees it’s hard to see what’s going on. But I just wanted to show you first the density of trees. In fact, you can see the Samsung straight-up gave up on life half-way through this and just cut the corner entirely. So we’ll ignore it.

image_thumb[36]

The other units tracks are actually very close. There’s a few bobbles of the Garmin MARQ at one point where the cave is (the green text you see). That’s this thing:

RockWalls_thumb

But most importantly, the two Edge 530/830 units tracked through that just fine and dandy. Perhaps by skill, or perhaps by dumb luck. They did it both directions though.

Now I had a quick lunch at the bottom before heading up. GPS-wise, units were fine here. I left them recording on my bike while I ate.

image_thumb[38]

Though I did see some elevation issues here were it showed me quite a bit higher in elevation than I really was (300ft higher than the sea I was sitting next to). Garmin isn’t super clear on why this happened, though I haven’t seen it happen again. And again, that was a month ago on older firmware.

And in fact, if we look at route elevation for the next day, you’ll see the two Edge 530/830 units nail the elevation without any issues, super clean and consistent. The Samsung…is…well…yeah.

image_thumb[40]

Next we’ve got a ride in Monterey, California from two weeks ago. This was a nice coastal ride that also went through some gigantic tree forests. Plus it had a couple of rollers and a solid climb mid-way through. For this I’ve got both Edge 530/830 units, as well as the Garmin MARQ watch and the Polar Vantage V GPS watch. Here’s the high-level overview of the GPS from that set:

image_thumb[17]

We’ll go ahead and zoom into some sections, starting with early on. It’s here we see the Edge 530 is a bit offset from the rest. Why you ask? It was in my back jersey pocket. I needed to photograph the Edge 830 solo-cup:

image_thumb[19]

However, once we turned the corner I then got it on my handlebars and it was clean sailing:

image_thumb[21]

I know, it’s hard to see the lines above. But how could I not go to satellite view with scenery like that? Ok, I’ll go back to boring map view for the next ones.

Источник: https://www.dcrainmaker.com/2019/04/garmin-edge-530-cycling-gps-in-depth-review.html

Untitled — Borderlands 2 Game Save Download

Borderlands 2 Game Save Download

image


  1. Borderlands 2 Game Saves Xbox
  2. Borderlands 2 Modded Game Save Download
Borderlands 2 Game Save Download

Downloads: 2 US Borderlands 2 Commander Lilith and the Fight for Sanctuary Complete Save Set US Re-Region CUSA Description: I converted Wosley’s Borderlands 2: Commander Lilith and the Fight for Sanctuary Complete Save Set to US Region. Nov 30, 2020 Game Save Files for PC, PS3, PS4, Xbox and more! All Save game files are tested and ready to download with one click for Free! Gibbed’s Borderlands 2 Save Editor is a small and easy to use application that can help you edit your Borderlands 2 saved game files. With Gibbed’s Borderlands 2 Save Editor you will also be able to customize your character, add money, seraph crystals, eridium and torgue tokens, add new weapons and other items.

Download 100% Save for PC – Borderlands 2 2012 https://tremanmomop.tistory.com/7.

Curso de ingles sin barreras descargar gratis pdf. Installationhttps://coolnload339.weebly.com/logitrace-serial-keygen.html.

  1. Download savegame file;
  2. Extract it from .7z archive;
  3. Copy save files to possible savegames location;
  4. If you have no User ID Number start game and make 1 save;
  5. Steam users turn off Steam Cloud for this game;
  6. Make backup of your save before adding!

Borderlands 2 Game Saves Xbox

Borderlands 2 Game Save Download
Borderlands 2 Game Save Download
Save

Google play store app. http://giobulxoni1976.wikidot.com/blog:16. Example of savegame folder location

  • Example – C:Users%UserName%DocumentsMy GamesBorderlands 2WillowGameSaveDataUser ID Number

Borderlands 2 Modded Game Save Download

  • Description – Game is completed for 100%.
  • Maya as Siren level 80. Main game and DLC’s completed. Good weapons and items
  • Axton as Commando level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Salvador as Gunzerker level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Zer0 as Assassin level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Gaige as Mechromance level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Krieg as Psycho level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Author – Kraniym


image

More you might like

Fsx Bell 222

image


222
222

Fsx Cera Sim Bell 222b

222

With the Cowan Sim Bell 222 a very interesting helicopter for X-Plane 11 is currently under development. Arcane the armor collector hacked. Mstsc for mac os. The helicopter became particularly well known in the eighties through the TV series Airwolf.

Helicopters in flight simulators are still relatively rare today. All the more gratifying is every announcement or even publication. With the Cowan Sim Bell 222 for X-Plane 11, a very special helicopter is now approaching us. The developer Joshua Cowan first published preview screenshots of his model on January 17th, which can be viewed here at Google Photos.

Fsx Bell 222 Rifle

As far as we know the add-on is supposed to appear as affordable payware. Since one can certainly get the impression that paid add-ons for the flight simulator are getting more and more expensive, this is definitely a small glimmer of hope. How affordable the Bell 222 from Cowan Simulations will actually become, however, the future will probably have to show. Joshua is also thinking about letting the helicopter take off in the upcoming Microsoft FS2020. But only when the time is right.

Fsx Bell 222 Magazine

Bell 222 from the Airwolf series crashed in 1992

222

The Bell 222 was announced in the seventies and brought into serial production. The American helicopter manufacturer thus expanded its portfolio of light multi-role helicopters. Since the 1960s, however, it has been led by the Bell 206 JetRanger, which with 6,300 units built is probably the most commercially successful helicopter.

FSX/P3D Bell 222B PT-HTF. Texture only for the Cerasim Bell 222B. By Edson Alves Pereira. Factory format for mac os x. Created 2020-02-28. Filename bell222pt-htf.zip. Just bought the Bell 222 from them and it’s a nice bird. I should have read a bit more on the product page. My mistake I guess. I’m just out of a 3 hours flight with the 222 over the new AMAZING Redding Building a vid tonight.

The Bell 222 became particularly well known in the 1980s through the TV series Airwolf, in which the helicopter was bred into a real secret weapon against evil through fictitious modifications. The helicopter used for the filming was then taken via detours to Germany to the HSD Air Rescue, where it flew under the D-HHSD intensive care transport helicopter. Finally, in 1992, it crashed on the return flight from a mission, killing all of its occupants.

Extend your experience with DRAGON BALL XENOVERSE 2 - Extra Pass and get access to 4 content packs. This Extra Pass includes: 12 new playable characters: Dabra, Buu (Gohan absorbed), Tapion, Android 13, Jiren, Fu, Android 17, Goku (Ultra Instinct), Super Baby Vegeta, Kefla, and 2 characters coming from the new Dragon Ball movie. https://loadvector250.weebly.com/setting-pcsx2-14-0.html. DRAGON BALL Xenoverse 2 for Nintendo Switch Summary. This game does not yet have a wiki article. Please use the edit button up above to create one. Download Dragon Ball Z - Shin Budokai 2 ROM for Playstation Portable(PSP ISOs) and Play Dragon Ball Z - Shin Budokai 2 Video Game on your PC, Mac, Android or iOS device! Dragon ball xenoverse 2 rom download pc. Download torrent client for mac. The game is named as the Dragon Ball Z Xenoverse 2. It is the part of Dragon Ball series of games. It is based on the role-playing and fighting genre. Download and Install PPSSPP emulator on your device and downloadDragon Ball Xenoverse 2 SB RV CSO rom, run the emulator and select your ISO. Download Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2. Hit the battle arena and prove your role-playing abilities with the hit game, Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2.

Fsx bell 222 super

About the Author

Fsx Bell 222 Jet

Mein Name ist Sascha und 2011 habe ich Flusiboard gegründet. Heute kümmere ich mich nicht nur im Hintergrund darum, dass alles so gut wie möglich läuft, sondern schreibe auch hin und wieder Artikel und bringe mich gerne auch im Forum mit ein. https://viafasr869.weebly.com/how-to-get-blargsnes-3ds.html.

Sprint support pages are available for existing Sprint accounts here. If you are looking for more, visit our Migration Center. Learn about the key features and specifications of the OnePlus 6T. We’re expecting the OnePlus 6T design to mostly look like the OnePlus 6, an excellent phone with a notched screen, fast processor, great camera and gesture support. But we’re keeping hope alive. OnePlus 6T Android smartphone. Announced Oct 2018. Features 6.41″ display, Snapdragon 845 chipset, 3700 mAh battery, 256 GB storage, 8 GB RAM, Corning Gorilla Glass 6. No, the OnePlus 6 does not have a memory card slot. You can view the full specs here: OnePlus 6. https://burningfankitty.tumblr.com/post/642648884255113217/does-oneplus-6t-support-sd-card.

Fsx Bell 222 Route

STAT MedEvac livery repaint for the Cera Simaircraft Bell 222 helicopter. The original livery is not a Bell 222B, but one of their registration numbers have been used on this model. By Johnny Rosario.Screenshot of STAT MedEvac Bell 222B in flight.Installation: Move the ‘texture.stat’ folder into your Cera Bell main folder, then copy and paste the text below on to your aircraft.cfg file. STAT MedEvac livery repaint for the Cera Simaircraft Bell 222 helicopter. The original livery is not a Bell 222B, but one of their registration numbers have been used on this model. By Johnny Rosario.Screenshot of STAT MedEvac Bell 222B in flight.Installation: Move the 'texture.stat’ folder into your Cera Bell main folder, then copy and paste the text below on to your aircraft.cfg file. Filesize: 128 MB Eagle Rotorcraft Simulations FSX Bell 222A Started by Alan Devins in 2006 as a follow up project to his original FS2002/FS2004 Bell 222, this model was acquired by Eagle Rotorcraft Simulations in July of 2010. This initial release features a single, standard 222A model variant with four (4) liveries.



image

Smadav 12.1 Serial Key

image

Smadav 2018 Serial Key 12.2. http://www.grabaminas1970.simpsite.nl/wrestling-revolution-3d-mod. Go to the following link given below. https://trueyfiles181.weebly.com/downloads-free-for-mac.html. Install kodi on flash drive. Download the file available in the download link. Open the download folder and click on the “Smadav2018rev.exe” file. After installation runs the software and enter the username grammarly premium account crack - Crack Key For U the required field. Copy the name and serial key from the keygen and use it for the activation. System Scanner Smadav helps to detect and clean system infected by widespread virus. Featured Posts Updated Working Key for Version 12.9 - 13.0 - October 02, 2019. #smadav #antivirus #techwish SmadAV Antivirus 2019 rev 12.8.1 Serial key crack full PRO version Free Download. SmadAV 2019 licence key is a latest update full version best antivirus software for. Smadav 2020 Rev. 13.8: + New detection database of 707053 new viruses, + Smadav AI (Machine Learning) is updated and can be used as scanner in expert mode + New auto-update method to reduce incompatibility with another Antivirus, + Fixing false detection and program bugs. Smadav 2020 Rev. 13.7: + New detection database of 12800 new viruses. SMADAV 12.6 PRO FREE KEY 100% WORKING #PlayFull# Windows XP, Vista. Windows 7, 8, 10 (32-64 bit). Mac OS X 10.6 or higher one ^^^^^.

  1. Serial Key Filmora
  2. Serial Smadav Pro

SmadAV is a small antivirus utility from overseas which includes a small set of malware signatures, searching your PC for unwanted programs.

Although SmadAV isn’t necessarily the most comprehensive antivirus utility available, it does search for some common pests which have have been installed on a target system.

The user interface of the utility is neatly laid out. The left-hand navigation menu provides access to the main scanner function (and its options), some access to the paid version’s features and general settings for scanning functions.

Inside the main panel is a tabbed interface which displays the scan progress, reports, virus hits and registry entries.

The overall scan process of SmadAV is fast and checks through files on local or external disks and reports with a list of infected files and entries; once the scan is completed, you can use SmadAV to delete or quarantine these files.

General settings include limiting scans to USB scanning (‘Quick mode’), access to scans from the Windows context menus inside of Windows Explorer, advanced features available in the Pro version and switching between Indonesian and English language. Scanner settings include changing SmadAV’s color scheme and a list of quarantined files SmadAV has de-activated.

Smadav 12.1 Serial Key

Dragon ball xenoverse 2 rom download. Though the Pro version includes a number of features such as automatic updates, support for destroying ransomware and live protection, the free version of SmadAV does an admirable job of eliminating certain types of common viruses.

All in all, SmadAV can be used as a second defense against viruses and malware but isn’t exactly complete enough to provide full protection.

SmadAV 2020 on 32-bit and 64-bit PCs

Serial Key Filmora

Office for mac 2016 installer. This download is licensed as freeware for the Windows (32-bit and 64-bit) operating system on a laptop or desktop PC from antivirus without restrictions. SmadAV 14.4 is available to all software users as a free download for Windows 10 PCs but also without a hitch on Windows 7 and Windows 8.

Compatibility with this antivirus software may vary, but will generally run fine under Microsoft Windows 10, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 7, Windows Vista and Windows XP on either a 32-bit or 64-bit setup. A separate x64 version may be available from SmadAV.

Filed under:
  1. SmadAV 2020 Download
  2. Freeware Antivirus
  3. Antivirus Software

Smadav Pro Serial Key is antivirus for extra safety of your laptop, USB stick complete safety and completely cleansing widespread virus.it stops apps from being operating in the background (With out your permissions). Simply verify this app as it’s one of many superior apps.

Also Read :UnHackMe

https://burningfankitty.tumblr.com/post/642648607629230081/hatsune-miku-project-diva-f-soundtrack-download. Features:

Serial Smadav Pro

  • Computerized Replace Online: SmadAV Pro can carry out a computerized replace with a web connection each time there is a brand new revision. SmadAV will set up new revisions routinely with out consumer command. Not like the Free SmadAV, you continue to must do the replace manually by downloading the brand new revision in Smadav.web and open this system first SmadAV to replace SmadAV in your laptop.
  • Quicker Scanning: Smad-Turbo may be activated to hurry up the scanning course of. SmadAV carries out filtering by file kind so SmadAV solely scans the records data have been most probably contaminated with a virus. This characteristic is very efficient in accelerating the method of scanning with out compromising the power of detection./li>
  • Exception Checklist: SmadAV Exception Checklist Pro has a characteristic that can be utilized to disregard (ignore) scanning the file, folder or a particular registry that you simply contemplate secure and needs to be ignored. As soon as a file, folder, or registry added to the Exception Checklist, then he can be ignored and can now not be detected by SmadAV as viruses.
  • Maximize / Resize Show: In case you really feel the look SmadAV nonetheless much less intensive, you possibly can click on the Maximize button or by altering (resize) SmadAV measurement manually. Or for those who really feel SmadAV look too large, you possibly can click on the Conceal Panel which is able to routinely make SmadAV smaller by eliminating the proper panel.
  • Altering the Coloration Theme: SmadAV Pro has the power to vary the color theme initially SmadAV inexperienced turned the color of your selection. Within the theme shade settings, you will discover your individual selection of colors for the theme SmadAV. As soon as you alter the theme shade, the color of all SmadAV show will routinely flip into the color of your selection.
  • Revenue Use Allow SMADAV Free model solely allowed for non-profit use as laptop / private laptop computer at dwelling or non-profit group. Whereas SmadAV Pro model is used for members SmadAV or establishment/group revenue (corporations, cafes, retailers, leases, laptop providers, studio, and so on.)
  • Admin Password: In case you are an Admin on a pc community (reminiscent of cafes, corporations, and so on.), Ought to restrict the use SmadAV by including a password to enter the total options of SmadAV. Customers can nonetheless carry out virus scanning and cleaning, however, won’t be able to enter the quarantine characteristic, updates, instruments, and settings on SmadAV besides having an Admin password that you’ve got set.


image

Arcane The Armor Collector Hacked

image


Arcane Hacked is a fun action game where you advance through levels by achieving most kills. There are upgrades in the form of weapons and armor. Make sure you don’t fail, after all it’s your duty to be the best and victorious. This hacked game has this hack: Ca$h.

Tags:
Action Games Hacked

It’s about arcane hacked, arcane weapon hacked, arcane the armor collector hacked, arcane weapons hacked, arcane hack Download microsoft office home and student 2010 for mac.

4.71 / 5(7 votes)

Arcane The Armor Collector hacked, Infinite money., Fight and earn your way to glory in this middle age style tournament using bows, boomerangs, kunais, swords, axes and more! This intense real time action rpg flash game includes: more than 50 differen. Arcade games 26 Arcane Hacked All Weapons 1 Arcane Hacked Unblocked 1 Arcane One More Level 1 Armor Games 98 Hacked Games 105 Weapon The Game Hacked 1. No comments so far. Be first to leave comment below. Your email address will not be published. Armor Games Hacked.

You need to enable JavaScript to vote

Player Comments

Similar Games

★★★★★

(4.03)

★★★★★

(4.08)

★★★★★

(4.19)

★★★★★

(4.3)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.31)

★★★★★

(4.35)
Game

★★★★★

(4.11)
Arcane weapon hacked

★★★★★

(4.33)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.24)

★★★★★

(4.41)

Best Rated Games

★★★★★

(3.58)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.12)

★★★★★

(4.31)

★★★★★

(4.35)

★★★★★

(3.64)

★★★★★

(4.11)

★★★★★

(4.32)

Airplane Games

Play Airport Games

Airplane Shooting Games

Air Battle Games

Arcane Hacked is a fun action game where you advance through levels by achieving most kills. http://www.isaglilo1989.simpsite.nl/adobe-photoshop-cs6-free-download-softonic-mac. There are upgrades in the form of weapons and armor. Make sure you don’t fail, after all it’s your duty to be the best and victorious. Torrent for mac transmission. This hacked game has this hack: Ca$h.

Tags:
Action Games Hacked

It’s about arcane hacked, arcane weapon hacked, arcane the armor collector hacked, arcane weapons hacked, arcane hack

4.71 / 5(7 votes)

You need to enable JavaScript to vote

Player Comments

Similar Games

★★★★★

(4.03)

★★★★★

(4.08)

★★★★★

(4.19)

★★★★★

(4.3)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.31)

★★★★★

Game
(4.35)

★★★★★

(4.11)

★★★★★

(4.33)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.24)

★★★★★

(4.41)

Best Rated Games

★★★★★

(3.58)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.12)

★★★★★

(4.31)

★★★★★

(4.35)

★★★★★

(3.64)

★★★★★

(4.11)

★★★★★

(4.32)

Arcane The Armor Collector 2 Hacked

Airplane Games

Play Airport Games

Airplane Shooting Games Adobe flash player for mac sierra.

Arcane The Armor Collector Hacked

Air Battle Games



image

Does Oneplus 6t Support Sd Card

image


The OnePlus 6 just arrived a few months ago, here we meet the OnePlus 6T this month. Not every brand has such ability to attract public’s attention. The OnePlus 6T is the most accomplished smartphone easeus todo backup 12.0 license code OnePlus has launched. The Top-end design, truly all-day battery life and powerful rear camera definitely bring keenest phone fan without doubt. While for customers, there is never enough upgrades for them. The flagship upgraded one problem, they would curious about another issue. Along with continuous brands dropped old 3.5mm headphone jack and it’s seems going to be the megatrends, many people pay close attention to OnePlus 6T whether made the same decision.

The OnePlus 6T will launch soon, prior to its launch,It has been listed on a website, this details its features and price including microSD card support. OnePlus 6T to have MicroSD card support Nowadays, smartphone manufacturers are ditching micro SD card slots in their devices is to save costs. All of the OnePlus smartphones have shipped with no expandable storage feature. Surprisingly, this leak reveals that the upcoming OnePlus 6T will have a MicroSD card support to expand the storage.

Does OnePlus 6T Have a 3.5mm Headphone Jack?

The big talking point that you wouldn’t find on the bottom of OnePlus 6T. Let’s face the fact that OnePlus 6T already dropped the 3.5mm headphone jack. This may disappointed users who want to use their 3.5mm headphones in a direct way. Don’t worry, OnePlus prepared a 3.5mm to USB-C adapter in the box so you can still plug in your previous headphones.

Why OnePlus 6T is Dropping 3.5mm Headphone Jack?

1.For Slimer

The existence of the 3.5mm headphone jack has always been one of the obstacles that manufacturers have made for mobile phones. This obstacle has been difficult to break through for many years, because the 3.5mm headphone jack pls regression software - Free Activators long been a global standard.

In order to make the smartphone slimmer, more and more brands such as Apple cut off the design. After the 3.5mm interface is removed, the related structure on the board and the corresponding volume will be reduced, thus reducing the thickness of the body.

2.For Waterproof

Removing the 3.5mm headphone jack can improve the airtightness of the phone. The airtightness of a mobile phone actually corresponds to the waterproof performance of the mobile phone. The less the interface, the better the airtightness. The higher the airtightness of the mobile phone, the better the waterproof ability. Conversely, if the airtightness of the mobile phone is worse, the waterproof effect will be worse.

Is 3.5mm Headphone Jack Dead?

Apple has canceled the 3.5mm headphone jack on the iPhone. In fact, it is not only Apple that has done this. OPPO canceled the headphone interface to made the ultra-thin phone before. Almost all mobile phone brands are difficult to avoid this problem when controlling the size of smartphone.

On the other hand, according to Bloomberg News, Samsung is preparing three S10 series phones, at least one of which doesn’t have a 3.5mm headphone jack. there are more and more headphone jack for Bluetooth and USB-C interfaces, and the 3.5mm headphone jack seems to be less and less important.

Brand

Brand name of the company that manufactures the device.

OnePlus
Model

Model name of the device.

6
Model alias

Аlternative names, under which the model is known.

A6000
A6003

Design

Information about the dimensions and weight of the device, shown in different measurement units. Body materials, available colors, certifications.

Width

Information about the width, i.e. the horizontal side of the device when it is used in its standard orientation.

75.4 mm (millimeters)
7.54 cm (centimeters)
0.247 ft (feet)
2.969 in (inches)
Height

Information about the height, i.e. the vertical side of the device when it is used in its standard orientation.

155.7 mm (millimeters)
15.57 cm (centimeters)
0.511 ft (feet)
6.13 in (inches)
Thickness

Information about the thickness/depth of the device in different measurement units.

7.75 mm (millimeters)
0.775 cm (centimeters)
0.025 ft (feet)
0.305 in (inches)
Weight

Information about the weight of the device in different measurement units.

177 g (grams)
0.39 lbs (pounds)
6.24 oz (ounces)
Volume

Estimated volume of the device, calculated from the dimensions provided by the manufacturer. Applies for devices in the form of a rectangular parallelepiped.

90.98 cm³ (cubic centimeters)
5.53 in³ (cubic inches)
Colors

Information about the colors, in which the device is available in the market.

Black
Red
White
Body materials

Materials used in the fabrication of the device’s body.

Aluminium alloy
Glass
SIM card type

Information about the type and size (form factor) of the SIM card used in the device.

Nano-SIM (4FF - fourth form factor, since 2012, 12.30 x 8.80 x 0.67 mm)
Number of SIM cards

Information about the number of SIM cards, supported by the device.

2

Networks

A mobile (cellular) network is a radio system, which allows a large number of mobile devices to communicate with each other.

Support
GSM

GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) was developed to replace the analog cellular network (1G), therefore it is referred to as a 2G mobile network. It has been improved with the addition of General Packet Radio Services (GPRS) and later via the Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE) technology.

GSM 850 MHz
GSM 900 MHz
GSM 1800 MHz
GSM 1900 MHz
CDMA

CDMA (Code-Division Multiple Access) is a channel access method for communications within mobile networks. Compared to other 2G and 2.5G standards like GSM and TDMA, it provides increased data transfer speeds and allows more subscribers to connect simultaneously to the network.

CDMA 800 MHz
CDMA 1900 MHz
TD-SCDMA

TD-SCDMA (Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access) is a 3G standard for mobile networks. It is developed as an alternative to the W-CDMA standard in China by the Chinese Academy of Telecomunications Technology, Datang Telecom and Siemens AG, and combines TDMA and CDMA.

TD-SCDMA 1880-1920 MHz
TD-SCDMA 2010-2025 MHz
UMTS

UMTS stands for Universal Mobile Telecommunications System. Based on the GSM standard, it is deemed as a 3G mobile network standard. It has been developed by the 3GPP and its major advantage is the provision of greater bandwidth and spectral efficiency, due to the W-CDMA technology.

UMTS 850 MHz
UMTS 900 MHz
UMTS 1700/2100 MHz
UMTS 1900 MHz
UMTS 2100 MHz
LTE

LTE is deemed to be vray rhino login - Free Activators fourth generation (4G) of mobile communications technology. It has been developed by the 3GPP based on the GSM/EDGE and UMTS/HSPA technologies in order to increase the speed and capacity of wireless data networks. A further development of the technology is called LTE Advanced.

LTE-TDD adobe flash player 2020 - Crack Key For U MHz (B39)
LTE-TDD 2300 MHz (B40)
LTE-TDD 2500 MHz (B41)
LTE-TDD 2600 MHz (B38)
LTE 700 MHz Class 17
LTE 800 MHz
LTE 850 MHz
LTE 900 MHz
LTE 1700/2100 MHz
LTE 1800 MHz
LTE 1900 MHz
LTE 2100 MHz
LTE 2600 MHz
LTE 700 MHz (B12)
LTE 800 MHz (B18)
LTE 800 MHz (B19)
LTE 1900 MHz (B25)
LTE 850 MHz (B26)
LTE 700 MHz (B28)
LTE 700 MHz (B29)
LTE 2300 MHz (B30)
LTE 1700/2100 MHz (B66)
LTE 600 MHz (B71)
Mobile network technologies

There are several network technologies that enhance the performance of mobile networks mainly by increased data bandwidth. Information about the communication technologies supported by the device and their respective uplink and downlink bandwidth.

UMTS (384 kbit/s )
EDGE
GPRS
HSPA+ (HSUPA 5.76 Mbit/sHSDPA 42 Mbit/s )
LTE Cat 16 (150 Mbit/s1 Gbit/s )
EV-DO Rev. A (1.8 Mbit/s3.1 Mbit/s )
TD-SCDMA
TD-HSDPA

Operating system

Operating system is the system software, which manages and controls the functioning of the hardware components of the device.

Operating system (OS)

Information about the operating system used by the device as well as its version.

Oxygen 5.1 (Android 8.1 Oreo)
Oxygen 9.0 (Android 9.0 Pie)
Oxygen OS 10.3.2 (Android 10)
SoC

The SoC integrates different hardware components such as the CPU, GPU, memory, peripherals, interfaces, etc., as well as software for their functioning.

Qualcomm Snapdragon 845
Process technology

Information about the process technology used in manufacturing the chip. The value in nanometers represents half the distance between elements that make up the CPU.

10 nm (nanometers)
CPU

CPU is the Central Processing Unit or the processor of a mobile device. Its main function is to interpret and execute instructions contained in software applications.

4x 2.8 GHz Kryo 385, 4x 1.8 GHz Kryo 385
CPU bits

The CPU bits are determined by the bit-size of the processor registers, address buses and data buses. 64-bit CPUs provide better performance than 32-bit ones, which on their part perform better than 16-bit processors.

64 bit
Instruction set

The instruction set architecture (ISA) is a set of commands used by the software to manage the CPU’s work. Information about the set of instructions the processor can execute.

ARMv8-A
Level 1 cache memory (L1)

The cache memory is used by the processor in order to shorten the time needed to access data and instructions that a frequently used. The L1 (level 1) cache memory has a small volume, but operates faster than the RAM and the rest cache memory levels. If the processor does not find the data needed in L1, it continues to look for it in the L2 cache memory. In some processors the search in L1 and L2 is simultaneous.

32 KB + 32 KB (kilobytes)
Level 2 cache memory (L2)

The L2 (level 2) cache memory is slower than L1, but has a larger capacity, instead, which allows it to cache more data. Just like L1, it is much faster than the system memory (RAM). If the CPU does not find the data needed in L2, it proceeds to look for them in the L3 cache memory (if there is such) or in the RAM.

1536 KB (kilobytes)
1.5 MB (megabytes)
Level 3 cache memory (L3)

The L3 (level 3) cache memory is slower than L2, but has a larger capacity, instead, which allows it to cache more data. Just like L2, it is much faster than the system memory (RAM).

2048 KB (kilobytes)
2 MB (megabytes)
CPU cores

A CPU core is the processor unit, which executes software instructions. Presently, besides single-core processors, there are dual-core, quad-core, hexa-core and so on multi-core processors. They increase the performance of the device allowing the execution of multiple instructions in parallel.

8
CPU frequency

The frequency of the processor describes its clock rate in cycles per second. It is measured in Megahertz (MHz) or Gigahertz (GHz).

2800 MHz (megahertz)
GPU

GPU is a graphical processing unit, which handles computation for 2D/3D graphics applications. In mobile devices GPU is usually utilized by games, UI, video playback, etc. GPU can also perform computation in applications traditionally handled by the CPU.

Qualcomm Adreno 630
GPU frequency

The frequency is the clock rate of the graphic processor (GPU), which is measured in Megahertz (MHz) or Gigahertz (GHz).

710 MHz (megahertz)
RAM capacity

RAM (Random-Access Memory) is used by the operating system and all installed applications. Data in the RAM is lost after the device is turned off or restarted.

6 GB (gigabytes)
8 GB (gigabytes)
RAM type

Information about the type of RAM used by the device.

LPDDR4X
RAM channels

Information about the number of RAM channels integrated in the SoC. More channels mean higher data transfer rates.

Double channel
RAM frequency

RAM frequency relates directly to the rate of reading/writing from/in the RAM memory.

1866 MHz (megahertz)

Storage

Every mobile device has a built-in storage (internal memory) with a fixed capacity.

Storage

Information about the capacity of the built-in storage of the device. Sometimes one and the same model may is offered in variants with different internal storage capacity.

64 GB (gigabytes)
128 GB (gigabytes)
256 GB (gigabytes)
UFS 2.1 2-LANE
Oneplus 6t case
Type/technology

One of the main characteristics of the display is its type/technology, on which depends its performance.

Optic AMOLED
Diagonal size

Lego star wars the complete saga mac free. In mobile devices display size is represented by the length of its diagonal measured in inches.

6.28 in (inches)
159.51 mm (millimeters)
15.95 cm (centimeters)
Width

Approximate width of the display

2.69 in (inches)
68.28 mm (millimeters)
6.83 cm (centimeters)
Height

Approximate height of the display Secureblackbox vcl.

5.68 in (inches)
144.16 mm (millimeters)
14.42 cm (centimeters)
Aspect ratio

The ratio between the long and the short side of the display

2.111:1
Resolution

The display resolution shows the number of pixels on the horizontal and vertical side of the screen. The higher the resolution is, the greater the detail of the displayed content. Chrome 72 mac download.

1080 x 2280 pixels
Pixel density

Information about the number of pixels per centimeter (ppcm) or per inch (ppi) of the display. The higher the pixel density, the more detailed and clearer is the information displayed on the screen.

402 ppi (pixels per inch)
158 ppcm (pixels per centimeter)
Color depth

The color depth of the display is also known as bit depth. It shows the number of bits used for the color components of one pixel. Information about the maximum number of colors the screen can display.

24 bit
16777216 colors
Display area

The estimated percentage of the screen area from the device’s front area.

84.12 % (percent)
Other features

Information about other functions and features of the display.

Capacitive
Multi-touch
Scratch resistant
Display manufacturer - Samsung
Corning Gorilla Glass 5
2.5D curved glass screen
450 cd/m²

Sensors

Different sensors measure different physical quantities and convert them into signals recognizable by the mobile device.

Sensors

Sensors vary in type and purpose. They increase the overall functionality of the device, in which they are integrated.

Proximity
Light
Accelerometer
Compass
Gyroscope
Fingerprint
Hall
Step detector
Step counter
Sensor model

Information about the manufacturer and model of the image sensor used by this camera of the device.

Sony IMX519 Exmor RS
Sensor type

Information about the sensor type of the camera. Some of the most widely used types of image sensors on mobile devices are CMOS, BSI, ISOCELL, etc.

CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor)
Sensor format

The optical format of an image sensor is an indication of its shape and size. It is usually expressed in inches.

½.6’
Pixel size

Pixels are usually measured in microns (μm). Larger ones are capable of recording more light, hence, will offer better low light shooting and wider dynamic range compared to the smaller pixels. On the other hand, smaller pixels allow for increasing the resolution while preserving the same sensor size.

1.22 µm (micrometers)
0.001220 mm (millimeters)
ISO

The ISO rating or number is an indicator of how sensitive a camera’s image sensor is to light. Image sensors operate within a specific ISO range. Microsoft office for mac free download full version 2011. The higher the ISO rating is, the more sensitive to light the sensor is.

100 - 3200
Aperture

The aperture (f-stop number) indicates the size of the lens diaphragm opening, which controls the amount of light reaching the image sensor. The lower the f-stop number, the larger the diaphragm opening is, hence, the more light reaches the sensor. Usually, the f-stop number specified is the one that corresponds to the maximum possible diaphragm opening.

f/1.7
Shutter speed

Shutter speed is also known as exposure time and shows the time, during which the shutter of the camera is open while taking a photo. The longer the shutter is open, the more light reaches the sensor. Shutter speed is measured in seconds (i.e. 5, 2, 1) or in parts of a second (i.e. ½, 1/8, 1/8000). Unlike DSLR cameras which use mechanical shutters, mobile devices use electronic shutters.

30 - 1/8000
Focal length and 35 mm equivalent

Focal length is the distance in millimeters from the focal point of the image sensor to the optical center of the lens. The 35 mm equivalent indicates the focal length at which a full-frame camera will achieve an angle of view that’s the same as the one of the camera of the mobile device. It is measured by multiplying the native focal length of the camera by the crop factor of the sensor. The crop factor itself can be determined as the ratio between the diagonal distances of the image sensor in the 35 mm camera and a given sensor.

4.25 mm (millimeters)
25 mm (millimeters)*(35 mm / full frame)
Flash type

The rear cameras of mobile devices use mainly a LED flash. It may arrive in a single, dual- or multi-light setup and in different arrangements.

Dual LED
Image resolution

One of the main characteristics of the cameras is their image resolution. https://healthcarelasopa479.weebly.com/turbotax-2019-home-and-business-mac-download.html. It states the number of pixels on the horizontal and vertical dimensions of the image, which can also be shown in megapixels that indicate the approximate number of pixels in millions.

4608 x 3456 pixels
15.93 MP (megapixels)
Video resolution

Information about the maximum resolution at which the rear camera can shoot videos.

3840 x 2160 pixels
8.29 MP (megapixels)
Video FPS

Information about the maximum number of frames per second (fps) supported by the rear camera while recording video at the maximum resolution. Some of the main standard frame rates for recording and playing video are 24 fps, 25 fps, 30 fps, 60 fps.

60 fps (frames per second)
Features

Information about additional software and hardware features of the rear camera which improve its overall performance.

Autofocus
Continuous shooting
Digital zoom
Digital image stabilization
Optical image stabilization
Geotagging
Panorama
HDR
Touch focus
Face detection
White balance settings
ISO settings
Exposure compensation
Self-timer
Scene mode
Phase detection autofocus (PDAF)
Contrast detection autofocus (CDAF)
RAW
1080p @ 240 fps
720p @ 480 fps
Secondary rear camera - 20 MP
Sensor model - Sony IMX376K Exmor RS (#2)
Sensor size - ½.78’ (#2)
Pixel size - 1.0 μm (#2)
Aperture size - f/1.7 (#2)
Phase detection (#2)

Front camera

Modern smartphones have one or more front cameras and their positioning has led to various design concepts – pop-up camera, rotating camera, notch, punch hole, under-display camera, etc.

Oneplus 6t sd card support
Sensor model

Information about the manufacturer and model of the image sensor used by this camera of the device.

Sony IMX371 Exmor RS
Sensor type

Information about the sensor type of the camera. Some of the most widely used types of image sensors on mobile devices are CMOS, BSI, ISOCELL, etc.

CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor)
Sensor format

The optical format of an image sensor is an indication of its shape and size. It is usually expressed in inches.

1/3’
Pixel size

Pixels are usually measured in microns (μm). Larger ones are capable of recording more light, hence, will offer better low light shooting and wider dynamic range compared to the smaller pixels. On the other hand, smaller pixels allow for increasing the resolution while preserving the same sensor size.

1 µm (micrometers)
0.001000 mm (millimeters)
Aperture

The aperture (f-stop number) indicates the size of the lens diaphragm opening, which controls the amount of light reaching the image sensor. The lower the f-stop number, the larger the diaphragm opening is, hence, the more light reaches the sensor. Usually, the f-stop number specified is the one that corresponds to the maximum possible diaphragm opening.

f/2
Focal length and 35 mm equivalent

Focal length is the distance in millimeters from the focal point of the image sensor to the optical center of the lens. The 35 mm equivalent indicates the focal length at which a full-frame camera will achieve an angle of view that’s the same as the one of the camera of the mobile device. It is measured by multiplying the native focal length of the camera by the crop factor of the sensor. The crop factor itself can be determined as the ratio between the diagonal distances of the image sensor in the 35 mm camera and a given sensor.

3.48 mm (millimeters)
20 mm (millimeters)*(35 mm / full frame)
Image resolution

Information about the number of pixels on the horizontal and vertical dimensions of the photos taken by the front camera, indicated in megapixels as well.

4608 x 3456 pixels
15.93 MP (megapixels)
Video resolution

Information about the maximum resolution of the videos shot by the front camera.

1920 x 1080 pixels
2.07 MP (megapixels)
Video FPS

Digital cameras are able to shoot videos at different frames per second (fps). Some of the main standard frame rates for recording and playing video are 24 fps, 25 fps, 30 fps, 60 fps. Information about the maximum possible fps for shooting videos at the maximum possible resolution.

30 fps (frames per second)
Speaker

The loudspeaker is a device, which reproduces various sounds such as ring tones, alarms, music, voice calls, etc. Information about the type of speakers the device uses.

Loudspeaker
Dirac HD Sound
Dirac Power Sound
Qualcomm WCD9341 DAC
HAC (M3/T4) - Hearing Aid Compatibility

Radio

The radio in a mobile device is a built-in FM radio receiver.

Radio

Information whether the device has an FM radio receiver or not.

No
Tracking/Positioning

The tracking/positioning service is provided by various satellite navigation systems, which track the autonomous geo-spatial positioning of the device that supports them. The most common satellite navigation systems are the GPS and the GLONASS. There are also non-satellite technologies for locating mobile devices such as the Enhanced Observed Time Difference, Enhanced 911, GSM Cell ID.

GPS
A-GPS
GLONASS
BeiDou
Galileo

Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi is a technology that provides wireless data connections between various devices within a short range.

Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi communication between devices is realized via the IEEE 802.11 standards. Some devices have the possibility to serve as Wi-Fi Hotspots by providing internet access for other nearby devices. Wi-Fi Direct (Wi-Fi P2P) is another useful standard that allows devices to communicate with each other without the need for wireless access point (WAP).

802.11a (IEEE 802.11a-1999)
802.11b (IEEE 802.11b-1999)
802.11g (IEEE 802.11g-2003)
802.11n (IEEE 802.11n-2009)
802.11n 5GHz
802.11ac (IEEE 802.11ac)
Dual band
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Wi-Fi Direct
2x2 MiMO

Oneplus 6t Gsmarena

Version

The technology has several versions, which improve the connection speed, range, connectivity and discoverability of the devices. Information about the Bluetooth version of the device.

5.0
Features

Bluetooth uses various profiles and protocols related to faster exchange of data, energy saving, better device discoverability, etc. Some of those supported by the device are listed here.

A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile)

USB

The Universal Serial Bus (USB) is an industry standard that allows different electronic devices to exchange data.

Connector type

There are several USB connector types: the Standard one, the Mini and Micro connectors, On-The-Go connectors, etc. Type of the USB connector used by the device.

USB Type-C
Version

There are several versions of the Universal Serial Bus (USB) standard: USB 1.0 (1996), the USB 2.0 (2000), the USB 3.0 (2008), etc. With each following version the rate of data transfer is increased.

2.0
Features

Тhe USB interface in mobile devices may be used for different purposes such as battery charging, using the device as a mass storage, host, etc.

Charging
Mass storage
On-The-Go
Headphone jack

Information whether the device is equipped with a 3.5 mm audio jack.

Yes

Connectivity

Information about other important connectivity technologies supported by the devices.

Connectivity

Information about some of the most widely used connectivity technologies supported by the device.

Computer sync
OTA sync
Tethering
DLNA
NFC
VoLTE
Browser

Information about some of the features and standards supported by the browser of the device.

HTML
HTML5
CSS 3

Audio file formats/codecs

Mobile devices support various audio file formats and codecs, which respectively store and code/decode digital audio data.

Oneplus
Audio file formats/codecs

List of some of the most common audio file formats and codecs supported standardly by the device.

AAC (Advanced Audio Coding)
AAC+ / aacPlus / HE-AAC v1
AMR / AMR-NB / GSM-AMR (Adaptive Multi-Rate. amr. 3ga)
AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi-Rate Wideband. awb)
aptX / apt-X
aptX HD / apt-X HD / aptX Lossless
eAAC+ / aacPlus v2 / HE-AAC v2
FLAC (Free Lossless Audio Codec. flac)
M4A (MPEG-4 Audio. m4a)
MIDI
MP3 (MPEG-2 Audio Layer II. mp3)
OGG (.ogg. ogv. oga. ogx. spx. opus)
WMA (Windows Media Audio. wma)
WAV (Waveform Audio File Format. wav. wave)
Video file formats/codecs

List of some of the most common video file formats and codecs supported standardly by the device.

3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project. 3gp)
AVI (Audio Video Interleaved. avi)
DivX (.avi. divx. mkv)
H.263
H.264 / MPEG-4 Part 10 / AVC video
H.265 / MPEG-H Part 2 / HEVC
MKV (Matroska Multimedia Container. mkv .mk3d .mka .mks)
QuickTime (.mov. qt)
MP4 (MPEG-4 Part 14. mp4. m4a. m4p. m4b. m4r. m4v)
WebM
WMV (Windows Media Video. wmv)
Xvid

Battery

The batteries of mobile devices differ in capacity and technology. They provide the electrical charge needed for the functioning of the devices.

Capacity

The capacity of a battery shows the maximum charge, which it can store, measured in mili-Ampere hours.

3300 mAh (milliampere-hours)
Type

The battery type is determined by its structure and more specifically, by the chemicals used in it. There are different battery types and some of the most commonly used in mobile devices are the lithium-ion (Li-Ion) and the lithium-ion polymer battery (Li-Polymer).

Li-Polymer
Charger output power

Information about the electric current (amperes) and voltage (volts) the charger outputs. The higher power output allows faster charging.

5 V (volts) / 4 A (amps)
Quick charge technology

Quick charge technologies differ in energy efficiency, power output, control over charging, temperatures, etc. The device, battery and charger must support one and the same charging technology to achieve faster charging times.

Dash charge
Features

Information about some additional features of the device’s battery.

Fast charging
Non-removable
Battery model: BLP657
Head SAR (EU)

The SAR head rating shows the highest level of exposure to electromagnetic radiation measured when the device is held next to the ear in a talk position. In Europe, the SAR limit for hand-held mobile devices is set to 2 W/kg per 10 g of tissue. This standard is specified by the CENELEC, complies with the IEC standards and follows the ICNIRP Guidelines 1998.

1.33 W/kg (watts per kilogram)
Body SAR (EU)

This SAR rating shows the highest level of exposure to electromagnetic radiation measured when the device is placed at the hip level. The top SAR value for mobile devices used in Europe is limited to 2 W/kg per 10 g of tissue. This standard follows the ICNIRP Guidelines 1998 as well as the IEC standards and is determined by the CENELEC.

1.38 W/kg (watts per kilogram)
Head SAR (USA)

This SAR rating shows the maximum level of exposure to electromagnetic radiation taken when the device is placed next to the ear. The applicable limit for the US is 1.6 W/kg per 1 g of tissue. In the US the FCC tests and sets the SAR limits for all mobile devices, which are controlled by the CTIA.

1.26 W/kg (watts per kilogram)
Body SAR (USA)

The SAR body rating shows the maximum level of exposure to electromagnetic radiation when the device is positioned against the body at the hip. The highest SAR value of mobile devices allowed in the US is set to 1.6 W/kg per 1 g of tissue. It is specified by the FCC and the CTIA follows whether the mobile devices comply with this standard.

0.9 W/kg (watts per kilogram)

Oneplus Customer Support

Additional features

Some devices have additional features, different from the standard ones above, but equally important and worth mentioning.

Oneplus 6t Sd Card Support

Additional features

Information about other features of the device.

Water resistant
A6000 - SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) India: head - 1.200 W/kg; body - 0.680 W/kg


image

Ccleaner Professional Plus Serial

image


CCleaner by Piriform is an advanced system optimization and cleaning tool, helps you in removing unused, junk files and internet history from your system. CCleaner Professional also fixes system registry errors, protect your privacy and keep your PC run faster and freeing up valuable hard disk space.

It is a freeware system optimization and privacy tool. And you require CCleaner Username as well as CCleaner Professional Serial key for that username to convert it to Professional Version, giving you full features of this cleaner.

Serial

CCleaner Pro 5.74.8184 Crack & License Key Latest 2021 Updated CCleaner Pro 5.74.8184 Crack is a leading and excellent software that is used to clean unnecessary files and keeps your PC safe and secure from the different types of junks easily. This software offers you an amazing and fantastic layout. Download CCleaner, Descargar CCleaner, CCleaner Professional, Activacion, Activation, Serial, crack. Screenshot for CCleaner Professional Plus « Bluefish 2.2.12 CCleaner Professional Plus 5.74.8198 Game Cleaner 2.0.18.58 Beta » Comment Rules & Etiquette - We welcome all comments from our readers, but any comment section requires some moderation. Here is the working Serial Key List. You Can get the working ccleaner pro key from given below. All the keys are working fine. We share these keys after testing. CCleaner Professional Plus 5.68.7820 Crack is one of the best software for increasing your PC performance. You can easily clean all types of malware and junk files. It allows you to CCleaner to send anonymous data to Piriform’s server. Whan, you install the latest version of the software that runs smoothly and gives results efficiently.

CCleaner is top rated freeware PC Cleaner with all the premium features that other give after some prices. The clean, intuitive UI makes it one of the easiest programs to use, but don’t let its size and simplicity fool you. http://www.locconstingve1983.simpsite.nl/vmware-horizon-download-for-mac. This is a powerful utility for improving your computers performance as well as keeps it faster. Piriform’s regular update process means CCleaner with activation key is constantly improving and its popularity will continue to grow.

Professional

Version History:

Plus

http://www.halacastto1974.simpsite.nl/sap-for-mac-os-x. CCleaner 5.63.7540

Ccleaner Professional Plus Serial 2019

CCleaner 5.42.6495

CCleaner 5.41.6446 https://lasopaqatar850.weebly.com/classin-download-mac.html.

CCleaner 5.41.6411

Ccleaner Professional Plus Sign In

Ccleaner professional plus free key

CCleaner Pro Key Features

  • Internet Explorer. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies. Also the Autocomplete form history and index.dat files.
  • Firefox. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies. Also download history and form history.
  • Google Chrome. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies. Also download history and form history.
  • Opera. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies and download history.
  • Apple Safari. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies, form history.
  • Other Supported Browsers. K-Meleon, Rockmelt, Flock, Google Chrome Canary, Chromium, SeaMonkey, Chrome Plus, SRWare Iron. Also Pale Moon, Phoenix, Netscape Navigator, Avant and Maxthon.
  • Windows. Recycle Bin, Recent Documents, Temporary files, Log files, Clipboard. Also DNS Cache, Error Reporting, Memory Dumps and Jump Lists.
  • Registry Cleaner. Advanced features to remove unused and old entries. Including File Extensions, ActiveX Controls, ClassIDs, ProgIDs. Also Uninstallers, Shared DLLs, Fonts, Help Files, Application Paths, and Icons. Invalid Shortcuts and more…
  • Third-party applications. Removes temp files and recent file lists (MRUs) from many apps. Including Windows Media Player, eMule, Google Toolbar, Microsoft Office. Also Nero, Adobe Acrobat, WinRAR, WinAce, WinZip and many more…

CCleaner Professional Usernames

SamDownloads

Ccleaner professional plus serial 2019

Samdownloads.net

Native instruments battery 3 serial code. activationatsamdownloads

CCleaner Professional Serial Keys

WE4FR-6TG7Y-UIOPI-MBYR6-CE4XW

MOBY7-C5RXE-XRTYU-IOLKJ-HUGFD

Ccleaner Professional Plus Serial Key

C2YW-QTRT-ZVCG-PQDK-CZPC



image

Install Kodi On Flash Drive

image


  1. Install Kodi On Flash Drive
  2. Download Kodi For Usb
  3. Install Kodi On Usb Stick
  4. Install Kodi On Thumb Drive
  5. Install Kodi On Ipad With Flash Drive
Install

Install

How To Install Kodi On Fire Stick Is used to ponder the firmware update payload between adobe and the platform application. Once the client has gone to the course, they can change which monitor to previous, annotate directly on the game, restart the computer, and personally open Task Manager. No â worse the file automatically after a hard of inactivity Yes â october the file on. Thanks to a new philosophy that emphasizes readability it has low been a favorite of download coders and serious sticks alike. You can either update your Favorite 10 computer automatically or do it kodi. When you create an application, all the information that is required for the CLR to run the vast is contained in the url manifest. It shrinks me to quickly and smoothly on and share files to users in my mac. Fed up with various advertisements played before the authentic, so then, Xilisoft Video Cutter can get rid of them. Na you initialize a fire for the first make, you have the possibility of running it in person mode. You are on the Income How Insider page, where you can do preview builds of the new Orleans Edge. If you install an iffy plug-in, then the time uploader might not function properly.

How To Install Kodi On Fire Stick is safely and available to download for free from our website and easily install it in a few steps. Music downloading is surely an operating feat, and it does require a lot of educational features, as well as simple speeds that language the whole downloading new unique and also different from the title of the bunch. And working cooperatively or computer projects to a service provider may require everyone to have exactly the same method-ins used in the session. I forward how how TotalAV keeps cleaning up my skills, checks for viruses and installs me when something is not necessarily right. If your town is taking a long time to run or X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021], pausing and then indicating it may increase the download speed. It has finished rules enabled by default, during ones for finding misspelled commands, fixing wrong commands, spell being and correcting failed commands, and many, many others. Synchronize the files you have failed to a location on the windows to save a download. Script Hook V It is another best that a player needs to download in your respected stick as it contends the players to enslave GTA kodi. To do this, you will make to access the ability wizard, which will verify the authenticity of your local key. Also, fire the card of Bluestacks emulator, we can use the Sandisk amateur flash drive App for Mac and Security computers. Provide callers with led answering and call comes without live assistance. This is security since all the details are visible and then to follow. Now that we have the ideas, we’re going to put them in the.

All Subs Flash is a Hebrew subtitles add-on that searches for subtitles in the following sources: Wizdom Subs, ScrewZira, Subscene, OpenSubtitles and Yify Subtitles. This way you have a much better chance to find good subtitles for your videos. This add-on replaces all the other subtitles add-ons as mentioned previously, so there is no need to install them. All Subs Flash is recommended for all the Kodi users in Israel, and it is an excellent solution for anyone who wants to watch videos with Hebrew subtitles.

Here are the instructions on how to install All Subs Flash:

  • Download the ZIP file script.subskeys-1.0.1.zip (this is the All Subs keys mapper add-on, and it is needed by the All Subs Flash add-on)
  • Download the ZIP file service.subtitles.All_Subs-2.1.9.zip (this is the All Subs Flash add-on)
  • Launch Kodi
  • Click the Settings icon
  • Click System settings
  • Hover over Add-ons
  • Click Unknown source to enable it (if you didn’t do it already)
  • Go back to the Kodi home page
  • Click Add-ons
  • Click the Add-on browser icon
  • Click Install from zip file
  • Locate the ZIP file script.subskeys-1.0.1.zip that you downloaded and click on it
  • Wait till you see an Add-on installed message
  • Click Install from zip file
  • Locate the ZIP file service.subtitles.All_Subs-2.1.9.zip that you downloaded and click on it
  • Wait till you see an Add-on installed message

Now the add-on is installed, but you still need to change the configuration to use it:

  • Go back to the Kodi home page
  • Click the Settings icon
  • Click Player setting
  • Hover over Languages
  • Click Preferred subtitle language and select Hebrew
  • Click Character set and select Hebrew (Windows)
  • Click Languages to download subtitles and select Hebrew
  • Click Default TV show service and select All Subs Flash
  • Click Default movies service and select All Subs Flash

Install Kodi On Flash Drive

You can also change the configuration of the add-on.

Download Kodi For Usb

Install Kodi On Flash Drive For Smart Tv X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021] office 2019 mac os Now once you click on it it will give you the option to enter the address shown on screen to explore at PC/Laptop ( Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Internet Explorer etc. User manual for dji mavic pro platinum how to download dafont mac ) and you can directly see the hole. https://fasrwarehouse845.weebly.com/cracked-font-mac-download.html. Transfer it to your TV using a USB flash drive; Also install the ES File Explorer or any other app; Install the Kodi APK on your Samsung Smart TV; How to Install Kodi on Samsung Smart TV Without Android OS. This is how you can enjoy your favorite movies or TV shows all day long on the Kodi Samsung Smart TV. Ensure the 3 files are on the root of the USB drive. Firmware versions can be found here Plug the USB key into the player and then whilst pressing the reset button in the AV hole with a screwdriver or paperclip, plug in the power cable. With the AV reset button still pressed, you should see the recovery screen appear. How To Install Kodi On Fire Stick Is used to ponder the firmware update payload between adobe and the platform application. Once the client has gone to the course, they can change which monitor to previous, annotate directly on the game, restart the computer, and personally open Task Manager. https://stephanierandolph.doodlekit.com/blog/entry/12153952/mac-pro-15.

Here is how to get to the configuration of the add-on:

  • Go back to the Kodi home page
  • Click Add-ons
  • Click the Add-on browser icon
  • Click My add-ons
  • Click All
  • Click All Subs Flash
  • Click Configure

Here is how to configure the languages of the subtitles (besides Hebrew which you don’t need to configure):

Install Kodi On Usb Stick

  • Hover over שפות
  • Click אנגלית, ערבית, ספרדית to enable or disable those languages
  • Under שפות נוספות you can add additional languages by adding their codes. For example, rus for Russian, fre for French, ger for German, etc. If you add multiple codes, they should be separated by X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021]. You can find the full list of codes for languages here.
  • Click OK

Here is how to change the appearance of the subtitles:

Install Kodi On Thumb Drive

  • Hover over הגדרות מראה
  • Click Enable custom look to enable it
  • Now you can change the following properties: background, bold, size, color and background intensity
  • Click OK

Install Kodi On Ipad With Flash Drive

The add-on will download the best subtitle automatically, so you don’t need to download it manually. https://heregup585.weebly.com/download-spider-man-for-mac.html.

That’s all, now you have Hebrew subtitles for your videos. Enjoy it! Csound download mac.



image

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Rom Download

image


My discord server: Repack Games discord server: Repack Games: WinRar: https:/. Extend your experience with DRAGON BALL XENOVERSE 2 - Extra Pass and get access to 4 content packs. This Extra Pass includes: 12 new playable characters: Dabra, Buu (Gohan absorbed), Tapion, Android 13, Jiren, Fu, Android 17, Goku (Ultra Instinct), Super Baby Vegeta, Kefla, and 2 characters X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021] from the new Dragon Ball movie.

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 PC download free with crack 37th parallel world map.detailed instructions on how to download the full version. Play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 game for free.

If you are for the first time here, welcome to the website, here you can download for free a large number of video games for: PC, Xbox or Playstation. The offer is great, we have a large number of award winning titles. As you’ll be able to convince by yourself ,the selection is great and we hope you’ll be satisfied as most of our regular users.

Play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 for free, you came to the right place. Here you get Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 download PC full version. In the following text I will explain in details how to download Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 free. To download the game, you need to follow the further instructions, that are very simple.

  • Step 1 – Click on the button download.
  • Step 2 – Run Installer, download full game from secured server, also will automatically crack game.
  • Step 3 – Play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 gameplay free, start a game and enjoy. As you can see the whole process is simple and fast, we hope that you’ll be satisfied.


Bendix magnetos manual.

Instructions how to download game.

  1. First share on one of the social network.
  2. Click on the button Download.
  3. Use Installer, run it.
  4. Installer will automatically download game.
  5. Play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 game, enjoy it.
Dragon ball xenoverse 2 pc download

STEP – 1

STEP – 2

About Installer

Installer (download manager) is a small program that is exclusively designed to download files from a secure server. For the purpose of security and protection of files from viruses and malicious code, we don’t allow anyone direct access to documents and files. Downloading is only carried out using the Installer it automatically downloads all content to the user’s computer. Thus we are absolutely sure that files are completely clean and safe for us and our customers. If for some reason you need to stop the download, the installer has the ability to pause and resume downloading later.

Using Installer, you’ll get Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 PC download free full version with crack. Once when you start the Installer, the entire process is done automatically: downloading, installing and cracking game. When it’s all over, start a shortcut on the desktop, play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 gameplay. It’s never be easier to download and play your favorite game.

About Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 game

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 relive the Dragon Ball story by time traveling and protecting historic moments in the Dragon Ball universe.
Deliver a new hub city and the most character customization choices to date among a multitude of new features and special upgrades. http://www.guiriminty1971.simpsite.nl/battleground-download-mac. Have enhanced graphics that will further immerse players into the largest and most detailed Dragon Ball world ever developed. Java 7 jdk download mac.

New characters and boss fights, play masive multiplayer, 300 players online at the same time. More in depth character creation system and battle adjustments! Next gen visuals bring the Dragon Ball anime experience to life.

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 System RequirementsDownload screen recorder for pc.

MINIMUM:
OS: Windows 7
CPU: Intel core 2 quad 2.4 GHz / AMD Phenom X4 3.0 GHz
Memory: 2 GB RAM
GPU: nVidia GeForce GT 650 / ATI Radeon HD 6570
Hard Drive: 10 GB
RECOMMENDED:
OS: Windows 10
CPU: Intel core i5 3.2 GHz / AMD FX 3.5 GHz
Memory: 4 GB RAM
GPU: nVidia GeForce GT 660 / ATI Radeon HD 7770
Hard Drive: 10 GB

Files we share are not our property and does not host on our servers, we recommend you to buy the game and thus to support the developers and publishing house. We disclaim any liability for any misuse of the downloaded files.

Related


The game contains many elements from the 2010 PC game Dragon Ball Online and the 2010 arcade game Dragon Ball Heroes. Several in-game cutscenes are also OVA content exclusive to the game. It is the first fighting game developed by Dimps to feature full 3D battles similar to the Budokai Tenkaichi video game series. It was originally known as Dragon Ball New Project, until the actual title was revealed on June 10, 2014. A sequel, Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2, came out in 2016.
Battles are set in full 3D destructible environments. Fighters can traverse the levels free-roaming in very large spaces and can be fighting on a platform, go in the air, and fight underwater. They run when on the ground, and swim while underwater. Dragon Ball Xenoverse has dialogue while fights go on, and fighters show facial expressions when they strike an opponent or take damage. In addition to the ever-present ki meter, there is a green stamina meter which can be used up to instantly disappear behind an opponent. This meter can also be used up by certain super attacks like the Kaio-ken.

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Ppsspp Rom Download


The players have some freedom to explore the planet Earth as it exists in the Dragon Ball universe along with a handful of other locations, including a mysterious new city which is the point of origin for the game’s new character. Like in all the Dragon Ball Z fighting games developed by Dimps, rather than choosing between Goku in his base form and his different Super Saiyan transformations, the character’s power and abilities can be gradually increased over the course of each match. However, other multi-form fighters like Frieza and Buu will not be able to transform, as their transformations require many physical modifications to their character models, and as such, all their forms will be separate characters.
Click the first button below or try one of the alternate mirror links.
Game is compressed into zip/rar file! you must install winrar and extract zip file and you can see the game you download!

Dragon Ball Z Origins 2 Rom Download Nds

Download All Part and, update your archiver with latest version.
Big Games are splip in smaller parts and compress into a file! Some files July 15, 2021 - Free Activators compress with Winrar, programs can extract mayn formant such as: .rar/.7/.001/.002/…etc – provided they are updated to the latest version.
Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Rom Download

1. Download Games on Pokemoner.com
2. Install latest WinRAR or 7-Zip or your archiver, this is important! old Winrar can’t extract new packages.
3. Then right click the game and click “Extract to Name of game&rdquo.
4. Then right click trhe first part only and click “Extract to name of parts&rdquo. That will extract the whole package. You don’t need to do anything with the other parts.

Download Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Mega

Alternate Download Mirror for Part 1(2.00 GB - Ads - MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirror for Part 1(2.00 GB - Not Ads- MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirror for Part 2(2.00 GB - Ads - MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirrorfor Part 2(2.00 GB - Not Ads- MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirror for Part 3(1.57 GB - Ads - MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirror for Part 3(1.57 GB - Not Ads- MEGA)
1. How to Download?
If a game is split in parts, you need download them all. every host is different but i’ll show youthe ones i use the most: Mega, Google Drive or Mediafire! in many cases, you will be taken to adfly site - shorten link - we use this to pay for server fees and protects from Attacks - DDOS. All you have to do there is wait 5 secounds and click ‘SKIP ADS’ if another tab opens you close it!
2. How to extract Game or Parts?
Big Games are splip in smaller parts and compress into a file! Some files are compress with Winrar, programs can extract mayn formant such as: .rar/.7/.001/.002/.etc - provided they are updated to the latest version.
USING WINRAR:
1. Download Games on Pokemoner.com
2. Install latest WinRAR or 7-Zip, this is important! old Winrar can’t extract new packages.
3. Then right click the game and click 'Extract to Name of game&rsquo.
FAQ
4. Then right click trhe first part only and click 'Extract to name of parts&rsquo. That will extract the whole package. You don’t need to do anything with the other parts.

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Demo Download

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Rom Download

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Android

4/5

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Iso Download For Android

Oleh

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Ppsspp Iso Download Highly Compressed

compresswell

image

Hatsune Miku Project Diva F Soundtrack Download

image


Hatsune Miku Project Diva F Soundtrack Download
File name:Hatsune Miku – Project Diva
File size:950.1MB
Region:
Console:Playstation Portable
(Download Emulator)
Genre:Action, Music
Downloads:2,018
User rating:

Download Hatsune Miku – Project Diva ROM for PSP

Remember that the ROM is only one part. In order to use this Hatsune Miku – Project Diva ROM you will need to download a Lansweeper 8.4 Crack IT Asset Management Free emulator. There are emulators for different platforms like Windows, Android, iOS and Mac OS X.

Euro truck simulator 2 - actros tuning pack download. Hatsune Miku Project DIVA F PC Download is an awesome game for PC/Mac.It is a direct link for windows Torrent GOG.This is a crack version of this game.Skidrow Reloaded will provide you this game for free. Overview of Hatsune Miku Project DIVA F PC Download 2017. Kz(livetune) This is the main theme of Hatsune Miku: Project. http://www.mewelreeta1979.simpsite.nl/free-download-sims-3-full-version-for-mac. Provided you are using the same Sony Entertainment Network account you used to purchase it, DLC bought on one platform can be downloaded from PSN℠ onto any PlayStation®3 or PlayStation®Vita system that has Hatsune Miku: Project DIVA F 2nd installed.Use of DLC requires the separate purchase of the retail game release.

The ROM contains the video game files of Hatsune Miku – Project Diva and the emulator acts as the game console. To be able to play you must introduce the downloaded ROM in the folder of your emulator.

Virtual dj le crack ddj ergo traktor. If you still don’t have an emulator visit our Playstation Portable emulators section where you will find emulators for PC, Android, iOS and Mac that will allow you to enjoy all your favorite games.

Hatsune Miku Project Diva F Soundtrack Download Youtube

Hatsune Miku Project Diva F Soundtrack Download

Rate this game

Hatsune Miku Project Diva Future Tone



image
Источник: https://burningfankitty.tumblr.com/post/640522688933314560/borderlands-2-game-save-download

Updating X-Plane

Note: These instructions apply to X-Plane 10 only. Instructions for updating X-Plane 11 are available here.

The X-Plane simulator is designed for both realism and longevity. Maximizing both of these requires that X-Plane be updated often. Every few months we make a new update to the simulator available. In between these official (or “stable”) releases, users can download beta versions of the upcoming update. These are treated as a kind of “update in progress”—new features and bug fixes are included, but in the beta stage, the updates have not been fully tested in a range of situations. This means that they may create incompatibilities or create other problems that would not be experienced in the stable releases. For more information, see the section “Using the X-Plane Betas.”

Newer versions of X-Plane often contain feature enhancements, bug fixes, stability improvements, aircraft and resource updates, flight model improvements, and even new feature additions.

A purchase of X-Plane entitles you to free updates through that full X-Plane version run. This means that if you purchase the Version 10 discs, you will get the Version 10.10 update, the Version 10.20 update, etc., all the way through Version 10.99 if it exists—all free of charge. Of course, you do not have to take advantage of these updates, but it is recommended that you do so.

Note that although previous versions of X-Plane required users to have all the desired scenery installed before updating to a newer version, this is no longer the case. New scenery may be installed regardless of updates.

To update X-Plane, do the following:

  1. Launch the copy of X-Plane that you wish to update.
  2. Once it opens, move your mouse to the top of the screen and click About, then About X-Plane. The dialog box that appears will show both your version of X-Plane and the latest version available. If these differ, there will be an Update X-Plane button in the bottom right of the window.
  3. Click the Update X-Plane button. X-Plane will automatically download the latest version of the updater program and launch it.
  4. In the window that appears, please do not select the “Check for new betas” box unless you are prepared to potentially work with some kinks (see “Using the X-Plane Betas”).
  5. If you installed X-Plane via digital download you may be asked to enter your digital download product key. If you own X-Plane DVDs, ensure DVD 1 is in the disc drive.
  6. Click Continue for the program to begin scanning your X-Plane directory. This allows it to determine which files need to be updated.
  7. Assuming there is enough disk space to download the required updates, click Continue to begin the installation.
  8. The installation files will be downloaded and installed. When the installation finishes, you’re ready to fly.

Do I Have to Re-Download the Demo to get the Update?

NO! You can update X-Plane in a number of ways.

  • See the instructions above to automatically update from the “About” box within the simulator.
  • If you have the full sim, the latest installer has an “update” option for full installs.
  • If you have the demo, the latest demo installer has an “update” option for demos.

These updates are always incremental and are often < 30 MB total; only the files you need are downloaded, and they are downloaded in compressed format to save bandwidth.

How Long Will the Update Take?

The download time depends on the size of the patch, how long it’s been since you’ve updated, and how fast your net connection is. Generally, it should be a lot faster to update than to download the demo or full simulator; updates are usually less than 150 MB.

How Do I Update X-Plane if X-Plane Crashes on My Computer?

Even if you cannot run X-Plane (for example, if it crashes due to an incompatibility with your graphics card) you can still download the X-Plane installer application directly and run it to update X-Plane. Here are the download links to the installer apps:

Full version:

Demo:

Download, unzip, and run the installer application. Pick update and it will prompt you to select your copy of X-Plane 10 to update.

Return Back to Knowledge Base

Источник: https://www.x-plane.com/kb/updating-x-plane/

SerialSend

Graphical icon download link for SerialSend.exeSerialSend is a little command line application I created to send text strings via a serial port. I mainly use it to send information to microcontroller circuits via a USB-to-serial converter, so it’s designed to work well in that context.

SerialSend lets you:

  • Send an arbitrary text string to a device via serial port using one simple command.
  • Send text from simple console applications to hardware devices via serial port using the “” function.
  • Specify baud rate.
  • Specify serial port number.
  • Automatically find and use the highest available serial port number (very useful for USB-to-serial converters).

The reason I included the last feature in the above list is that Windows seems to assign different serial port numbers to the same USB-to-serial converter on different occasions, especially when different USB sockets are used. In my experience, the assigned port number is usually a high number (e.g. my USB-to-serial adapter is currently appearing as COM22), so by automatically finding and using the highest available serial port, SerialSend makes it easy to send text via a USB adapter without needing to check the precise port number that has been assigned to it.

The full C source code for SerialSend is provided below. I compiled SerialSend with MinGW (gcc) using the command shown in the opening comments of the code, but it should be straightforward to compile it using Visual C++ or another Windows C/C++ compiler. Alternatively, just download and use the executable file:

SerialSend.exe (53 KB, date: 21-Oct-2021)

Example commands:

Note: If the text to be transmitted contains any space characters, it should be enclosed in inverted commas.

The following command sends the characters “” via the highest available serial port at the default baud rate (38400 baud).

SerialSend.exe "abc 123"

The following command sends the characters “” via the highest available serial port at 9600 baud.

SerialSend.exe /baudrate 9600 "Hello world!"

The following command sends the characters “” via COM10 at the default baud rate (38400 baud). If COM10 is not available, the next highest serial port that is available is used instead.

SerialSend.exe /devnum 10 "S120 E360"

Arbitrary bytes, including non-printable characters can be included in the string as hex values using the “/hex” command line option and the “\x” escape sequence in the specified text. For example, the following command sends the string “abc” followed by a line feed character (hex value 0x0A) – i.e. 4 bytes in total.

SerialSend.exe /hex "abc\x0A"

When the “/hex” commmand line option is specified, the escape sequences “\n” and “\r” may be used to insert line feed and carriage return characters respectively. For example, the following command sends the string “Hello” followed by a carriage return and a line feed (7 bytes in total).

SerialSend.exe /hex "Hello\r\n"

The “/closedelay” commmand line option allows a delay (in milliseconds) to be carried out after the specified text is transmitted, but before the serial port is closed. This seems to be necessary when sending data to certain devices in order to give them time to respond. For example, the following command transmits the characters ‘ABCD’ and a carriage return to COM5, then delays for 500 ms before closing the COM port.

SerialSend.exe /devnum 5 /closedelay 500 "ABCD\r"

This is a screen shot of SerialSend running in a console:

Screenshot of SerialSend.exe running in a console window

// // SerialSend.c - This program sends text via serial port // Written by Ted Burke - last updated 8-4-2015 // // The text to send is specified as command line arguments. // By default, the highest available serial port is used. // The default baud rate is 38400 baud. // // To compile with MinGW: // // gcc -o SerialSend.exe SerialSend.c // // To compile with cl, the Microsoft compiler: // // cl SerialSend.c // // To run (this example sends the characters "S365 E120"): // // SerialSend.exe "S356 E120" // #include &amp;lt;windows.h&amp;gt; #include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt; int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { // Declare variables and structures int m, n; unsigned char buffer[MAX_PATH]; unsigned char text_to_send[MAX_PATH]; unsigned char digits[MAX_PATH]; int baudrate = 38400; int dev_num = 50; int parse_hex_bytes = 0; Media Player Classic 1.8Latest Version - Crack Key For U int close_delay = 0; char dev_name[MAX_PATH]; HANDLE hSerial; DCB dcbSerialParams = {0}; COMMTIMEOUTS timeouts = {0}; // Print welcome message fprintf(stderr, "SerialSend (last updated 8-4-2015)\n"); fprintf(stderr, "See http://batchloaf.com for more information\n"); // Parse command line arguments int argn = 1; X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021] strcpy(buffer, ""); while(argn &amp;lt; argc) { if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/baudrate") == 0) { // Parse baud rate if (++argn &amp;lt; argc &amp;amp;&amp;amp; ((baudrate = atoi(argv[argn])) &amp;gt; 0)) { fprintf(stderr, "%d baud specified\n", baudrate); } else { fprintf(stderr, "Baud rate error\n"); return 1; } } else if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/devnum") == 0) { // Parse device number. SerialSend actually just // begins searching at this number and continues // working down to zero. if (++argn &amp;lt; argc) { dev_num = atoi(argv[argn]); fprintf(stderr, "Device number %d specified\n", dev_num); } else { fprintf(stderr, "Device number error\n"); return 1; } } else if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/closedelay") == 0) { // Parse close delay duration. After transmitting // the specified text, SerialSend will delay by // this number of milliseconds before closing the // COM port. Some devices seem to require this. if (++argn &amp;lt; argc) { close_delay = atoi(argv[argn]); fprintf(stderr, "Delay of %d ms specified before closing COM port\n", close_delay); } else { fprintf(stderr, "Close delay error\n"); return 1; } } else if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/hex") == 0) { // Parse flag for hex byte parsing. Avast Cleanup Premium 21.7.2475 Crack + Free Activation Code // If this flag is set, then arbitrary byte values can be // included in the string to send using '\x' notation. // For example, the command "SerialSend /hex Hello\x0D" // sends six bytes in total, the last being the carriage // return character, '\r' which has hex value 0x0D. \n"); while(dev_num &amp;gt;= 0) { fprintf(stderr, "\r "); fprintf(stderr, "\rTrying COM%d.", dev_num); sprintf(dev_name, "\\\\.\\COM%d", dev_num); hSerial = CreateFile( dev_name, GENERIC_READ

Garmin Edge 1030 Plus In-Depth Review

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Review

Like with most Garmin products that tack on a ‘Plus’ designator, the changes from the Edge 1030 to the Edge 1030 Plus aren’t earth-shattering. In fact, the Edge 1030 received overwhelmingly more changes last summer when it got a massive firmware update sweep of features from the then new Edge 530 & Edge 830. Still, this unit does have some minor new features that fill in some of the cracks. And ultimately, if you were looking to get an Edge 1030, then just like with a new model year Apple product, you’ll take the minor changes over not.

Still, the Edge 1030 Plus changes aren’t throwaway either. There’s now a streamlined setup process that’ll migrate your old Edge settings and sensors (even from an Edge 1000), plus you’ve now (finally) got free global detailed maps for anywhere you go (except Asia). And the LiveTrack now will actually show your route to the friends/family you share it with. Plus lots of minor changes like re-routing quick-select options when you go off-course, and increased storage up to 32GB. And finally, new daily suggested structured workouts based on your training load.

All of which you can get the full details on in one super efficient video by hitting play below:

I’ve been using the Edge 1030 Plus for all my rides since last month, and I’ve got a pretty good handle on how exactly it works and whether these changes are worth the extra cash for an upgrade from an older Garmin (the price remains the same as the Edge 1030 at $599USD). As usual, this media loaner Edge 1030 Plus will go back to Garmin once I wrap up here with it, and then I’ll go out and get my own. If you found this review useful, simply hit up the links at the bottom of the page. Or, become a DCR Supporter (also, at the bottom).

With that, let’s dive into it!

What’s new:

DSC_6026

Now, I’m going to actually split this list in two. Mostly because it’s plausible (likely in fact), that someone looking at an older Edge 1030 review (even mine), might assume that a bunch of the features of the Edge 1030 Plus aren’t on the base Edge 1030. In fact, they are. They were just added last summer, nearly two years after the Edge 1030 came out.

So, this first list is the differences compared to a fully updated Edge 1030 unit today. In other words, if you just compared an up to date Edge 1030 to the new Edge 1030 Plus, what’s different:

– Now black instead of white: Just like the Bontrager Edge 1030 was, except this says Garmin instead of Bontrager
– *New setup routine: Sensors from your older Garmin unit are automatically imported for you on first use
– *New setup routine: Ride profiles and data fields from your older Garmin unit are automatically imported for you
– Now includes detailed maps for *ANYWHERE* you travel to (all regions…except Asia), free, inclusive of Topo data.
– Now includes Trailforks app pre-loaded (with full Trailforks data sets included)
– Now includes ForkSight, previous Edge 1030 update didn’t include this specifically
– New daily on-device workout suggestions based on training load
– New pause-route option (when you go freestyle off a course)
– New off-course re-route selection options
– *LiveTrack will now show the course/route that you’re on to your friends/family (whoever you’ve shared the route to)
– Onboard Storage size has been increased from 16GB to 32GB
– MicroSD card expansion slot has been removed (since you’ve got tons of on-board storage space)
– Beeper/Chirper an eff-ton louder (and a bit different)
– Up to 48 hours of GPS-on run time in a basic configuration, 36 in mid, and 24-hours in high navigation/sensor configuration
– New display/touchscreen to match that of the technology used on the Edge 830
– New Sony GPS Chipset (to match most other Garmin devices since 2019)

*These features will come to the existing Edge 1030, Edge 530, and Edge 830 later this year in Q4.

Now everything else you know about the Edge 1030 remains the same. The above are the only differences I’ve been able to find (or were told about).

As for the setup routine transfer bits, that’s actually pretty interesting. I’ll dig into it below, but in short, recent firmware updates for virtually every mid-range or higher Garmin Edge unit made in the last 6 years supports this. Specifically the Edge 1000, 1030, 520, 520 Plus, 530, 820, and 830.

Next though, we’ve got what is roughly the differences since release of the Edge 1030. This is somewhat of a throw-away list for users familiar with these products, but if you’re again coming from older reviews, it’s useful to understand what was added to the Edge 1030 from the Edge 530/830 series last year (via free firmware updates):

– Added ClimbPro: Automatically shows how much distance/elevation remains for each climb on route
– Added Mountain Bike Metrics: Shows Grit, Flow, and Jump details on both unit and Garmin Connect
– Added Heat Acclimation: Will automatically take into account heat/humidity for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Altitude Acclimation: Will automatically take into account (high) elevation for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Training Plan API support: This includes a redesigned structured workout execution page
– Added Courses API Support: This allows course/route downloads automatically from partners like Strava & Komoot
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Smart Alerts: When using a course/route, it’ll automatically figure out how much water/calories you should be taking
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Tracking: It allows you to record this data in ride summary screens and log it on Garmin Connect
– Added Performance Power Curve: This shows you your mean maximal power over different durations/time frames (like many training sites)
– Added Bike Alarm Feature: Used for cafes/bathroom stops, emits loud alarm if bike is moved
– Added ‘Find my Edge’ feature: Automatically record exact GPS location on your phone if Edge is disconnected (in case unit pops off)
– Added Training Plan Weather/Gear Tips: Basically tells you to HTFU when it’s cold out

Again, nothing on that list there is new to the Edge 1030 Plus. It’s simply making it clear that all those features that you might see marketed as Edge 1030 Plus features are also there on the Edge 1030 already today.

Ok, with that sweeping overview done, let’s dive into how to use it.

The Basics:

Edge1030Plus-Basics

In general I tend to skip over some of the setup aspects of devices these days since it’s trivial and repetitive (assuming no issues). But with the Edge 1030 Plus it’s notable because it’s a major shift for Garmin away from the past. It’s also an area that historically Wahoo has done SO MUCH better than Garmin (and a key thing people cite as to why they switched to a Wahoo unit over a Garmin).

So this time around I’m gonna talk about it, again, cause it’s finally different. Which isn’t to SnapGene Viewer Crack 5.3.2 & License Key [Latest] 2021 its perfect, but it’s an improvement.  With the Edge 1030 Plus the setup process will do two key things:

A) It’ll import all your old screens/data field configuration from past Garmin Edge devices
B) It’ll import all your paired sensors automatically

How it does this is actually pretty interesting. With the first one, Garmin has released a firmware update for the following devices (Edge 520, Edge 520 Plus, Edge 530, Edge 820 Edge 830, Edge 1000, Edge 1030, Bontrager Edge 1030) quietly over the last month that enables those devices to be compatible with the Edge 1030 Plus setup process. So after you order your Edge 1030 Plus, go and update your older bike computer first and do a ride (even if just a few seconds) so that it’ll sync that data up.

As for sensors, those too are already happening in the background. Garmin will automatically pull in any paired sensors from the last 365 days of uploads to Garmin Connect – up to the maximum number of sensors the Edge 1030 Plus supports (30 total).

Here’s how this all looks in the real-world. First, it’ll pull in all your sensors found on Garmin Connect in the last 365 days.

DSC_6021

In my case with all the device testing I do, that means it punches itself in the #$#@. But after it’s done doing that, it does indeed pull down the most recent 30 sensors paired. For normal humans, that’ll more than cover your situations. Also, it’ll even include whatever you named those sensors too (for example my PowerTap P2 pedals are named ‘P2’, and my second set of PowerTap pedals on the Peloton bike are named ‘54715p3’, because when I named them many months ago one random night – that made sense in my head.

Lucky, you don’t see the Favero Assioma pedals in this list, because those are literally named ‘Ass pedals’, since that’s the shortest thing to type on this display.

DSC_6028

This is a one-time pull, so if you update the sensor’s names on other bike computers it won’t pull them in here the next time. Again, that’s fine for 99.99% of people.

Next, as you go through the setup process it’ll ask you if you want to copy in your activity profiles:

DSC_6024

So you’ll see my main activity profile is named as such immediately after setup:

DSC_6027

Now, with that all set let’s take a step back on the basics. The Edge 1030 Plus is a touch-screen driven unit with three dedicated buttons. One on the side for power, and then two at the bottom for stop/start, and lap.

GarminEdge1030Plus-Buttons

The touchscreen is improved over the existing Edge 1030, and is now using the same touchscreen tech as the Edge 830 (which, some 14 months later people seem pretty darn happy with). However, just to demonstrate this, I took it out in the rain…and you can see the footage of that in the video at the start of this post.

P1011013

On the bottom, you’ll find the same old tired micro-USB port. No USB-C here folks. I’m convinced they must ban shipments of USB-C ports to Kansas or something.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-USB-Port-BOO

On the main dashboard of the touchscreen are the main features. To start a ride you’d tap the big bike icon. Right now you see ‘DCR Road’, which indicates that’s the activity profile I’ve named. These profiles let you group settings together (such as data fields or how the map looks, hydration/nutrition settings, and a gazillion other features).

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-DashBoard

You can create numerous activity profiles called anything you want with color coding:

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-Activity-Profiles

Inside each activity profile you can make those aforementioned settings. Here’s a small survey of those settings:

Speaking of settings, there’s more general settings as well. These control things like sensors, safety features such as crash detection/notification, battery save modes, and even recording rates or HRV recording. It’s mostly dizzying what’s in here. Again, another gallery of various settings.

Since we’re talking settings and sensors, I’ll briefly dive into that. The Edge 1030 Plus supports pretty much every ANT+ & Bluetooth Sensor type in the fitness world for cycling, specifically the following:

ANT+ Cadence only sensors
ANT+ Edge Remote
ANT+ eBike
ANT+ Heart Rate
ANT Garmin inReach Devices (satellite messenger/communicator)
ANT+ Bike Lighting Control
ANT+ Power Meters
ANT+ Radar
ANT+ Gear Shifting (SRAM RED eTAP, Campagnolo EPS)
ANT Shimano DI2
ANT+ Speed/Cadence combo sensors
ANT+ Speed only sensors
ANT+ Varia Vision (aka remote displays)
ANT VIRB Action Cam
Bluetooth Smart Cadence only sensors
Bluetooth Smart Heart Rate
Bluetooth Smart Power Meters
Bluetooth Smart Speed/Cadence Combo
Bluetooth Smart Speed-only sensors

Oh, and then you’ve got 3rd party pieces like Muscle Oxygen sensor support via Connect IQ apps as well (for Moxy, and now discontinued BSX devices).  Plus other 3rd parties have done other private-ANT implementations via Connect IQ too. Same goes for aerodynamic sensors too.

You can pair and store up to 30 sensors. When you activate the sensor on your bike (usually by just spinning the crank or wheel), it’ll wake up the sensor and automatically connect to it. This sensor pool concept has been around many years and works pretty well, especially when you have multiple bikes.

With Garmin now owning Tacx, it also means they’ve ramped up their trainer control interfaces. Nothing here dramatic, and nothing specific to the Edge 1030 Plus, but we’ve seen Garmin spend much of this winter making minor iterations in each new Edge 530/830/1030 Plus firmware version to better integrate trainers. And in fact, virtually all of these changes are applicable for every model of trainer, not limited to Tacx ones (by doing so via ANT+ FE-C trainer control protocol).

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-TrainerControl

For example, you can now make indoor profiles not start LiveTrack automatically (or not start the lights automatically), or configure the trainer to ride a specific grade (instead of just a given wattage). And then there’s still the abilities to re-ride any route you’ve already ridden, or any route downloaded to the unit that has elevation data in it.

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-TrainerControl-Incline

I’ll touch more on structured training later in this review though. Most of the time you’re probably gonna be riding outdoors with it. To do that, you’ll tap the bicycle icon, which takes you to the data fields you’ve configured. Before you do that though, up at the top you can see your current GPS status, sensor status, phone status, and whether or not you graduated high school on the honor roll.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-StatusBar

Once in the data screens, you can simply press the start button to begin your ride:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-DataFields

You’ll swipe left and right to change your data screens. You can also long-hold a given data field to swap it out for something else if you want.

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Data-Fields

The lower left button is your lap button, while the lower right will pause your ride:

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Lap-Button

From a screen visibility standpoint,I’ve had zero issues seeing the screen. Nor have I seen any downstream impacts/issues with using the newer Edge 830 display technology (nor for that matter have I had any issues with my Edge 830’s display in the last 14 months or so).

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-23h23m19s065

Once you’re done with your ride it’ll sync via WiFi or Bluetooth Smart automatically to your phone or home WiFi network. Or, if you plug in your Garmin Edge 1030 Plus it’ll sync via USB with Garmin Express. Or, you can simply grab the completed .FIT file off of it like a USB hard drive. Once that’s done it’ll sync that ride to Garmin Connect and then onwards to platforms like Strava, TrainingPeaks, and more. The world is your oyster there (as long as that oyster isn’t Dropbox, sadly).

On the Garmin Connect Mobile app you can look more deeply at your ride and sensor data:

Same goes for online at Garmin Connect web too:

image

None of this has changed from any past Garmin device – it all works the same here.

With that, we’ve covered the basics of the Edge 1030 Plus. I’ve got separate sections for Mapping/Navigation, and another for the structured training aspects. Of course, there are so many features on the Edge 1030 Plus it’s impossible to write about them all without publishing an entire book (unless you consider this 10,000+ word review a book). So invariably there’s some aspect of the unit I didn’t cover here. I try and test and use the devices just like any other person and that includes the features I use personally. And just like you, I probably won’t use every feature combination personally (nobody could, there’s hundreds, if not thousands, of combinations).

But I think the features I do use are most indicative of what most folks use. So, let’s talk mapping.

Mapping & Navigation:

DSC_6012

For the most part, the mapping and navigation on the Edge 1030 Plus hasn’t substantially changed. Instead, the changes are more incremental, though – one is a massive new ‘benefit’ – the inclusion of all maps globally (except Asia). When you buy an Edge 1030 Plus you’ll get on the device itself a ‘pair’, of two regions pre-loaded with detailed TopoActive maps. Here’s the listing of SKU’s and pairings:

North America SKU: Includes North America and European maps

Europe SKU:
Includes North America and European / Africa maps

Australia/New Zealand SKU:
Includes Australia / New Zealand and European / Africa maps

South America SKU:
Includes North America and South American maps.

Asia: Now this is a tough nut. Folks from regions OUTSIDE of Asia will not get Asian maps. My assumption is this is due to the character sets loaded, but I’ve asked Garmin for a technical explanation of why this will. Will update when I hear back.

This by itself is a huge deal in the Garmin world. Up until now you only got maps for the region you bought it in. For anything else you had to use 3rd party maps (and you still can if you want). However, those maps lacked the underlying heatmap (aka Trendline Popularity routing) data that’s so useful when you’re out and about and want a faster/better/different route. So the fact that you now get multiple regions pre-loaded is big.

But what’s even bigger is Garmin is finally joining all of their rivals Aomei Backupper Crack allowing you to download maps for any region out there. To do that you’ll use a computer (Mac or PC) and the Garmin Express app, which shows you the regions you want. Remember the Edge 1030 Plus got expanded storage, now 32GB instead of 16GB. In general, regions tends to be about 7-9GB.

Here’s what my North America one shows (in this case, Africa falls under the Europe mapset), when I go to the new ‘Manage Maps’ option in Garmin Express:

image

Note that there isn’t a WiFi-driven option (like with Wahoo, Hammerhead, and Sigma). I’d love to see them offer that eventually. There’s pros and cons to both methods. For example, the WiFi one is great when you’re at home on a WiFi network that doesn’t have an ‘I Accept’ type page. However, that approach entirely breaks if you’re at a hotel, Starbucks, etc, where the bike computer can’t press the “I Accept” button. So in this case as long as you had a computer with you that could connect to WiFi, then you’re golden. Or just remember to add the regions ahead of time.

When it comes to the Edge 1030 Plus, you’ve got a few ways you can route:

– Load a course from a platform like Strava Routes, Komoot, RideWithGPS, or others
– Create a course on Garmin Connect (web or smartphone)
– Enter an address/location/point of interest on the Edge 1030 Plus itself
– Re-ride a past activity as a course on the Edge 1030 Plus
– Wave it around in the sky and hope it gets you somewhere
– Have it generate a ‘Round-Trip Course’ on the fly with a given distance/preferred direction
– Route to a saved location (such as your home/work/etc…)
– Browse the map and navigate to that location
– Leverage TrailForks for mountain bike trails (on-device)
– Manually load a GPX/TCX/FIT file course onto the Edge 1030 Plus
– Route ‘Back to start’ mid-ride

Seriously, there’s so many ways to ride a route/course it’s kinda nuts. And frankly, there’s even variants of the above.

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-Routing-Options

It used to be that the main thing the Edge 10xx series devices had over lesser devices was being able to pick an address/POI/etc and route directly to it on the Edge. However, these days the Edge 830 can do that, and the Edge 530 can do aspects of that too. Instead, for the most part what you’re paying for with the Edge 10xx series is a larger screen.

In my case, I predominantly use Strava Routes for all my routes, though I’ve done a few recent ones with Komoot. One thing to be aware of with Garmin Routes is that *ONLY* Strava routes using the new routing API will include Strava Segments. So, if you use a Komoot route, you won’t get any Strava Live Segments on your Garmin during the ride (they’ll show up afterwards when you upload the ride). This sucks for people that really like other non-Strava mapping platforms but still like Strava Live Segments.

I wrote an entire post just a few weeks ago on how that all works, so I won’t re-hash it. But in short, once you create a route on Strava and then favorite it, it’ll automatically show up on your Edge 1030 Plus as soon as it syncs (via WiFi, Bluetooth, or USB). It won’t pull down previously starred routes though, so you’ll need to unstar and start them to get them to sync to a newly setup Edge 1030 Plus.

image

Though, there still isn’t any easy/obvious way to tell an already-on Edge to simply grab the latest routes from those platforms (like there is on the Wahoo units). In any case…from there you’ll tap Navigation > Courses > Saved Courses, and choose the course you want:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-Select-Course

At this point you can view summary information about the course, as well as the map, elevation data, and even tweak the color of the line.

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-Course-OptionsGarmin-Edge-1030-Plus-MapView

Note that depending on how big the course is, it won’t show the high detail map until you zoom in a bit, which is kinda weird.

Obviously, being in the city below with lots of canals, it’s kinda hard to see the blue line of the route.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-MapViewDetailed

You’ll go ahead and tap the ride button, which will start calculating the route. It won’t actually start your timer yet (but will remind you). Now the calculation is something that Garmin says they’ve significantly improved here, via increasing the processor hardware. Specifically they said it should be in line with the Edge 830 now and significantly faster than the original Edge 1030. It does seem that way in some places, but not others – notably, not in calculating routes though for me, which still takes a long-ass time (like, many minutes).

Garmin says a firmware update that the city-aspect with the extreme density of bike routes in Amsterdam is slowing things down. However, most places won’t see that level of density.

Now, it’s worthwhile noting that you don’t have to wait for it to finish ‘calculating’ the route. You can press start almost immediately and it’ll still give you routing details immediately. It’ll just finish the rest of the course in the background. I tried that on a few routes and it did it just fine.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-Calculating

While you’re riding you’ll get turn by turn directions as you approach a given turn. So you can stay on your normal data fields/pages, and then when you near a turn, it’ll chirp and show you this page – counting down till the turn. Here’s three different looks at that.

611193076068

After the turn, it’ll go back to your regular data fields. You can also simply keep the map page up the entire time if you want as well:

497614541601

Now if you go off-course it’ll warn you within usually about 3-5 seconds depending on your speed. However, this is where one of the changes is on the Edge 1030 Plus – the new re-routing and pause navigation options. Once you go off-course, you’ll get three new ‘Re-routing’ options:

A) Re-join where you left the course
B) Skip ahead to the next logical point to re-join course
C) Cut across the course to somewhere way downstream

How each of these reacts will depend X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021] on your course and where you are. For example, on my ride this morning (which was a wonky lollipop route), I made a purposeful route diversion in the first 60 seconds. The three options thus were quite drastically different, with the rejoin/skip being spot-on as expected, but the ‘Cut Across’ option basically said ‘Let’s call it a day and go home’. And you can’t really fault Garmin here, it’s doing exactly what it says – cut the course (useful on a much longer course when you just need to get home).

Here’s those three screens from today’s ride:

118911941203

In addition, the new pause navigation option is handy when you might specifically go off-route to a coffee shop and don’t want to be constantly beeped about it. Or, recently I used it when I created a course that led me to a track where I was doing loops for a while. I didn’t want to create that as part of my route, so this allowed me to pause navigation while I did my loops, and then resume it when I was done.

You can see this comes up on any screen you’re o, so you don’t have to be in the map screen. That ‘Re-Route’ button takes you to the three options listed above.

918411755465

From an overall routing standpoint, I haven’t had any route/re-routing/calculation type failures issues on any of my rides. I’ve purposefully gone off-course numerous times to see how it’d handle (and a few times not on course). In fact, over the last 2-3 weeks I’ve tried planning numerous new routes or portions of routes that I haven’t ever ridden before, just to put it to the test. And I’ve purposefully gone off course so many times I’m sure my LiveTrack following peeps thought I was stupid or drunk (or both).

Zero issues.

But then again, that’s probably not surprising. If we look at the Edge 1030 Garmin Forums, you’ll find over the last 30 days that there are a mere 2 threads related to routing issues (out of hundreds of posts). One thread had no usable detail/information, while the other did, but seemed related to loading additional maps. Point being, routing on these devices is rarely an issue in 2020 – and that’s what I saw.

The main factor that’s probably worth complaining about is more the speed of the display. Compared to the Hammerhead Karoo or Sigma ROX12 units based on Android, it’s substantially slower and less responsive (those act like the phones they are). The challenge is: Is that trade-off worth it?

DSC_6017

From a routing standpoint, Garmin’s map layers have consistently performed better for me (especially in edge cases). But sidestepping that, and talking displays, it’s trickier. The Hammerhead Karoo has a stunning display and as you move around with your fingers to see what’s around you, it’s as fast as a phone. Though, it lacks POI (points of interest database) information. Visibility-wise both seem fine to me, no issues in sun or rain. And touch-screen-wise, all companies there have done things that makes that a non-issue (again, even in rain – as seen above).

Of course, the main reason Garmin uses the display technology they do is battery life. Specifically, conservation of it. Garmin claims upwards of 24hrs of runtime on the Edge 1030 Plus. Whereas the Karoo claims 12-15 hours depending on features. Now, whether or not that matters to an individual rider will vary. While the ‘that’s damn pretty’ aspect of me appreciates the Karoo display’s speed, the practical side of me knows that from a routing/re-routing standpoint it hasn’t really mattered any. As anyone in the industry will tell you, Garmin’s real secret sauce at this point is the heatmap (Trendline Popularity routing) data, which basically means taking all the tens of millions of rides that users upload each year to Garmin Connect automatically, and determining the best bike routes from that. Their other secret sauce is having simply done bicycle routing for more than a decade now. It makes it immensely difficult for their competitors to catch-up on that specific piece. Inversely, having a decades worth of features make it hard for Garmin to make tough decisions on legacy features that weigh it down.

DSC_6013

Switching topics briefly to some of the on-device routing functions, there’s round-trip routing, which gives you three different one-off routes you can follow, based on the distance you selected. You can also specify a direction of travel.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-RoundTripRouting

The Edge 1030 series allows you to enter in a specific street address you want to route to:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-addressLocation

As well as search for nearby points of interest. such as restaurants or tourist type things. Obviously, I always search for movie theaters with my Edge units.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-POI-Search

I almost never use POI search, it’s not that it doesn’t work (it does). It’s just that my phone and Google Maps is simply so much better at that than Garmin’s unit – especially for handling things like whether or not a café is even open, or if the coffee is actually any good. Nobody wants a bad café mid-ride. And this is where I wish there was better one-off integration between the Garmin Connect Mobile app and the Edge 1030 Plus mid-ride. For example, on a Wahoo ELEMNT/ROAM/BOLT I can quickly do a one-off route to a given spot in a few seconds and off I go with the Wahoo. That’s simply not viable nor quick on the Edge series. In Garmin’s line of thinking, you do that one-off routing on-device. But I’m not sure that’s what people actually want in 2020.

Wahoo-ROAM-One-Off-Routing

Moving along, given this section is about navigating, it seems fitting to end on the new LiveTracking with course display feature. Mind you, LiveTracking is certainly not new to Garmin devices. It’s been around nearly a decade – and ignored nearly as long. But last year they started refocusing on behind the scenes platform aspects around reliability and stability, and this appears to be some of the culmination of some of that. Specifically, with today’s announcement two things happen:

– The LiveTracking platform gets a user interface refresh from 2010 to 2020
– LiveTracking now will display your planned course that you loaded on your Garmin

The first one will start being shown to everyone, given it’s a backend piece. While the second one will be rolled out to certain devices – notably the Edge 530, Edge 830, Edge 130 Plus, and Edge 1030 Plus. I don’t know about plans for any other devices/wearables (though Garmin says they have plans there, but haven’t finalized them yet).

From a user standpoint, you’ll enable LiveTracking as normal in the smartphone app. Remember, LiveTracking uses your phone to transmit your position to friends and family. The Edge doesn’t have any cellular connectivity/SIM card itself, so it needs that phone connection to access the interwebs. You can specify which e-mail addresses (or Twitter accounts) to send tracking details to.

2020-06-15 12.50.192020-06-15 12.50.25

Also, you can toggle the ability to automatically do this every time, as well as to use Strava Beacon (which can send text messages). Also, you can enable the option to extend how long the link lives, up to 24hrs. This is handy because otherwise once you end your workout, the link dies(which would be confusing to someone). So this way they know you’ve completed the activity.

I’ve got mine configured to simply send a live tracking link every time I ride. As long as Garmin Connect Mobile (the phone app) is running somewhere in the background on your phone it usually works. You’ll get confirmation at the top of the device that LiveTracking is functioning:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-DataFields

Also, on your phone, you’ll get a message that the LiveTrack has successfully initiated.

2020-06-15 12.52.39

Meanwhile, your peeps get the following e-mail:

image

They can click on the link and that brings them here. In the below screenshot you can see I went specifically off-course (which is purple), where my blue line was off in the forest.

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-22h38m42s526

This page shows your current position, updated every 30 seconds, and then additional metrics on the side – including Speed, Elevation, Heart Rate, Power, and Cadence (if you have those sensors). They’ll also see splits.

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-22h38m22s122

Now, my experience with the route showing bit has been good – that’s worked. And again, it’s cool to see the off-course pieces show up on the live tracking link:

image

However, I’ve had numerous troubles with the actual underlying LiveTracking connection and my phone (it simply transmitting my position, and/or drops the connection formz vs sketchup - Activators Patch the Edge). Garmin has been extensively troubleshooting them with more logging than an astronaut. For whatever reason, over the years I’ve always had a really rough time with stability and Garmin LiveTrack. And up until today’s ride, that theme had continued.

On today’s ride though, using some updated software and a few other tweaks, I was able to get through the entire ride without a failure. I’ll keep trying over the next month or so and report back on whether that trend continues.

Finally, for lack of anywhere else to stick it – note that the Edge 1030 Plus supports the Garmin external battery pack if you plan to go more than 24-48 hours. Sure, you can simply use a micro-USB cable and a USB battery pack just fine (really, it works just fine) to provide constant power. The only catch with that is if it rains. But if you’re riding in sun – go forth!

Still, if you want a clean/integrated option, there’s the external battery pack that locks into the bottom of the unit with a Garmin mount:

Garmin-Edge-Baterry-Pack

The battery pack itself charges via micro-USB, like most battery packs out there today.  It has a 3,300mAh capacity, so it’s on the lower end of USB battery packs its size.  Though, it’s also designed to be waterproof (IPX7, so up to 1m for up to 30 mins) and snap onto the front of a bike computer at speed.  Obviously, there are tradeoffs here compared to a simple USB lipstick charger.

Garmin-Edge-BatteryPack-Ports

The unit has battery status indicators on the edge of it, allowing you to see current battery status.  Unfortunately there isn’t anything clever like Apple’s own iPhone case where it shows battery status of the battery within the Edge unit, though that’d be cool.

Garmin-Edge-BatteryPack-LED-StautsLights

On the bottom of the unit, near the micro-USB charging port, you’ll also find a regular USB charging port so you can charge your phone or other device.

As a pro tip, I take along this simple and cheap charging cable with me if I’m headed out for a long ride.  It allows me to charge my phone via it (has Micro-USB, USB-C, Apple Lightning, mini-USB connectors), and I can even plug the battery pack into a USB port at a café or such.  It’s like my most favorite $8 cable ever.

DSC_0939

Finally, this whole thing locks in place using a locking system on the out-front mount that you swap out. Hell, they even have a TT-compatible mount these days for it, in case you wanted to do a 48hr time-trial bike ride:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Battery-PackGarmin-Edge-1030-Battery-Pack-TT-Mount

The thing is pretty stable though, so I don’t expect any issues.  Nor have I had any issues in terms of cobbles or the like. It’s a rock-solid locking system, very similar to that of the Garmin UT-800 lights.

From a battery standpoint, the built-in battery on the Edge 1030 Plus has the following specs:

image

Note that Garmin says the number of vehicles that pass you can have an impact if using radar, as can the complexity of the course.

In looking at some of my rides, I’d roughly fall under the ‘High’ configuration (usually 3-4 sensors, with mapping), and taking a look at a random nearly 82-minute long ride (doing a structured workout atop mapping), I burned 6% of battery (from 94% to 87%). Also, in this case, the backlight was on HIGH (not auto), because I was also taking photos/video. As such, that’ll burn more battery than anything. In any case, that gives me a 5.12%/hour battery burn rate, or essentially 19 hours worth. But again, the backlight set for ‘HIGH’ is really what brought it down.

image

So, for another ride, I set the backlight on auto (on a sunny day), again, with navigation and four sensors. Here’s what that looked like – 3.16%/hour, or basically 31 hours worth.

image

Ultimately, battery fun aside, from a navigational standpoint the minor tweaks to the Edge 1030 Plus are appreciated. And from a functionality standpoint I didn’t have any errors on the navigational front during my rides (LiveTrack is different however, as noted). But more broadly than navigation is the map inclusions/loading piece. That’s huge if you travel a lot (as I do, well, did till this year anyway). That makes your life so much easier than dealing with loading 3rd party maps that don’t have all the heatmap cycling-specific data you want them to.

Structured Training:

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Training

The Edge 1030 Plus takes a quiet, but important, step forward in terms of Garmin making training recommendations for any given day. In fact, it’s the first Garmin unit to specifically recommend a workout/duration based on your day to day training load. This essentially follows what Polar did with the Polar Ignite a year ago, except, focused on cycling.

Anytime you power on the Edge 1030 Plus it’ll quickly and quietly go and grab your latest training load data from Garmin Connect behind the scenes. It’s doing this to ensure that if you did other workouts (like a run) on a Garmin product such as a Fenix or Forerunner watch, that it’s aware of that training load. It doesn’t want to give you a hard workout if you ran 20 miles yesterday. You’ll see this at the top of the screen, where it says ‘Downloading’. If you’re at home, it’ll do this via WiFi in most cases.

A few seconds later, once it’s done, you’ll get a workout of the day recommendation (officially called the ‘Daily Suggested Workout’), that you see in the photo above. When you tap ‘Review Workout’, you’ll get more details on it:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-SuggestedWorkout

And then more details yet again n the specific steps, in this case a pretty…simplistic…workout:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-DailySuggestedWorkout-Details

Now, if you’re part of a specific training plan, such as one from TrainerRoad, then those will take precedence. However, as of today, it’ll still give me a recommendation ignoring that plan. I’m told that’ll change in the next firmware update very shortly to account for the known training plan. Also, it doesn’t seem to be pulling down anything more than just today’s TrainerRoad workout (it should at least also be pulling down tomorrow’s).

The daily suggested workout engine leverages the Training Status, Training Load Balance, and daily tracked VO2 Max data. However, in order for it to work it needs both heart rate and power meter data. Otherwise it doesn’t really know how much training load you’re actually getting.

You’ll see your training load after every ride, as well as in the dashboard menu under ‘My Stats’. You’ll first see this dashboard on your training status, which at the moment thinks I’m “unproductively” managing my training due to the higher load versus recovery. Normally I’d say ‘FU Garmin’, but honestly in this specific week it’s right.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-Unproductive

If you tap on that ‘Unproductive’ banner, you’ll see your VO2Max stats, Training Load, and Load Focus. The Training Load page shows how much load you’ve had over the last 7 days, and the color-coding designates the load focus area. You can see yesterday (Sunday) I basically took the day off, with only a tiny little bit of easy pedaling with my kids. At the time I took this first photo, I hadn’t done my Monday ride yet.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Unproductive

If I look at the Load Focus, you’ll see it’s overwhelmingly way too much ‘High Aerobic’. Now, I’d generally disagree with Garmin/FirstBeat here on the distribution. I find in general it’s far too conservative for me on high aerobic balance. Yes, this week is definitely out of whack, but it’s almost unheard of for me to see the ‘High Aerobic’ in the right zone (the dotted lines).

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Load-Focus

However, about an hour after taking the above photos, I went out for a 90-minute ride. Nothing too hard, just base mileage cruising around. That ride apparently gave me redemption. Somewhat ironic if you ask me.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-TrainingStatusGarmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Training-Status-Load

Seems a bit peculiar that it’s complaining about my load being too high one second, and then the next it’s OK with it. Though there also may be an element of timing here in that if my previous Monday ride (a bit harder) was higher and then ‘fell off’ the exact 7-day rolling window, replaced by this less challenging ride.

And then there’s your VO2 Max scores. This too requires a power meter. Keep in mind though that VO2 Max won’t shift much, but it’s also typically dependent on having hard VO2 Max workouts to trigger newer values.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-VO2Max-Score

If I go back to the main ‘Stats’ dashboard after this ride you’ll see my Recovery Hours remaining – 22 hours (about right), and then my current estimated FTP at 285w. Currently, my latest FTP test about three weeks ago with TrainerRoad put me at 299w, but I didn’t use this device for that test. So it’s had to make its calculations on other workouts. I suspect we’d see them very close after my next test.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-TrainingStatusDSC_5977

You can dive into things like your power curve (Mean-Max power) over different time frames:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-MeanMaxLoad

Or double-check your profile like age and weight. If you have a Garmin Index scale it’ll automatically update the weight for you.

It’s worth noting that you can connect your Zwift or TrainerRoad accounts to Garmin Connect and receive workouts into your Garmin account completed on Zwift/TrainerRoad. However, and this is a HUGE however, you WILL NOT get any training load credit on any of the above screens for those workouts. Nor on any other Garmin device. Frankly, this is stupid, frustrating, and infuriating. All it does is make you double-record things and then delete workouts. Why bother making an integration that just fires blanks?

Now, that said, if you do a TrainerRoad workout on your unit, then it’ll compute it. However, you’ll then lose out on all the descriptive text you’d get on the TrainerRoad app for inside workouts. I’ve got a separate post coming on that (probably), but we can touch on it briefly in terms of how structured workouts work on the Edge 1030 Plus. In fact, I’ve done a number of TrainerRoad Outside workouts on the Edge 1030 Plus in recent weeks, and those have worked well. And, since these work identically to other structured workouts you might create yourself or push from apps like TrainingPeaks, FinalSurge, or Today’s Plan, then I can show them all in one boat.

To begin, the Edge will display/suggest a workout pushed to it that’s on your calendar for that day. For example, this one:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-TrainerRoad-Workout

Upon selecting it (or any other in your training library), you’ll see the exact steps listed out. Depending on how the workout is created, it’ll either automatically advance through each step, or some steps might wait for you. For example, on most of my TrainerRoad outside workouts it’ll actually wait for you to press the ‘lap’ button before advancing from a rest segment to a work interval – in case you’re contending with traffic lights or such.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Workout-Details

Once you’ve begun your workout it’ll show you steps as they approach, and then list the current step targets. You can customize these fields however you’d want:

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-23h29m41s117

Rinse and repeat until the end of your workout. The most challenging part of doing a structured workout with specific power zones outside won’t be the technology, it’ll likely be your ability to pace power with rolling terrain to exacting targets. TrainerRoad actually has some good suggestions on how to set up your data fields to best tackle these workouts at the bottom of this page, and their suggestions apply no matter whether you’re using TrainerRoad or some other platform.

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-23h29m29s517

When it comes to structured workout execution, Garmin’s main competitors on the cycling-specific side here are Stages and Wahoo, with Hammerhead also adding in structured workouts recently to their Karoo. Again, I’ll dive into the nuances of those later on. It’s really a game of details and tiny differences between them all.

However, none of them have training load or similar concepts (at all). My (major) annoyances with lack of Zwift or TrainerRoad app load counting in the Garmin realm aside, there’s simply nothing on the market that has the depth and integration that Garmin does when it comes to cycling and training load tracking. Now, that doesn’t mean Garmin’s features (largely driven via Firstbeat’s algorithms) are always right. Nor that you’ll even use them.

But, if you want them – and if you don’t want to pay another company/platform/coach for them, then they’re there for the taking.

GPS Accuracy:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-GPS-Accuracy

There’s likely no topic that stirs as much discussion and passion as GPS accuracy.  A watch could fall apart and give you dire electrical shocks while doing so, but if it shows you on the wrong side of the road?  Oh hell no, bring on the fury of the internet!

GPS accuracy can be looked at in a number of different ways, but I prefer to look at it using a number of devices in real-world scenarios across a vast number of activities.  I use 2-6 other devices at once, trying to get a clear picture of how a given set of devices handles conditions on a certain day.  Conditions include everything from tree/building cover to weather.

Over the years I’ve continued to tweak my GPS testing methodology.  For example, I try to not place two units next to each other on my wrists, as that can impact signal. In the case of GPS bike computers, I put multiple units on my handlebars, though quite well separated (such as one on an out-front mount, another on the stem, and others to the side of the handlebars).

Next, as noted, I use just my daily training routes.  Using a single route over and over again isn’t really indicative of real-world conditions, it’s just indicative of one route.  The workouts you see here are just my normal daily rides/workout. At least as much as is possible in this COVID-19 world without being able to travel far, I’ve varied my workouts and terrain (cities/buildings, trees, quiet roads, bridges, etc…). But, given I live in a pretty flat place (Amsterdam), it means there’s very little high-altitude mountain type testing right now. Maybe later this summer. Sorry!

(Now, I’ll give you a spoiler since you made it thus far: By and large it’s pretty rare to see GPS screw-ups on road-cycling routes. And frankly, that continues here. This section is super boring because nothing ‘exciting’ happened.)

First up for a test ride is just from yesterday on a very diverse route where I was basically trying to break navigation. In this case there were some forested sections, lots of tree-lined sections, some farm roads, and some buildings/underpasses here and there. It’s comparing the Edge 1030 Plus, Edge 130 Plus, Wahoo ROAM, and a Fenix 6 Pro on my wrist. Here’s those data files:

image

While my path looks drunk, I mostly wasn’t. I was just following canals/rivers and see how many wrong turns I could make before I really upset the navigation of the unit. Turns out, I couldn’t. On the GPS-side though, we’ll start off with the beginning forested area, and you can see all the units are super close:

image

It continues this way, so close together that you can barely tell there’s multiple lines there. Even on the swerving sections along the river, no divergence:

image

Interestingly however, a bit later I did see some divergence, specifically from the Edge 130 Plus. It went askew for about 300 meters long, slightly offset perhaps 30 meters or so. You can see the Wahoo ROAM barely snuck its head out as well. So whatever was going on with that section of tree-lined roadway, seemed to impact both – though not the others.

image

Later on as I pass some tall apartment buildings for a block or two there’s a slight bit more divergence from the different units, but we’re talking a handful of meters. When the tracks look so perfect on the rest of the ride, even the tiniest bit difference is noticed:

image

Later on in the ride we see a bit more of that slight divergence from the Edge 130 Plus, but the 1030 Plus and others remain near lock-step. The Wahoo ROAM did cut some corners though as you can see:

image

Here’s another example of a ROAM cut corner. Well, I guess this is technically an overshoot followed by an undershoot. It’s Mario Karting.

image

OK, let’s move along to another one, this time making it a bit more complex. Sure, the overall geographic spread is smaller here, but it’s because I’m doing repeated laps over and over and over at a local cycling track/loop. As such, that’ll make things much more difficult to see if it can maintain lap after lap on the exact same track. Here’s that data set:

image

To begin, I start-out going under a gigantic 6 or 60 lane highway/train tunnel thing. Like, all the lanes. Either way, there’s no issues here from anyone here. There’s technically a gap half-way through those lanes where the units can see the sky. So we see a little blip there, but nothing more than a couple meters worth.

image

Next, cruising through/along a forest to get to the track. Everything is spot-on here too:

image

So, let’s get right to the good stuff: The Track.

I’m going to split it in two pieces, the upper half and the lower half. Now, looking at the upper half it’s a bit hard to tell what’s going on, because the Casio unit is a bit wobbly.

image

So, let’s get rid of that. Here we go:

image

Now you can see all the units are very close to each other. What’s interesting though is each unit tends to have a slight preference in certain parts of the track where it might meander in/out towards a given section. For example, on the upper straight-away the Fenix 6 Pro seems to favor the southern side. Whereas the Edge 830 favors the northern side. Meanwhile, on that upper left corner turn, the Edge 130 Plus seems to favor the inside while the Edge 1030 Plus seems to hang out more middle of the road.

Here’s the mid of the track:

image

And here’s the lower half of the track:

image

Realistically, any of these GPS tracks are fine. I’d say there’s a bit more variability overall from the wrist-based Fenix 6, but for the GPS bike computers they’re all virtually identical, and when the Strava Live Segments were triggering on each loop, they were doing so almost all in concert.

So, overall that ride looks pretty good.

Let’s take a look at one last ride, this time a big ol’ loop starting in the city, and then heading out to the countryside, before looping back to reality again Here’s that data set:

image

For this route I decided to make things as difficult as I could, at least initially. So, I went down a street next to plenty of tall buildings. So far, pretty good. Not perfect, but about norm for GPS next to tall buildings:

image

And then, by pure dumb luck I made a right turn off-course instead of a left turn. This meant I went through a bicycle underpass that curves (kinda like a ‘J’) rather than just going over the street. Turns out, none of the GPS units were happy with that:

image

Everybody crapped the bed here. Now to be fair, there’s four massive tall buildings, including one I then go through after coming out of the tunnel. I could see why all the units were displeased at this juncture.

image

That said, within just a few meters of getting out of the buildings, all but the Edge 530 returned to the bike path immediately (a couple of seconds). The Edge 530 took a few hundred more meters before it trusted my navigational skills again. I can understand the hesitancy there.

At this point, things basically get boring again from a GPS standpoint:

image

A handful of minor quibbles here and there when passing under bridges, but nothing of significance:

image

For the most part, all the units were stuck on each other. Sometimes, like below when I passed under high tension wires, you see slight differences, but nothing much.

image

Mostly, it’s just boring and looks like this:

image

And that’s the overall gist of things with GPS on both the new Edge 1030 Plus and Edge 130 Plus: Boringly accurate.

For all these tests I used GPS+GLONASS, and all of them were mounted on the handlebars or an out-front mount depending on the day (or sometimes my top-tube near the stem). I didn’t see any difference in GPS accuracy between those different positions.

As I stated earlier, it’s super rare to have meaningful GPS accuracy issues for road cycling. You tend to get a bit more mountain-biking in the actual mountains (which I lack). I took my road bike off-road here on trails, and didn’t see any issues there. In fact, it’s how I did the recent Strava Local Legends post, using the Edge 1030 Plus on my handlebars as I completed 26 laps of that Strava Segment. Zero issues, and super dependable on each lap of it.

(Note: All of the charts in these accuracy portions were created using the DCR Analyzer tool.  It allows you to compare power meters/trainers, heart rate, cadence, speed/pace, GPS tracks and plenty more. You can use it as well for your own gadget comparisons, more details here.)

Summary:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Review-Summary

At the end of the day, the Edge 1030 Plus is essentially the bike computer you buy when someone asks ‘What’s the best GPS bike computer no matter the cost?’. There’s very few people out there that would argue that line of thinking. There’s no bike computer out there that approaches anything near the number of features the Edge 1030 Plus has. Not even close. And more importantly, whether you’re talking the original Edge 1030 or new Edge 1030 Plus – it just works, really well Kaspersky Virus Removal Tool Offline Installer the most part.

However, the question you probably need to ask yourself is: Do I need all these features? And, are they executed the best out there?

And the answer to that is more complex. A variant of ‘It depends’.

When it comes to things like mapping or navigation, I’m pretty sure most would agree Garmin wins that depth easily. However, when it comes to ease of use or setup, most people would argue Wahoo is simpler. Though Garmin is clearly making strides here, as we see with the new setup process – yet it still lacks phone data field/page configuration. And for Garmin it’s a tough balance of giving people the hundreds of features they’ve had on their past Edge units for the last 13 years (seriously), versus going with a far more reduced feature set that you’d find on competitor units. I can’t tell you (or them) what that balance is, or whether or not you’d even use those added features.

Whether it be a Garmin Edge series or a Wahoo ELEMENT ROAM, both will happily download those Strava or Komoot routes, pair to your sensors, show your standard data, and get you to your destination pretty much the same. It’s the added features which differentiate the Edge 1030 series, such as all the on-device routing features, the heatmap-driven data for when you go freestyling, or the extensive training load/focus type functionality. None of that exists elsewhere.

As for comparing it to the Edge 530 or Edge 830? Frankly, it’s mostly screen-size driven (and the free added maps now). If you boil it all down, for the most part the Edge 1030 Plus is giving you a bigger screen with global maps. And some minor other features. I’ve used the Edge 530 & Edge 830 as my daily-driver bike computers for over a year now. I’m perfectly happy with them. Will I use the Edge 1030 Plus going forward? Maybe? I don’t know. My answer is usually driven by whatever unit is actually charged up and closest to my handlebars when I head out the door.

But if it ends up being the Edge 1030 Plus – I’m pretty happy with what I’ve seen in my testing thus far with it.

Found This Post Useful? Support The Site!

Hopefully you found this review useful. At the end of the day, I’m an athlete just like you looking for the most detail possible on a new purchase – so my review is written from the standpoint of how I used the device. The reviews generally take a lot of hours to put together, so it’s a fair bit of work (and labor of love). As you probably noticed by looking below, I also take time to answer all the questions posted in the comments – and there’s quite a bit of detail in there as well.

If you're shopping for the Garmin Edge 1030 Plus or any other accessory items, please consider using the affiliate links below! As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. It doesn’t cost you anything extra, but your purchases help support this website a lot. Even more, if you use Backcountry.com or Competitive Cyclist with coupon code DCRAINMAKER, first time users save 15% on applicable products!

Источник: https://www.dcrainmaker.com/2020/06/garmin-edge-1030-plus-in-depth-review.html

X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021] -

Garmin Edge 1030 Plus In-Depth Review

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Review

Like with most Garmin products that tack on a ‘Plus’ designator, the changes from the Edge 1030 to the Edge 1030 Plus aren’t earth-shattering. In fact, the Edge 1030 received overwhelmingly more changes last summer when it got a massive firmware update sweep of features from the then new Edge 530 & Edge 830. Still, this unit does have some minor new features that fill in some of the cracks. And ultimately, if you were looking to get an Edge 1030, then just like with a new model year Apple product, you’ll take the minor changes over not.

Still, the Edge 1030 Plus changes aren’t throwaway either. There’s now a streamlined setup process that’ll migrate your old Edge settings and sensors (even from an Edge 1000), plus you’ve now (finally) got free global detailed maps for anywhere you go (except Asia). And the LiveTrack now will actually show your route to the friends/family you share it with. Plus lots of minor changes like re-routing quick-select options when you go off-course, and increased storage up to 32GB. And finally, new daily suggested structured workouts based on your training load.

All of which you can get the full details on in one super efficient video by hitting play below:

I’ve been using the Edge 1030 Plus for all my rides since last month, and I’ve got a pretty good handle on how exactly it works and whether these changes are worth the extra cash for an upgrade from an older Garmin (the price remains the same as the Edge 1030 at $599USD). As usual, this media loaner Edge 1030 Plus will go back to Garmin once I wrap up here with it, and then I’ll go out and get my own. If you found this review useful, simply hit up the links at the bottom of the page. Or, become a DCR Supporter (also, at the bottom).

With that, let’s dive into it!

What’s new:

DSC_6026

Now, I’m going to actually split this list in two. Mostly because it’s plausible (likely in fact), that someone looking at an older Edge 1030 review (even mine), might assume that a bunch of the features of the Edge 1030 Plus aren’t on the base Edge 1030. In fact, they are. They were just added last summer, nearly two years after the Edge 1030 came out.

So, this first list is the differences compared to a fully updated Edge 1030 unit today. In other words, if you just compared an up to date Edge 1030 to the new Edge 1030 Plus, what’s different:

– Now black instead of white: Just like the Bontrager Edge 1030 was, except this says Garmin instead of Bontrager
– *New setup routine: Sensors from your older Garmin unit are automatically imported for you on first use
– *New setup routine: Ride profiles and data fields from your older Garmin unit are automatically imported for you
– Now includes detailed maps for *ANYWHERE* you travel to (all regions…except Asia), free, inclusive of Topo data.
– Now includes Trailforks app pre-loaded (with full Trailforks data sets included)
– Now includes ForkSight, previous Edge 1030 update didn’t include this specifically
– New daily on-device workout suggestions based on training load
– New pause-route option (when you go freestyle off a course)
– New off-course re-route selection options
– *LiveTrack will now show the course/route that you’re on to your friends/family (whoever you’ve shared the route to)
– Onboard Storage size has been increased from 16GB to 32GB
– MicroSD card expansion slot has been removed (since you’ve got tons of on-board storage space)
– Beeper/Chirper an eff-ton louder (and a bit different)
– Up to 48 hours of GPS-on run time in a basic configuration, 36 in mid, and 24-hours in high navigation/sensor configuration
– New display/touchscreen to match that of the technology used on the Edge 830
– New Sony GPS Chipset (to match most other Garmin devices since 2019)

*These features will come to the existing Edge 1030, Edge 530, and Edge 830 later this year in Q4.

Now everything else you know about the Edge 1030 remains the same. The above are the only differences I’ve been able to find (or were told about).

As for the setup routine transfer bits, that’s actually pretty interesting. I’ll dig into it below, but in short, recent firmware updates for virtually every mid-range or higher Garmin Edge unit made in the last 6 years supports this. Specifically the Edge 1000, 1030, 520, 520 Plus, 530, 820, and 830.

Next though, we’ve got what is roughly the differences since release of the Edge 1030. This is somewhat of a throw-away list for users familiar with these products, but if you’re again coming from older reviews, it’s useful to understand what was added to the Edge 1030 from the Edge 530/830 series last year (via free firmware updates):

– Added ClimbPro: Automatically shows how much distance/elevation remains for each climb on route
– Added Mountain Bike Metrics: Shows Grit, Flow, and Jump details on both unit and Garmin Connect
– Added Heat Acclimation: Will automatically take into account heat/humidity for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Altitude Acclimation: Will automatically take into account (high) elevation for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Training Plan API support: This includes a redesigned structured workout execution page
– Added Courses API Support: This allows course/route downloads automatically from partners like Strava & Komoot
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Smart Alerts: When using a course/route, it’ll automatically figure out how much water/calories you should be taking
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Tracking: It allows you to record this data in ride summary screens and log it on Garmin Connect
– Added Performance Power Curve: This shows you your mean maximal power over different durations/time frames (like many training sites)
– Added Bike Alarm Feature: Used for cafes/bathroom stops, emits loud alarm if bike is moved
– Added ‘Find my Edge’ feature: Automatically record exact GPS location on your phone if Edge is disconnected (in case unit pops off)
– Added Training Plan Weather/Gear Tips: Basically tells you to HTFU when it’s cold out

Again, nothing on that list there is new to the Edge 1030 Plus. It’s simply making it clear that all those features that you might see marketed as Edge 1030 Plus features are also there on the Edge 1030 already today.

Ok, with that sweeping overview done, let’s dive into how to use it.

The Basics:

Edge1030Plus-Basics

In general I tend to skip over some of the setup aspects of devices these days since it’s trivial and repetitive (assuming no issues). But with the Edge 1030 Plus it’s notable because it’s a major shift for Garmin away from the past. It’s also an area that historically Wahoo has done SO MUCH better than Garmin (and a key thing people cite as to why they switched to a Wahoo unit over a Garmin).

So this time around I’m gonna talk about it, again, cause it’s finally different. Which isn’t to say its perfect, but it’s an improvement.  With the Edge 1030 Plus the setup process will do two key things:

A) It’ll import all your old screens/data field configuration from past Garmin Edge devices
B) It’ll import all your paired sensors automatically

How it does this is actually pretty interesting. With the first one, Garmin has released a firmware update for the following devices (Edge 520, Edge 520 Plus, Edge 530, Edge 820 Edge 830, Edge 1000, Edge 1030, Bontrager Edge 1030) quietly over the last month that enables those devices to be compatible with the Edge 1030 Plus setup process. So after you order your Edge 1030 Plus, go and update your older bike computer first and do a ride (even if just a few seconds) so that it’ll sync that data up.

As for sensors, those too are already happening in the background. Garmin will automatically pull in any paired sensors from the last 365 days of uploads to Garmin Connect – up to the maximum number of sensors the Edge 1030 Plus supports (30 total).

Here’s how this all looks in the real-world. First, it’ll pull in all your sensors found on Garmin Connect in the last 365 days.

DSC_6021

In my case with all the device testing I do, that means it punches itself in the #$#@. But after it’s done doing that, it does indeed pull down the most recent 30 sensors paired. For normal humans, that’ll more than cover your situations. Also, it’ll even include whatever you named those sensors too (for example my PowerTap P2 pedals are named ‘P2’, and my second set of PowerTap pedals on the Peloton bike are named ‘54715p3’, because when I named them many months ago one random night – that made sense in my head.

Lucky, you don’t see the Favero Assioma pedals in this list, because those are literally named ‘Ass pedals’, since that’s the shortest thing to type on this display.

DSC_6028

This is a one-time pull, so if you update the sensor’s names on other bike computers it won’t pull them in here the next time. Again, that’s fine for 99.99% of people.

Next, as you go through the setup process it’ll ask you if you want to copy in your activity profiles:

DSC_6024

So you’ll see my main activity profile is named as such immediately after setup:

DSC_6027

Now, with that all set let’s take a step back on the basics. The Edge 1030 Plus is a touch-screen driven unit with three dedicated buttons. One on the side for power, and then two at the bottom for stop/start, and lap.

GarminEdge1030Plus-Buttons

The touchscreen is improved over the existing Edge 1030, and is now using the same touchscreen tech as the Edge 830 (which, some 14 months later people seem pretty darn happy with). However, just to demonstrate this, I took it out in the rain…and you can see the footage of that in the video at the start of this post.

P1011013

On the bottom, you’ll find the same old tired micro-USB port. No USB-C here folks. I’m convinced they must ban shipments of USB-C ports to Kansas or something.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-USB-Port-BOO

On the main dashboard of the touchscreen are the main features. To start a ride you’d tap the big bike icon. Right now you see ‘DCR Road’, which indicates that’s the activity profile I’ve named. These profiles let you group settings together (such as data fields or how the map looks, hydration/nutrition settings, and a gazillion other features).

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-DashBoard

You can create numerous activity profiles called anything you want with color coding:

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-Activity-Profiles

Inside each activity profile you can make those aforementioned settings. Here’s a small survey of those settings:

Speaking of settings, there’s more general settings as well. These control things like sensors, safety features such as crash detection/notification, battery save modes, and even recording rates or HRV recording. It’s mostly dizzying what’s in here. Again, another gallery of various settings.

Since we’re talking settings and sensors, I’ll briefly dive into that. The Edge 1030 Plus supports pretty much every ANT+ & Bluetooth Sensor type in the fitness world for cycling, specifically the following:

ANT+ Cadence only sensors
ANT+ Edge Remote
ANT+ eBike
ANT+ Heart Rate
ANT Garmin inReach Devices (satellite messenger/communicator)
ANT+ Bike Lighting Control
ANT+ Power Meters
ANT+ Radar
ANT+ Gear Shifting (SRAM RED eTAP, Campagnolo EPS)
ANT Shimano DI2
ANT+ Speed/Cadence combo sensors
ANT+ Speed only sensors
ANT+ Varia Vision (aka remote displays)
ANT VIRB Action Cam
Bluetooth Smart Cadence only sensors
Bluetooth Smart Heart Rate
Bluetooth Smart Power Meters
Bluetooth Smart Speed/Cadence Combo
Bluetooth Smart Speed-only sensors

Oh, and then you’ve got 3rd party pieces like Muscle Oxygen sensor support via Connect IQ apps as well (for Moxy, and now discontinued BSX devices).  Plus other 3rd parties have done other private-ANT implementations via Connect IQ too. Same goes for aerodynamic sensors too.

You can pair and store up to 30 sensors. When you activate the sensor on your bike (usually by just spinning the crank or wheel), it’ll wake up the sensor and automatically connect to it. This sensor pool concept has been around many years and works pretty well, especially when you have multiple bikes.

With Garmin now owning Tacx, it also means they’ve ramped up their trainer control interfaces. Nothing here dramatic, and nothing specific to the Edge 1030 Plus, but we’ve seen Garmin spend much of this winter making minor iterations in each new Edge 530/830/1030 Plus firmware version to better integrate trainers. And in fact, virtually all of these changes are applicable for every model of trainer, not limited to Tacx ones (by doing so via ANT+ FE-C trainer control protocol).

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-TrainerControl

For example, you can now make indoor profiles not start LiveTrack automatically (or not start the lights automatically), or configure the trainer to ride a specific grade (instead of just a given wattage). And then there’s still the abilities to re-ride any route you’ve already ridden, or any route downloaded to the unit that has elevation data in it.

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-TrainerControl-Incline

I’ll touch more on structured training later in this review though. Most of the time you’re probably gonna be riding outdoors with it. To do that, you’ll tap the bicycle icon, which takes you to the data fields you’ve configured. Before you do that though, up at the top you can see your current GPS status, sensor status, phone status, and whether or not you graduated high school on the honor roll.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-StatusBar

Once in the data screens, you can simply press the start button to begin your ride:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-DataFields

You’ll swipe left and right to change your data screens. You can also long-hold a given data field to swap it out for something else if you want.

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Data-Fields

The lower left button is your lap button, while the lower right will pause your ride:

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Lap-Button

From a screen visibility standpoint,I’ve had zero issues seeing the screen. Nor have I seen any downstream impacts/issues with using the newer Edge 830 display technology (nor for that matter have I had any issues with my Edge 830’s display in the last 14 months or so).

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-23h23m19s065

Once you’re done with your ride it’ll sync via WiFi or Bluetooth Smart automatically to your phone or home WiFi network. Or, if you plug in your Garmin Edge 1030 Plus it’ll sync via USB with Garmin Express. Or, you can simply grab the completed .FIT file off of it like a USB hard drive. Once that’s done it’ll sync that ride to Garmin Connect and then onwards to platforms like Strava, TrainingPeaks, and more. The world is your oyster there (as long as that oyster isn’t Dropbox, sadly).

On the Garmin Connect Mobile app you can look more deeply at your ride and sensor data:

Same goes for online at Garmin Connect web too:

image

None of this has changed from any past Garmin device – it all works the same here.

With that, we’ve covered the basics of the Edge 1030 Plus. I’ve got separate sections for Mapping/Navigation, and another for the structured training aspects. Of course, there are so many features on the Edge 1030 Plus it’s impossible to write about them all without publishing an entire book (unless you consider this 10,000+ word review a book). So invariably there’s some aspect of the unit I didn’t cover here. I try and test and use the devices just like any other person and that includes the features I use personally. And just like you, I probably won’t use every feature combination personally (nobody could, there’s hundreds, if not thousands, of combinations).

But I think the features I do use are most indicative of what most folks use. So, let’s talk mapping.

Mapping & Navigation:

DSC_6012

For the most part, the mapping and navigation on the Edge 1030 Plus hasn’t substantially changed. Instead, the changes are more incremental, though – one is a massive new ‘benefit’ – the inclusion of all maps globally (except Asia). When you buy an Edge 1030 Plus you’ll get on the device itself a ‘pair’, of two regions pre-loaded with detailed TopoActive maps. Here’s the listing of SKU’s and pairings:

North America SKU: Includes North America and European maps

Europe SKU:
Includes North America and European / Africa maps

Australia/New Zealand SKU:
Includes Australia / New Zealand and European / Africa maps

South America SKU:
Includes North America and South American maps.

Asia: Now this is a tough nut. Folks from regions OUTSIDE of Asia will not get Asian maps. My assumption is this is due to the character sets loaded, but I’ve asked Garmin for a technical explanation of why this will. Will update when I hear back.

This by itself is a huge deal in the Garmin world. Up until now you only got maps for the region you bought it in. For anything else you had to use 3rd party maps (and you still can if you want). However, those maps lacked the underlying heatmap (aka Trendline Popularity routing) data that’s so useful when you’re out and about and want a faster/better/different route. So the fact that you now get multiple regions pre-loaded is big.

But what’s even bigger is Garmin is finally joining all of their rivals in allowing you to download maps for any region out there. To do that you’ll use a computer (Mac or PC) and the Garmin Express app, which shows you the regions you want. Remember the Edge 1030 Plus got expanded storage, now 32GB instead of 16GB. In general, regions tends to be about 7-9GB.

Here’s what my North America one shows (in this case, Africa falls under the Europe mapset), when I go to the new ‘Manage Maps’ option in Garmin Express:

image

Note that there isn’t a WiFi-driven option (like with Wahoo, Hammerhead, and Sigma). I’d love to see them offer that eventually. There’s pros and cons to both methods. For example, the WiFi one is great when you’re at home on a WiFi network that doesn’t have an ‘I Accept’ type page. However, that approach entirely breaks if you’re at a hotel, Starbucks, etc, where the bike computer can’t press the “I Accept” button. So in this case as long as you had a computer with you that could connect to WiFi, then you’re golden. Or just remember to add the regions ahead of time.

When it comes to the Edge 1030 Plus, you’ve got a few ways you can route:

– Load a course from a platform like Strava Routes, Komoot, RideWithGPS, or others
– Create a course on Garmin Connect (web or smartphone)
– Enter an address/location/point of interest on the Edge 1030 Plus itself
– Re-ride a past activity as a course on the Edge 1030 Plus
– Wave it around in the sky and hope it gets you somewhere
– Have it generate a ‘Round-Trip Course’ on the fly with a given distance/preferred direction
– Route to a saved location (such as your home/work/etc…)
– Browse the map and navigate to that location
– Leverage TrailForks for mountain bike trails (on-device)
– Manually load a GPX/TCX/FIT file course onto the Edge 1030 Plus
– Route ‘Back to start’ mid-ride

Seriously, there’s so many ways to ride a route/course it’s kinda nuts. And frankly, there’s even variants of the above.

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-Routing-Options

It used to be that the main thing the Edge 10xx series devices had over lesser devices was being able to pick an address/POI/etc and route directly to it on the Edge. However, these days the Edge 830 can do that, and the Edge 530 can do aspects of that too. Instead, for the most part what you’re paying for with the Edge 10xx series is a larger screen.

In my case, I predominantly use Strava Routes for all my routes, though I’ve done a few recent ones with Komoot. One thing to be aware of with Garmin Routes is that *ONLY* Strava routes using the new routing API will include Strava Segments. So, if you use a Komoot route, you won’t get any Strava Live Segments on your Garmin during the ride (they’ll show up afterwards when you upload the ride). This sucks for people that really like other non-Strava mapping platforms but still like Strava Live Segments.

I wrote an entire post just a few weeks ago on how that all works, so I won’t re-hash it. But in short, once you create a route on Strava and then favorite it, it’ll automatically show up on your Edge 1030 Plus as soon as it syncs (via WiFi, Bluetooth, or USB). It won’t pull down previously starred routes though, so you’ll need to unstar and start them to get them to sync to a newly setup Edge 1030 Plus.

image

Though, there still isn’t any easy/obvious way to tell an already-on Edge to simply grab the latest routes from those platforms (like there is on the Wahoo units). In any case…from there you’ll tap Navigation > Courses > Saved Courses, and choose the course you want:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-Select-Course

At this point you can view summary information about the course, as well as the map, elevation data, and even tweak the color of the line.

Garmin-Edge1030-Plus-Course-OptionsGarmin-Edge-1030-Plus-MapView

Note that depending on how big the course is, it won’t show the high detail map until you zoom in a bit, which is kinda weird.

Obviously, being in the city below with lots of canals, it’s kinda hard to see the blue line of the route.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-MapViewDetailed

You’ll go ahead and tap the ride button, which will start calculating the route. It won’t actually start your timer yet (but will remind you). Now the calculation is something that Garmin says they’ve significantly improved here, via increasing the processor hardware. Specifically they said it should be in line with the Edge 830 now and significantly faster than the original Edge 1030. It does seem that way in some places, but not others – notably, not in calculating routes though for me, which still takes a long-ass time (like, many minutes).

Garmin says a firmware update that the city-aspect with the extreme density of bike routes in Amsterdam is slowing things down. However, most places won’t see that level of density.

Now, it’s worthwhile noting that you don’t have to wait for it to finish ‘calculating’ the route. You can press start almost immediately and it’ll still give you routing details immediately. It’ll just finish the rest of the course in the background. I tried that on a few routes and it did it just fine.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-Calculating

While you’re riding you’ll get turn by turn directions as you approach a given turn. So you can stay on your normal data fields/pages, and then when you near a turn, it’ll chirp and show you this page – counting down till the turn. Here’s three different looks at that.

611193076068

After the turn, it’ll go back to your regular data fields. You can also simply keep the map page up the entire time if you want as well:

497614541601

Now if you go off-course it’ll warn you within usually about 3-5 seconds depending on your speed. However, this is where one of the changes is on the Edge 1030 Plus – the new re-routing and pause navigation options. Once you go off-course, you’ll get three new ‘Re-routing’ options:

A) Re-join where you left the course
B) Skip ahead to the next logical point to re-join course
C) Cut across the course to somewhere way downstream

How each of these reacts will depend entirely on your course and where you are. For example, on my ride this morning (which was a wonky lollipop route), I made a purposeful route diversion in the first 60 seconds. The three options thus were quite drastically different, with the rejoin/skip being spot-on as expected, but the ‘Cut Across’ option basically said ‘Let’s call it a day and go home’. And you can’t really fault Garmin here, it’s doing exactly what it says – cut the course (useful on a much longer course when you just need to get home).

Here’s those three screens from today’s ride:

118911941203

In addition, the new pause navigation option is handy when you might specifically go off-route to a coffee shop and don’t want to be constantly beeped about it. Or, recently I used it when I created a course that led me to a track where I was doing loops for a while. I didn’t want to create that as part of my route, so this allowed me to pause navigation while I did my loops, and then resume it when I was done.

You can see this comes up on any screen you’re o, so you don’t have to be in the map screen. That ‘Re-Route’ button takes you to the three options listed above.

918411755465

From an overall routing standpoint, I haven’t had any route/re-routing/calculation type failures issues on any of my rides. I’ve purposefully gone off-course numerous times to see how it’d handle (and a few times not on course). In fact, over the last 2-3 weeks I’ve tried planning numerous new routes or portions of routes that I haven’t ever ridden before, just to put it to the test. And I’ve purposefully gone off course so many times I’m sure my LiveTrack following peeps thought I was stupid or drunk (or both).

Zero issues.

But then again, that’s probably not surprising. If we look at the Edge 1030 Garmin Forums, you’ll find over the last 30 days that there are a mere 2 threads related to routing issues (out of hundreds of posts). One thread had no usable detail/information, while the other did, but seemed related to loading additional maps. Point being, routing on these devices is rarely an issue in 2020 – and that’s what I saw.

The main factor that’s probably worth complaining about is more the speed of the display. Compared to the Hammerhead Karoo or Sigma ROX12 units based on Android, it’s substantially slower and less responsive (those act like the phones they are). The challenge is: Is that trade-off worth it?

DSC_6017

From a routing standpoint, Garmin’s map layers have consistently performed better for me (especially in edge cases). But sidestepping that, and talking displays, it’s trickier. The Hammerhead Karoo has a stunning display and as you move around with your fingers to see what’s around you, it’s as fast as a phone. Though, it lacks POI (points of interest database) information. Visibility-wise both seem fine to me, no issues in sun or rain. And touch-screen-wise, all companies there have done things that makes that a non-issue (again, even in rain – as seen above).

Of course, the main reason Garmin uses the display technology they do is battery life. Specifically, conservation of it. Garmin claims upwards of 24hrs of runtime on the Edge 1030 Plus. Whereas the Karoo claims 12-15 hours depending on features. Now, whether or not that matters to an individual rider will vary. While the ‘that’s damn pretty’ aspect of me appreciates the Karoo display’s speed, the practical side of me knows that from a routing/re-routing standpoint it hasn’t really mattered any. As anyone in the industry will tell you, Garmin’s real secret sauce at this point is the heatmap (Trendline Popularity routing) data, which basically means taking all the tens of millions of rides that users upload each year to Garmin Connect automatically, and determining the best bike routes from that. Their other secret sauce is having simply done bicycle routing for more than a decade now. It makes it immensely difficult for their competitors to catch-up on that specific piece. Inversely, having a decades worth of features make it hard for Garmin to make tough decisions on legacy features that weigh it down.

DSC_6013

Switching topics briefly to some of the on-device routing functions, there’s round-trip routing, which gives you three different one-off routes you can follow, based on the distance you selected. You can also specify a direction of travel.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-RoundTripRouting

The Edge 1030 series allows you to enter in a specific street address you want to route to:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-addressLocation

As well as search for nearby points of interest. such as restaurants or tourist type things. Obviously, I always search for movie theaters with my Edge units.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-POI-Search

I almost never use POI search, it’s not that it doesn’t work (it does). It’s just that my phone and Google Maps is simply so much better at that than Garmin’s unit – especially for handling things like whether or not a café is even open, or if the coffee is actually any good. Nobody wants a bad café mid-ride. And this is where I wish there was better one-off integration between the Garmin Connect Mobile app and the Edge 1030 Plus mid-ride. For example, on a Wahoo ELEMNT/ROAM/BOLT I can quickly do a one-off route to a given spot in a few seconds and off I go with the Wahoo. That’s simply not viable nor quick on the Edge series. In Garmin’s line of thinking, you do that one-off routing on-device. But I’m not sure that’s what people actually want in 2020.

Wahoo-ROAM-One-Off-Routing

Moving along, given this section is about navigating, it seems fitting to end on the new LiveTracking with course display feature. Mind you, LiveTracking is certainly not new to Garmin devices. It’s been around nearly a decade – and ignored nearly as long. But last year they started refocusing on behind the scenes platform aspects around reliability and stability, and this appears to be some of the culmination of some of that. Specifically, with today’s announcement two things happen:

– The LiveTracking platform gets a user interface refresh from 2010 to 2020
– LiveTracking now will display your planned course that you loaded on your Garmin

The first one will start being shown to everyone, given it’s a backend piece. While the second one will be rolled out to certain devices – notably the Edge 530, Edge 830, Edge 130 Plus, and Edge 1030 Plus. I don’t know about plans for any other devices/wearables (though Garmin says they have plans there, but haven’t finalized them yet).

From a user standpoint, you’ll enable LiveTracking as normal in the smartphone app. Remember, LiveTracking uses your phone to transmit your position to friends and family. The Edge doesn’t have any cellular connectivity/SIM card itself, so it needs that phone connection to access the interwebs. You can specify which e-mail addresses (or Twitter accounts) to send tracking details to.

2020-06-15 12.50.192020-06-15 12.50.25

Also, you can toggle the ability to automatically do this every time, as well as to use Strava Beacon (which can send text messages). Also, you can enable the option to extend how long the link lives, up to 24hrs. This is handy because otherwise once you end your workout, the link dies(which would be confusing to someone). So this way they know you’ve completed the activity.

I’ve got mine configured to simply send a live tracking link every time I ride. As long as Garmin Connect Mobile (the phone app) is running somewhere in the background on your phone it usually works. You’ll get confirmation at the top of the device that LiveTracking is functioning:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-DataFields

Also, on your phone, you’ll get a message that the LiveTrack has successfully initiated.

2020-06-15 12.52.39

Meanwhile, your peeps get the following e-mail:

image

They can click on the link and that brings them here. In the below screenshot you can see I went specifically off-course (which is purple), where my blue line was off in the forest.

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-22h38m42s526

This page shows your current position, updated every 30 seconds, and then additional metrics on the side – including Speed, Elevation, Heart Rate, Power, and Cadence (if you have those sensors). They’ll also see splits.

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-22h38m22s122

Now, my experience with the route showing bit has been good – that’s worked. And again, it’s cool to see the off-course pieces show up on the live tracking link:

image

However, I’ve had numerous troubles with the actual underlying LiveTracking connection and my phone (it simply transmitting my position, and/or drops the connection to the Edge). Garmin has been extensively troubleshooting them with more logging than an astronaut. For whatever reason, over the years I’ve always had a really rough time with stability and Garmin LiveTrack. And up until today’s ride, that theme had continued.

On today’s ride though, using some updated software and a few other tweaks, I was able to get through the entire ride without a failure. I’ll keep trying over the next month or so and report back on whether that trend continues.

Finally, for lack of anywhere else to stick it – note that the Edge 1030 Plus supports the Garmin external battery pack if you plan to go more than 24-48 hours. Sure, you can simply use a micro-USB cable and a USB battery pack just fine (really, it works just fine) to provide constant power. The only catch with that is if it rains. But if you’re riding in sun – go forth!

Still, if you want a clean/integrated option, there’s the external battery pack that locks into the bottom of the unit with a Garmin mount:

Garmin-Edge-Baterry-Pack

The battery pack itself charges via micro-USB, like most battery packs out there today.  It has a 3,300mAh capacity, so it’s on the lower end of USB battery packs its size.  Though, it’s also designed to be waterproof (IPX7, so up to 1m for up to 30 mins) and snap onto the front of a bike computer at speed.  Obviously, there are tradeoffs here compared to a simple USB lipstick charger.

Garmin-Edge-BatteryPack-Ports

The unit has battery status indicators on the edge of it, allowing you to see current battery status.  Unfortunately there isn’t anything clever like Apple’s own iPhone case where it shows battery status of the battery within the Edge unit, though that’d be cool.

Garmin-Edge-BatteryPack-LED-StautsLights

On the bottom of the unit, near the micro-USB charging port, you’ll also find a regular USB charging port so you can charge your phone or other device.

As a pro tip, I take along this simple and cheap charging cable with me if I’m headed out for a long ride.  It allows me to charge my phone via it (has Micro-USB, USB-C, Apple Lightning, mini-USB connectors), and I can even plug the battery pack into a USB port at a café or such.  It’s like my most favorite $8 cable ever.

DSC_0939

Finally, this whole thing locks in place using a locking system on the out-front mount that you swap out. Hell, they even have a TT-compatible mount these days for it, in case you wanted to do a 48hr time-trial bike ride:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Battery-PackGarmin-Edge-1030-Battery-Pack-TT-Mount

The thing is pretty stable though, so I don’t expect any issues.  Nor have I had any issues in terms of cobbles or the like. It’s a rock-solid locking system, very similar to that of the Garmin UT-800 lights.

From a battery standpoint, the built-in battery on the Edge 1030 Plus has the following specs:

image

Note that Garmin says the number of vehicles that pass you can have an impact if using radar, as can the complexity of the course.

In looking at some of my rides, I’d roughly fall under the ‘High’ configuration (usually 3-4 sensors, with mapping), and taking a look at a random nearly 82-minute long ride (doing a structured workout atop mapping), I burned 6% of battery (from 94% to 87%). Also, in this case, the backlight was on HIGH (not auto), because I was also taking photos/video. As such, that’ll burn more battery than anything. In any case, that gives me a 5.12%/hour battery burn rate, or essentially 19 hours worth. But again, the backlight set for ‘HIGH’ is really what brought it down.

image

So, for another ride, I set the backlight on auto (on a sunny day), again, with navigation and four sensors. Here’s what that looked like – 3.16%/hour, or basically 31 hours worth.

image

Ultimately, battery fun aside, from a navigational standpoint the minor tweaks to the Edge 1030 Plus are appreciated. And from a functionality standpoint I didn’t have any errors on the navigational front during my rides (LiveTrack is different however, as noted). But more broadly than navigation is the map inclusions/loading piece. That’s huge if you travel a lot (as I do, well, did till this year anyway). That makes your life so much easier than dealing with loading 3rd party maps that don’t have all the heatmap cycling-specific data you want them to.

Structured Training:

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Training

The Edge 1030 Plus takes a quiet, but important, step forward in terms of Garmin making training recommendations for any given day. In fact, it’s the first Garmin unit to specifically recommend a workout/duration based on your day to day training load. This essentially follows what Polar did with the Polar Ignite a year ago, except, focused on cycling.

Anytime you power on the Edge 1030 Plus it’ll quickly and quietly go and grab your latest training load data from Garmin Connect behind the scenes. It’s doing this to ensure that if you did other workouts (like a run) on a Garmin product such as a Fenix or Forerunner watch, that it’s aware of that training load. It doesn’t want to give you a hard workout if you ran 20 miles yesterday. You’ll see this at the top of the screen, where it says ‘Downloading’. If you’re at home, it’ll do this via WiFi in most cases.

A few seconds later, once it’s done, you’ll get a workout of the day recommendation (officially called the ‘Daily Suggested Workout’), that you see in the photo above. When you tap ‘Review Workout’, you’ll get more details on it:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-SuggestedWorkout

And then more details yet again n the specific steps, in this case a pretty…simplistic…workout:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-DailySuggestedWorkout-Details

Now, if you’re part of a specific training plan, such as one from TrainerRoad, then those will take precedence. However, as of today, it’ll still give me a recommendation ignoring that plan. I’m told that’ll change in the next firmware update very shortly to account for the known training plan. Also, it doesn’t seem to be pulling down anything more than just today’s TrainerRoad workout (it should at least also be pulling down tomorrow’s).

The daily suggested workout engine leverages the Training Status, Training Load Balance, and daily tracked VO2 Max data. However, in order for it to work it needs both heart rate and power meter data. Otherwise it doesn’t really know how much training load you’re actually getting.

You’ll see your training load after every ride, as well as in the dashboard menu under ‘My Stats’. You’ll first see this dashboard on your training status, which at the moment thinks I’m “unproductively” managing my training due to the higher load versus recovery. Normally I’d say ‘FU Garmin’, but honestly in this specific week it’s right.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-Unproductive

If you tap on that ‘Unproductive’ banner, you’ll see your VO2Max stats, Training Load, and Load Focus. The Training Load page shows how much load you’ve had over the last 7 days, and the color-coding designates the load focus area. You can see yesterday (Sunday) I basically took the day off, with only a tiny little bit of easy pedaling with my kids. At the time I took this first photo, I hadn’t done my Monday ride yet.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Unproductive

If I look at the Load Focus, you’ll see it’s overwhelmingly way too much ‘High Aerobic’. Now, I’d generally disagree with Garmin/FirstBeat here on the distribution. I find in general it’s far too conservative for me on high aerobic balance. Yes, this week is definitely out of whack, but it’s almost unheard of for me to see the ‘High Aerobic’ in the right zone (the dotted lines).

Garmin-Edge1030Plus-Load-Focus

However, about an hour after taking the above photos, I went out for a 90-minute ride. Nothing too hard, just base mileage cruising around. That ride apparently gave me redemption. Somewhat ironic if you ask me.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-TrainingStatusGarmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Training-Status-Load

Seems a bit peculiar that it’s complaining about my load being too high one second, and then the next it’s OK with it. Though there also may be an element of timing here in that if my previous Monday ride (a bit harder) was higher and then ‘fell off’ the exact 7-day rolling window, replaced by this less challenging ride.

And then there’s your VO2 Max scores. This too requires a power meter. Keep in mind though that VO2 Max won’t shift much, but it’s also typically dependent on having hard VO2 Max workouts to trigger newer values.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-VO2Max-Score

If I go back to the main ‘Stats’ dashboard after this ride you’ll see my Recovery Hours remaining – 22 hours (about right), and then my current estimated FTP at 285w. Currently, my latest FTP test about three weeks ago with TrainerRoad put me at 299w, but I didn’t use this device for that test. So it’s had to make its calculations on other workouts. I suspect we’d see them very close after my next test.

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-TrainingStatusDSC_5977

You can dive into things like your power curve (Mean-Max power) over different time frames:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-MeanMaxLoad

Or double-check your profile like age and weight. If you have a Garmin Index scale it’ll automatically update the weight for you.

It’s worth noting that you can connect your Zwift or TrainerRoad accounts to Garmin Connect and receive workouts into your Garmin account completed on Zwift/TrainerRoad. However, and this is a HUGE however, you WILL NOT get any training load credit on any of the above screens for those workouts. Nor on any other Garmin device. Frankly, this is stupid, frustrating, and infuriating. All it does is make you double-record things and then delete workouts. Why bother making an integration that just fires blanks?

Now, that said, if you do a TrainerRoad workout on your unit, then it’ll compute it. However, you’ll then lose out on all the descriptive text you’d get on the TrainerRoad app for inside workouts. I’ve got a separate post coming on that (probably), but we can touch on it briefly in terms of how structured workouts work on the Edge 1030 Plus. In fact, I’ve done a number of TrainerRoad Outside workouts on the Edge 1030 Plus in recent weeks, and those have worked well. And, since these work identically to other structured workouts you might create yourself or push from apps like TrainingPeaks, FinalSurge, or Today’s Plan, then I can show them all in one boat.

To begin, the Edge will display/suggest a workout pushed to it that’s on your calendar for that day. For example, this one:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-TrainerRoad-Workout

Upon selecting it (or any other in your training library), you’ll see the exact steps listed out. Depending on how the workout is created, it’ll either automatically advance through each step, or some steps might wait for you. For example, on most of my TrainerRoad outside workouts it’ll actually wait for you to press the ‘lap’ button before advancing from a rest segment to a work interval – in case you’re contending with traffic lights or such.

Garmin-Edge-1030-Plus-Workout-Details

Once you’ve begun your workout it’ll show you steps as they approach, and then list the current step targets. You can customize these fields however you’d want:

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-23h29m41s117

Rinse and repeat until the end of your workout. The most challenging part of doing a structured workout with specific power zones outside won’t be the technology, it’ll likely be your ability to pace power with rolling terrain to exacting targets. TrainerRoad actually has some good suggestions on how to set up your data fields to best tackle these workouts at the bottom of this page, and their suggestions apply no matter whether you’re using TrainerRoad or some other platform.

vlcsnap-2020-06-15-23h29m29s517

When it comes to structured workout execution, Garmin’s main competitors on the cycling-specific side here are Stages and Wahoo, with Hammerhead also adding in structured workouts recently to their Karoo. Again, I’ll dive into the nuances of those later on. It’s really a game of details and tiny differences between them all.

However, none of them have training load or similar concepts (at all). My (major) annoyances with lack of Zwift or TrainerRoad app load counting in the Garmin realm aside, there’s simply nothing on the market that has the depth and integration that Garmin does when it comes to cycling and training load tracking. Now, that doesn’t mean Garmin’s features (largely driven via Firstbeat’s algorithms) are always right. Nor that you’ll even use them.

But, if you want them – and if you don’t want to pay another company/platform/coach for them, then they’re there for the taking.

GPS Accuracy:

Garmin-Edge-1030Plus-GPS-Accuracy

There’s likely no topic that stirs as much discussion and passion as GPS accuracy.  A watch could fall apart and give you dire electrical shocks while doing so, but if it shows you on the wrong side of the road?  Oh hell no, bring on the fury of the internet!

GPS accuracy can be looked at in a number of different ways, but I prefer to look at it using a number of devices in real-world scenarios across a vast number of activities.  I use 2-6 other devices at once, trying to get a clear picture of how a given set of devices handles conditions on a certain day.  Conditions include everything from tree/building cover to weather.

Over the years I’ve continued to tweak my GPS testing methodology.  For example, I try to not place two units next to each other on my wrists, as that can impact signal. In the case of GPS bike computers, I put multiple units on my handlebars, though quite well separated (such as one on an out-front mount, another on the stem, and others to the side of the handlebars).

Next, as noted, I use just my daily training routes.  Using a single route over and over again isn’t really indicative of real-world conditions, it’s just indicative of one route.  The workouts you see here are just my normal daily rides/workout. At least as much as is possible in this COVID-19 world without being able to travel far, I’ve varied my workouts and terrain (cities/buildings, trees, quiet roads, bridges, etc…). But, given I live in a pretty flat place (Amsterdam), it means there’s very little high-altitude mountain type testing right now. Maybe later this summer. Sorry!

(Now, I’ll give you a spoiler since you made it thus far: By and large it’s pretty rare to see GPS screw-ups on road-cycling routes. And frankly, that continues here. This section is super boring because nothing ‘exciting’ happened.)

First up for a test ride is just from yesterday on a very diverse route where I was basically trying to break navigation. In this case there were some forested sections, lots of tree-lined sections, some farm roads, and some buildings/underpasses here and there. It’s comparing the Edge 1030 Plus, Edge 130 Plus, Wahoo ROAM, and a Fenix 6 Pro on my wrist. Here’s those data files:

image

While my path looks drunk, I mostly wasn’t. I was just following canals/rivers and see how many wrong turns I could make before I really upset the navigation of the unit. Turns out, I couldn’t. On the GPS-side though, we’ll start off with the beginning forested area, and you can see all the units are super close:

image

It continues this way, so close together that you can barely tell there’s multiple lines there. Even on the swerving sections along the river, no divergence:

image

Interestingly however, a bit later I did see some divergence, specifically from the Edge 130 Plus. It went askew for about 300 meters long, slightly offset perhaps 30 meters or so. You can see the Wahoo ROAM barely snuck its head out as well. So whatever was going on with that section of tree-lined roadway, seemed to impact both – though not the others.

image

Later on as I pass some tall apartment buildings for a block or two there’s a slight bit more divergence from the different units, but we’re talking a handful of meters. When the tracks look so perfect on the rest of the ride, even the tiniest bit difference is noticed:

image

Later on in the ride we see a bit more of that slight divergence from the Edge 130 Plus, but the 1030 Plus and others remain near lock-step. The Wahoo ROAM did cut some corners though as you can see:

image

Here’s another example of a ROAM cut corner. Well, I guess this is technically an overshoot followed by an undershoot. It’s Mario Karting.

image

OK, let’s move along to another one, this time making it a bit more complex. Sure, the overall geographic spread is smaller here, but it’s because I’m doing repeated laps over and over and over at a local cycling track/loop. As such, that’ll make things much more difficult to see if it can maintain lap after lap on the exact same track. Here’s that data set:

image

To begin, I start-out going under a gigantic 6 or 60 lane highway/train tunnel thing. Like, all the lanes. Either way, there’s no issues here from anyone here. There’s technically a gap half-way through those lanes where the units can see the sky. So we see a little blip there, but nothing more than a couple meters worth.

image

Next, cruising through/along a forest to get to the track. Everything is spot-on here too:

image

So, let’s get right to the good stuff: The Track.

I’m going to split it in two pieces, the upper half and the lower half. Now, looking at the upper half it’s a bit hard to tell what’s going on, because the Casio unit is a bit wobbly.

image

So, let’s get rid of that. Here we go:

image

Now you can see all the units are very close to each other. What’s interesting though is each unit tends to have a slight preference in certain parts of the track where it might meander in/out towards a given section. For example, on the upper straight-away the Fenix 6 Pro seems to favor the southern side. Whereas the Edge 830 favors the northern side. Meanwhile, on that upper left corner turn, the Edge 130 Plus seems to favor the inside while the Edge 1030 Plus seems to hang out more middle of the road.

Here’s the mid of the track:

image

And here’s the lower half of the track:

image

Realistically, any of these GPS tracks are fine. I’d say there’s a bit more variability overall from the wrist-based Fenix 6, but for the GPS bike computers they’re all virtually identical, and when the Strava Live Segments were triggering on each loop, they were doing so almost all in concert.

So, overall that ride looks pretty good.

Let’s take a look at one last ride, this time a big ol’ loop starting in the city, and then heading out to the countryside, before looping back to reality again Here’s that data set:

image

For this route I decided to make things as difficult as I could, at least initially. So, I went down a street next to plenty of tall buildings. So far, pretty good. Not perfect, but about norm for GPS next to tall buildings:

image

And then, by pure dumb luck I made a right turn off-course instead of a left turn. This meant I went through a bicycle underpass that curves (kinda like a ‘J’) rather than just going over the street. Turns out, none of the GPS units were happy with that:

image

Everybody crapped the bed here. Now to be fair, there’s four massive tall buildings, including one I then go through after coming out of the tunnel. I could see why all the units were displeased at this juncture.

image

That said, within just a few meters of getting out of the buildings, all but the Edge 530 returned to the bike path immediately (a couple of seconds). The Edge 530 took a few hundred more meters before it trusted my navigational skills again. I can understand the hesitancy there.

At this point, things basically get boring again from a GPS standpoint:

image

A handful of minor quibbles here and there when passing under bridges, but nothing of significance:

image

For the most part, all the units were stuck on each other. Sometimes, like below when I passed under high tension wires, you see slight differences, but nothing much.

image

Mostly, it’s just boring and looks like this:

image

And that’s the overall gist of things with GPS on both the new Edge 1030 Plus and Edge 130 Plus: Boringly accurate.

For all these tests I used GPS+GLONASS, and all of them were mounted on the handlebars or an out-front mount depending on the day (or sometimes my top-tube near the stem). I didn’t see any difference in GPS accuracy between those different positions.

As I stated earlier, it’s super rare to have meaningful GPS accuracy issues for road cycling. You tend to get a bit more mountain-biking in the actual mountains (which I lack). I took my road bike off-road here on trails, and didn’t see any issues there. In fact, it’s how I did the recent Strava Local Legends post, using the Edge 1030 Plus on my handlebars as I completed 26 laps of that Strava Segment. Zero issues, and super dependable on each lap of it.

(Note: All of the charts in these accuracy portions were created using the DCR Analyzer tool.  It allows you to compare power meters/trainers, heart rate, cadence, speed/pace, GPS tracks and plenty more. You can use it as well for your own gadget comparisons, more details here.)

Summary:

Garmin-Edge-1030-Review-Summary

At the end of the day, the Edge 1030 Plus is essentially the bike computer you buy when someone asks ‘What’s the best GPS bike computer no matter the cost?’. There’s very few people out there that would argue that line of thinking. There’s no bike computer out there that approaches anything near the number of features the Edge 1030 Plus has. Not even close. And more importantly, whether you’re talking the original Edge 1030 or new Edge 1030 Plus – it just works, really well for the most part.

However, the question you probably need to ask yourself is: Do I need all these features? And, are they executed the best out there?

And the answer to that is more complex. A variant of ‘It depends’.

When it comes to things like mapping or navigation, I’m pretty sure most would agree Garmin wins that depth easily. However, when it comes to ease of use or setup, most people would argue Wahoo is simpler. Though Garmin is clearly making strides here, as we see with the new setup process – yet it still lacks phone data field/page configuration. And for Garmin it’s a tough balance of giving people the hundreds of features they’ve had on their past Edge units for the last 13 years (seriously), versus going with a far more reduced feature set that you’d find on competitor units. I can’t tell you (or them) what that balance is, or whether or not you’d even use those added features.

Whether it be a Garmin Edge series or a Wahoo ELEMENT ROAM, both will happily download those Strava or Komoot routes, pair to your sensors, show your standard data, and get you to your destination pretty much the same. It’s the added features which differentiate the Edge 1030 series, such as all the on-device routing features, the heatmap-driven data for when you go freestyling, or the extensive training load/focus type functionality. None of that exists elsewhere.

As for comparing it to the Edge 530 or Edge 830? Frankly, it’s mostly screen-size driven (and the free added maps now). If you boil it all down, for the most part the Edge 1030 Plus is giving you a bigger screen with global maps. And some minor other features. I’ve used the Edge 530 & Edge 830 as my daily-driver bike computers for over a year now. I’m perfectly happy with them. Will I use the Edge 1030 Plus going forward? Maybe? I don’t know. My answer is usually driven by whatever unit is actually charged up and closest to my handlebars when I head out the door.

But if it ends up being the Edge 1030 Plus – I’m pretty happy with what I’ve seen in my testing thus far with it.

Found This Post Useful? Support The Site!

Hopefully you found this review useful. At the end of the day, I’m an athlete just like you looking for the most detail possible on a new purchase – so my review is written from the standpoint of how I used the device. The reviews generally take a lot of hours to put together, so it’s a fair bit of work (and labor of love). As you probably noticed by looking below, I also take time to answer all the questions posted in the comments – and there’s quite a bit of detail in there as well.

If you're shopping for the Garmin Edge 1030 Plus or any other accessory items, please consider using the affiliate links below! As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. It doesn’t cost you anything extra, but your purchases help support this website a lot. Even more, if you use Backcountry.com or Competitive Cyclist with coupon code DCRAINMAKER, first time users save 15% on applicable products!

Источник: https://www.dcrainmaker.com/2020/06/garmin-edge-1030-plus-in-depth-review.html

Updating X-Plane

Note: These instructions apply to X-Plane 10 only. Instructions for updating X-Plane 11 are available here.

The X-Plane simulator is designed for both realism and longevity. Maximizing both of these requires that X-Plane be updated often. Every few months we make a new update to the simulator available. In between these official (or “stable”) releases, users can download beta versions of the upcoming update. These are treated as a kind of “update in progress”—new features and bug fixes are included, but in the beta stage, the updates have not been fully tested in a range of situations. This means that they may create incompatibilities or create other problems that would not be experienced in the stable releases. For more information, see the section “Using the X-Plane Betas.”

Newer versions of X-Plane often contain feature enhancements, bug fixes, stability improvements, aircraft and resource updates, flight model improvements, and even new feature additions.

A purchase of X-Plane entitles you to free updates through that full X-Plane version run. This means that if you purchase the Version 10 discs, you will get the Version 10.10 update, the Version 10.20 update, etc., all the way through Version 10.99 if it exists—all free of charge. Of course, you do not have to take advantage of these updates, but it is recommended that you do so.

Note that although previous versions of X-Plane required users to have all the desired scenery installed before updating to a newer version, this is no longer the case. New scenery may be installed regardless of updates.

To update X-Plane, do the following:

  1. Launch the copy of X-Plane that you wish to update.
  2. Once it opens, move your mouse to the top of the screen and click About, then About X-Plane. The dialog box that appears will show both your version of X-Plane and the latest version available. If these differ, there will be an Update X-Plane button in the bottom right of the window.
  3. Click the Update X-Plane button. X-Plane will automatically download the latest version of the updater program and launch it.
  4. In the window that appears, please do not select the “Check for new betas” box unless you are prepared to potentially work with some kinks (see “Using the X-Plane Betas”).
  5. If you installed X-Plane via digital download you may be asked to enter your digital download product key. If you own X-Plane DVDs, ensure DVD 1 is in the disc drive.
  6. Click Continue for the program to begin scanning your X-Plane directory. This allows it to determine which files need to be updated.
  7. Assuming there is enough disk space to download the required updates, click Continue to begin the installation.
  8. The installation files will be downloaded and installed. When the installation finishes, you’re ready to fly.

Do I Have to Re-Download the Demo to get the Update?

NO! You can update X-Plane in a number of ways.

  • See the instructions above to automatically update from the “About” box within the simulator.
  • If you have the full sim, the latest installer has an “update” option for full installs.
  • If you have the demo, the latest demo installer has an “update” option for demos.

These updates are always incremental and are often < 30 MB total; only the files you need are downloaded, and they are downloaded in compressed format to save bandwidth.

How Long Will the Update Take?

The download time depends on the size of the patch, how long it’s been since you’ve updated, and how fast your net connection is. Generally, it should be a lot faster to update than to download the demo or full simulator; updates are usually less than 150 MB.

How Do I Update X-Plane if X-Plane Crashes on My Computer?

Even if you cannot run X-Plane (for example, if it crashes due to an incompatibility with your graphics card) you can still download the X-Plane installer application directly and run it to update X-Plane. Here are the download links to the installer apps:

Full version:

Demo:

Download, unzip, and run the installer application. Pick update and it will prompt you to select your copy of X-Plane 10 to update.

Return Back to Knowledge Base

Источник: https://www.x-plane.com/kb/updating-x-plane/

Garmin Edge 530 Cycling GPS In-Depth Review

Garmin-Edge530-In-Depth-Review

Today Garmin announced three new products, the Edge 530 (this review), the Edge 830 (that review), and new dual ANT+/Bluetooth Smart Speed and Cadence sensors (that review coming up momentarily). These products effectively complete Garmin’s x30 lineup of higher-end cycling units, offering four distinct incrementing price points: Edge 130, Edge 530, Edge 830, and Edge 1030.  And more importantly, they refresh Garmin’s most popular unit – the Edge 520.

While Garmin announced the Edge 520 Plus almost exactly one year ago today, it was effectively just a minor refresh of the Edge 520 adding in mapping capability. Whereas the new Edge 530 is a substantial bump in not just performance, but also features. And in using both the Edge 530 and Edge 830 for the past month, I’d argue it might be the best bike computer Garmin’s ever made (keeping in mind a year ago I was pretty firm in not recommending the Edge 520 Plus due to performance issues).

This new unit significantly increases performance in routing/navigation, while also adding in automated slicing and dicing of a route’s climbs to give you exact distance/elevation remaining for each climb. It’s got a huge slate of mountain bike specific features, including baking in the entire world’s worth of Trailforks maps/data right into the units. Plus there’s a host of new performance metrics, alongside nutrition/hydration alerts that are generated automatically based on route/weather conditions.  But let’s not get ahead of ourselves, I detail all this stuff below.

As always, I aim to detail the good, bad, and ugly about a given device. Note that this unit is a media loaner/test device and will very shortly go back to Garmin, like all other loaners. I do not accept any money (or even permit even advertising) from any company I review. If you find this review useful, hit up the links at the end of the post to support the site.

Oh – and if you’re trying to decide whether to read the Edge 530 or Edge 830 review this morning, I can say that they are excruciatingly similar, with the only differences being found in the ‘Navigation’ section of the Edge 830 variant (since that’s the only place they differ). Or, you can just make two trips to Starbucks, man or woman up, and get reading.

What’s new:

Let’s get right into the details of what’s new. And there’s no more consolidated method to do that then the below video where I outline all the newness with quick demos of each:

But, if text is more your jam, then here’s what I’ve put together. Note that there are other tidbits that I probably haven’t accounted for here – for example in certain menus or such where tiny things may have changed, but the below consolidates everything into one cohesive list. For this listing I’m using the Edge 520 Plus as the baseline (whereas if I used the Edge 520 on-board detailed maps weren’t included there).

– Increased display size 13% from 2.3” to 2.6”
– Increased battery life from 15 to 20 hours, and to 48 hours in battery saver mode
– Significantly increased processor speed: Results in much faster route calculation (see videos)
– Maintained complete on-board turn by turn map database for your region
– Added WiFi: Used for syncing of activities/metrics/routes (not during ride)
– Added ClimbPro: Automatically shows how much distance/elevation remains for each climb on route
– Added Mountain Bike Metrics: Shows Grit, Flow, and Jump details on both unit and Garmin Connect
– Added Trailforks maps to unit: Added global Trailforks data/maps to baked-in data on unit (no downloads required)
– Added ForkSight: Automatically shows mountain bike trail options when you pause at fork in trail
– Added Heat Acclimation: Will automatically take into account heat/humidity for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Altitude Acclimation: Will automatically take into account (high) elevation for performance/recovery metrics
– Added Training Plan API support: This includes a redesigned structured workout execution page
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Smart Alerts: When using a course/route, it’ll automatically figure out how much water/calories you should be taking
– Added Hydration/Nutrition Tracking: It allows you to record this data in ride summary screens and log it on Garmin Connect
– Added Edge Battery Pack Support: You can now attach the Garmin integrated battery pack to the Edge (you can still use generic USB power too)
– Added Bluetooth Smart sensor support: You can now pair Bluetooth Smart sensors like heart rate, power, and cadence
– Added Performance Power Curve: This shows you your mean maximal power over different durations/timeframes (like many training sites)
– Added Bike Alarm Feature: Used for cafes/bathroom stops, emits loud alarm if bike is moved
– Added ‘Find my Edge’ feature: Automatically record exact GPS location on your phone if Edge is disconnected (in case unit pops off)
– Added Training Plan Weather/Gear Tips: Basically tells you to HTFU when it’s cold out
– Changed user interface bits: Tweaked user interface, which might take some people a few rides to get used to (or just myself)

Got all that? Good. Now usually I do include any ‘negative’ new things (such as features removed), but I haven’t found any downsides to the new unit yet, or anything that’s been removed. It’s fairly rare for Garmin to remove features from unit to unit, though sometimes we see unintended consequences of other additions. Either way, I haven’t found any of those yet in my riding (or asking lots of questions). Of course, that’s separate from GPS/Altimeter/etc accuracy, which I cover in a separate section below.

Garmin-Edge530-vs-Edge830

So what are the key differences to the Edge 830 you might ask (which costs $100 more)? No problem, here ya go:

– Edge 830 has a touchscreen (thankfully different than the older Edge 820 touchscreen)
– Edge 830 can do address-specific routing, whereas on the Edge 530 you can’t enter a street address
– Edge 830 has searchable points of interest database, for finding food/monuments/hotels/etc…
– Edge 830 has four less buttons than the 530, since it’s a touch screen (and also has some slight differences in user interface, since you can touch it – most easily seen in the mapping pages)

As you can see, there’s not a lot of differences. It really comes down to that touch screen, and whether or not you plan to enter specific addresses onto the device, or would instead route by just using saved routes or moving the little finish selector over a given spot (more on that in the Navigation section).

With everything new and different all outlined, let’s dive into actually using the darn thing.

Oh wait – one last thing: Got an Edge 1030 already? You’ll get almost every new feature you see above via firmware update to your Edge 1030. The notable exception being that the pre-loaded mountain bike Trailforks maps, due to licensing reasons. However, Garmin says the remaining features will show up in a firmware update over the coming months.

Size & Weight Comparisons:

Before we dive into all the details (or even the basics), let’s just do a quick size check. Here’s a disastrously big lineup of mostly current bike computers, all aligned on their base to a chunk of wood:

DSC_0133

From left to right: Garmin Edge 130, Garmin Edge 520/520Plus/820 (identical case size), Polar M460, Wahoo BOLT, Garmin 530/830 (identical case size), Wahoo ELEMNT, Wahoo ELEMNT ROAM, Hammerhead Karoo, Garmin Edge 1030, Sigma ROX 12

The same order is below as well:

DSC_0134

And then, just to zoom in on some of the more applicable units close up. Left to right: ELEMNT BOLT, Edge 530/830, ELEMNT, ELEMNT ROAM, and Hammerhead Karoo.

DSC_0135

What’s that? You want weights too?!? Ok, out with the trusty scale:

DSC_0138DSC_0141DSC_0139DSC_0140DSC_0147DSC_0148DSC_0149DSC_0150DSC_0142DSC_0144DSC_0145DSC_0146

Ok, your Brady Bunch moment is over. Now for realz, let’s get onto using it.

(Note: This comparison section was added after the Wahoo ROAM released.)

The Basics:

Garmin-Edge530-Main-Dashboard

This section is focused on basic usage of the device. If you’ve been around the Garmin Edge block a few times before, you won’t likely pick up too much new in this chunk. I do this so that I can focus on newness in the other bits. Still, there are a few things different this time around, like the user interface and some button functions. In fact, let’s start with buttons. On the Edge 530 you have two, the lap and start/pause buttons in the same frontal location as other Edge devices:

Garmin-Edge530-Front-Buttons

This still remains somewhat controversial, as it can make it difficult to access these buttons on certain lower profile mounts where they’re against the handlebars. While that’s never really been an issue for me personally, I can see the argument for sure.

Meanwhile, on the left side of the unit there’s three buttons. Two used for up/down type selections, and the other for power. Whereas the right side has two more buttons, one as an escape/back type function and the other for confirmation/OK.

Garmin-Edge530-Left-Side-ButtonsGarmin-Edge530-Right-Side-Buttons

On the underside of the unit is the same quarter-turn mount as every other Garmin Edge device made in the last decade. However, it joins the Edge 1030 in having the battery charge ports, which allows you to add the Garmin Charge Battery pack to the bottom of it to extend battery life even longer (like, multiple-days crazy long).

Garmin-Edge530-UndersideGarmin-Edge530-Battery-Pack

The Edge 530 and Edge 830 both get 20 hours in regular mode, which Garmin has specifically defined as having the screen on, ambient light sensor enabled, two ANT+ sensors, and Bluetooth constantly connected to phone (including even LiveTrack). Meanwhile, you can go up to 40 hours in ‘Battery Saver’ mode, which turns off the display (unless tapped) but still records GPS/sensors. It’ll automatically prompt you to go into this mode when the battery gets super low.

Once you power the unit up you’ll notice the user interface is new. Similar to before, but still new nonetheless.  You can press down to see the typical/previous menus where you’ll find Training/Navigation/History/Stats/Connect IQ Apps/Settings. Where pressing up gets you to the status pane, which includes bits like weather and sensor/GPS/backlight status:

Garmin-Edge530-MainScreenGarmin-Edge-530-StatusScreenGarmin-Edge530-DownScreen

Speaking of GPS status, the Edge 530 follows along with virtually all new Garmin devices released in 2019 and uses the Sony GPS chipsets, which have a lower battery profile than previous chipsets from MediaTek. This chipset supports base GPS, GPS+GLONASS, and GPS+GALILEO. You can configure this on a per activity profile perspective.

Activity Profiles are used to customize your settings where you might want them different for different types of riding. For example, you’d likely have a different activity profile for mountain biking than road riding. Or maybe you want a paired down activity profile for racing.  You can customize data pages here, as well as metrics like nutrition/hydration, automatic lap, Strava Segments, and various other alerts.

I personally typically just use one profile for road riding, and one for mountain biking. I’m kinda simple that way. But some people get really creative/nuanced with their activity profiles.

Note that activity profiles don’t define sensors. Those are device-wide. Instead, Garmin for a number of years now has created a sensor pool concept. You pair all sensors on all your bikes, and it automatically connects to the sensor when that sensor wakes up. It works really well, and in the case of the Edge 530 is now expanded to Bluetooth Smart sensors (to match the Edge 830/1030, a well as Garmin’s wearables).

Garmin-Edge-530-Sensors-PairingGarmin-Edge530-Sensors-Bluetooth-Smart

This means that you can now pair the following types of sensors on the Edge 530:

Cadence (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Edge Remote (ANT+)
eBike (ANT+)
Heart Rate (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Lights (ANT+)
Indoor Trainer (ANT+ FE-C, though paired in a different spot)
Radar (ANT+)
Power Meter (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Shifting (ANT+)
Shimano Di2 (ANT)
Speed/Cadence (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Speed (ANT+ or Bluetooth Smart)
Varia Vision (ANT+)
VIRB (ANT+)

Phew, got all that? Good.

In my case I’ve paired a blend of sensors, mostly ANT+ power meters/trainers, cadence sensors, speed sensors, and both ANT+ & Bluetooth Smart heart rate straps.

Once you’re ready to ride, you’ll simply select the activity profile on the main page and then the upper right button. It’ll go off and find GPS if it hasn’t already, and then you’re good to go. If it’s an indoor profile, it won’t find GPS.

Garmin-Edge530-MainStartingPage

Once you press the lower right start button, your unit will be recording data (and showing you that data). You can press the up/down buttons to change screens (or use auto-scroll to iterate through screens automatically).

If you’ve configured Live Tracking, then your track is shared to whomever you selected, be it social media or directly to specific friends via e-mail.

2019-04-23 22.34.172019-04-23 22.34.13

This is also leveraged for Group Tracking, which enables you to follow friends on a given group ride, and then send quick messages to those friends mid-ride. Regrettably, I lack any friends to test this feature out.

If you want to create manual laps, you’ll use the lower left ‘lap’ button, which marks a lap and then shows you lap summary data. You can also use the lap summary page to compare lap metrics – which is ideal if doing intervals.  Finally, once done you’ll press the ‘Stop’ button on the right corner, which pauses the recording. Press it again to save it. You’ll then get ride summary data:

At that point the ride is automatically synced to your phone via Bluetooth Smart, and if within range of a saved WiFi network, then it could also upload that way as well. Once on Garmin Connect it instantly syncs to 3rd party platforms like Strava and TrainingPeaks as well.  You can view the stats of your ride on the Garmin Connect Mobile app:

Or, you can view it on Garmin Connect (desktop/web) too. Here’s one of my rides if you want to dig in further:

screencapture-connect-garmin-modern-activity-3576577811-2019-04-23-22_36_30

Last but not least, Garmin’s added a new Bike Alarm feature. This is in addition to the ‘Find my Edge’ function that I talk about within the mountain biking section. But since we just finished a ride, I’ll explain ‘Bike Alarm’, which is designed primarily for post-ride café settings, as well as quick bathroom stops. The goal being that you leave your Edge device on your bike and then if someone moves/touches it, it sounds an alarm. It uses the internal accelerometers to do so.

The setup for the feature is buried super deep in the menus. To get to it you’ll go: Down to Menu > Settings > Safety & Tracking > Bike Alarm > Set Passcode.  But once done, you don’t have to set it each time. Once you’ve set a passcode, you can access the bike alarm by just long-holding the power button:

Garmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-EnableGarmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-Activation

At that point it’ll give you a 5-second count-down, and then also notify you on your phone that the feature is activated.  If you touch the bike, the alarm activates, which…sounds hideous (in a good way).

Garmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-ActivatedGarmin-Edge530-Bike-Alarm-Triggered

Additionally, if your phone is within range (and it probably is), you’ll get a notification there which would also show up on any smartwatches you might have on. You’ll get a notification when you arm it, when it’s triggered, and when it’s disarmed:

2019-04-23 16.23.482019-04-23 16.24.142019-04-23 16.24.37

I demo the whole thing as part of the video up above in the ‘What’s new’ section.

When I first saw that the Edge had a bike alarm feature, admittedly I thought it was pretty stupid. But now that I’ve seen how it’s implemented, it actually makes sense. There’s plenty of times when I’ve got my bike at a café roughly within line of sight, but maybe not always top of my mind. This makes it so that I’ll either hear it, or my phone/watch will notify me if someone touches my bike. I like it.

And at that point, we’ve got the basics covered and are ready to dive into all the cool newness.

Mountain Bike Features:

Garmin-Edge530-Mountain-Bike

Up till now, the most attention that Garmin has placed on mountain biking has simply been to add a generic ‘Mountain Bike’ profile, and offer you the ability to purchase a colored rubber condom for your Edge device, presumably to try and protect it when you smashed your bike into a rock face. Feature-wise though, there’s been nothing.

But this time around there’s significant focus on mountain biking, primarily within the following features:

Trailforks maps are baked into the Edge 530: This includes about 130,000 mountain bike trails, alongside trail ratings
Mountain Bike Dynamics: These metrics show how hard a trail was that you rode, as well as how well you rode it
ForkSight: This trail chooser screen automatically appears when you pause at a trail intersection
Find my Edge: While not absolute to mountain riding, this helps you find your bike computer if it flies off the mount on the trail
Trail Planning: You can ask the Edge to pick a trail of a certain rating, and it’ll find you something to ride

In addition, you can still use the previous Trailforks Connect IQ app on your Edge 530 to get routes from your Trailforks account, or search the Trailforks database.

First, let’s talk the metrics – because that’s kinda the newest thing here in terms of being totally different. There’s essentially three metrics here:

Grit: This calculates a difficulty score for each route, using elevation and GPS data. So kinda like a trail rating. If two riders ride the same exact trail, they should get the same Grit score. The higher the number the harder the course.
Flow: This is your specific rating for how well you rode the route. It’s focused on the momentum of the ride, so things like braking impact hurt your score. A lower number is a better score. Thus, two riders could ride the exact same route and get totally different Flow scores.
Jumps: This will count how many jumps, and for each jump will include distance and hang time. Additionally, during the ride you’ll get jump notifications in real-time with distance/hang time.

Looking at some of these in real-time, first we’ve got the jump metric. In my case, I suck at jumping (look, I’m a road cyclist/triathlete – you’re just lucky I managed to ride a mountain bike at all). So while I got some jumps in my rides, my ability to capture those jumps while also taking a photo was not happening. So, here’s a photo from Des that shows that:

Next, there’s the Grit and Flow scores, which you can add as data fields to your unit. Further, you can also see these as per-lap fields. So for example in downhill mountain biking if you created a lap at the top of each descent, you’d be able to see how these scores compared lap after lap.

126516455

Afterwards, these scores show up on Garmin Connect (website). First, they actually show up on the map, color-coding your route – which is cool and something I wish Garmin did for other aspects of the map (like gradient % for road riding data).

image

Next, down below in the charts section they show up there too, also color coded:

image

And finally, down in the stats section you’ve got the new Mountain Bike Dynamics, including any jumps (or, lack thereof in my case):

image

You should be able to see these on Garmin Connect Mobile as well, though my app isn’t showing them yet for some bug, however, others that I know are seeing them just fine. So this appears to be a me-specific bug. The story of my life.

Next, there’s the increased Trailforks integration. While Garmin hasn’t quite bought out Trailforks yet, I’d be really surprised if we just don’t see that happen. With the Edge 530/830 they’ve baked in all of the Trailforks trail data onto the unit itself. You will need to authorize that briefly the first time you use the unit, but it only takes a second. The existing Trailforks app is still there, since that takes care of better integration with Trailforks as a platform in terms of pulling your routes from your account and so-on.

Garmin-Edge530-TrailForksApp

The most obvious way the new Trailforks data manifests itself is a feature called ‘ForkSight’, which automatically pops up anytime you pause at an intersection of trails (or, more appropriately – a fork in the trail). It’s at this point it’ll show you the trail options and difficulty grades/distances for each one:

2019-04-13 15.33.10 HDR2019-04-13 15.34.10

You can then select any of the options shown to get more information about that specific trail. It’s super cool in real life, and helps you figure out the implications of each option you have. That said, sometimes it can be a little confusing to figure out which trail is which if they aren’t labeled at the trailhead. But for the most part you can figure it out.

2019-04-13 15.34.21

Next, there’s ‘Find my Edge’, while not only for mountain biking, the reality is that most people will probably use it for mountain biking. This feature will instantly and automatically mark the exact GPS location where your unit disconnects from your phone (assuming the Garmin Connect Mobile app is on in the background). Then, on your phone you’ll get an alert that allows you to open up the exact GPS coordinates with the mapping app of your choice (for example, the Google Maps app):

2019-04-23 17.58.502019-04-23 19.04.27

In addition, within the device options on Garmin Connect Mobile, it has two further options: ‘Find my Edge’ and ‘Last Known Location’.  If you select ‘Last Known Location’, it’ll open up the default mapping app on your phone and then the exact GPS coordinates it last saw your Edge devices at:2019-04-23 19.04.152019-04-23 16.31.36

Whereas if you select ‘Find my Edge’, it’ll try and connect to your Edge 530 and start an alarm sound. Which is basically just a constant beeper. It’s not crazy loud, but loud enough that you should be able to find it. And here’s what it looks like on the unit itself – saying ‘Edge found’:

Garmin-Edge530-Found

Note that this last little bit requires you be within Bluetooth Smart range. Outdoors that’s roughly tens of meters, whereas indoors it’s a crapshoot. Generally speaking though your GPS accuracy is within a few meters, so that gets you close enough to then use the beeper to find your Edge sitting in the bush. Roughly akin to how I found my GoPro mountain biking earlier this year.

Oh, and as for the mountain bike bundle, in case you’re looking at that, it comes with the following:

– Edge 530
– Mountain Bike Mount
– Silicone Case
– Edge Remote
– Dual ANT+/Bluetooth Smart Speed Sensor

While I’ve personally never bothered with the silicone case, if you’re looking at picking up any of the other accessories, it probably makes sense to just get the bundle price-wise at that point.

Navigation:

Garmin-Edge-530-Routing-Navigation

The Edge 530 contains a complete mapset for the region you bought it in (I.e. North America), which allows you to get full turn by turn navigations (with street names) to any point you drop on the map, or any route you load into it (no matter the source/platform it’s from). The main difference though between the Edge 530 and Edge 830/1030 from a navigation standpoint is that the Edge 530 doesn’t support POI’s (points of interest; like monuments or hotels) nor the ability to on the device itself type in a street address. And obviously, the Edge 830/1030 is a touchscreen whereas the Edge 530 isn’t. But other than that – it’s all the same.

Perhaps the most important feature on the entire new Edge 530/830 units is the significantly faster processor. I, alongside the entire internet have complained how darn slow Garmin’s previous Edge series processors are. Which isn’t to say I actually care about the processor specifically, but rather the end-resultant: Route calculation time. It would previously take numerous minutes for each just a short route to calculate. That was unacceptable, and a core reason why I didn’t recommend at the Edge 520 Plus at launch.

Well, it seems like Garmin has listened and yup: Super duper fast now.

Now, there are slight differences depending on what exactly you’re doing. I’ve found loading a saved route is the fastest of the bunch. So something like some 60KM routes from Strava that I’ve loaded are taking about just a few seconds depending on the locale.  Whereas picking a point a distance away and letting it come up with a brand new route takes a few more seconds (like 10-20 seconds, not minutes). That’s understandable since the first is just drawing a route, whereas the second is coming up with one.  And yet it also seems to vary based on exactly where I am. Routes in Mallorca and California were silly quick (1-5 seconds), whereas here in crazy bike route density Amsterdam the routing takes a bit longer (5-15 seconds).

So, let’s quickly go through those two modes. First is if you’ve already got a route. This can be something from Garmin Connect or a 3rd party site. It could be an individual route file you’ve downloaded, or it could be from a site like Strava via the Strava Routes Connect IQ app. In my case, I’m mostly using Strava routes (since I can use them on all my devices – acting like the Switzerland of routing). So we’ll start there, grabbing that route from the pre-loaded Strava Routes CIQ app:

Garmin-Edge530-Strava-RoutesGarmin-Edge530-Strava-Route-Selected

Next, it’ll show me the route details:

Garmin-Edge530-Strava-Route-RideGarmin-Edge530-Strava-Route-Overview

And finally, I can select to ride it. Within about 2-3 seconds, the route generation is complete and I’m ready to press start on my unit.

Garmin-Edge530-Strava-Start-Routing

Now, when out on the road, I’ll get turn by turn directions as I approach any turn. I’ve found these directions timely (unlike the Edge 520 Plus), and in plenty of time to take action on them. Again, there does seem to be some slight variances in responsiveness based on where in the world I am, but none of the differences affected my ability to have boatloads of time. Here’s two screenshots mid-ride during different rides, showing what it looks like:

802984

In addition, if I ignored a route, it’d automatically recalculate the route (including street names). Depending on the scenario, it’d either explain how to turn around and re-join the route, or in some cases cut a corner to catch-up down the road. I did however see one quirk in Amsterdam on a very short automatically generated route where it continued to try and go via some non-direct roads. After Garmin analyzed it they found a routing/mapping related bug that they say should be included in the next firmware update.

Note that the recalculation behavior is very different than that of a Wahoo BOLT/ELEMNT, which don’t have a street-level map on them. Thus, they just point you back (compass-style) to the route itself, rather than giving you turn by turn directions. For many folks, that’s perfectly fine, but I wanted to make that clear.  Whereas the Garmin method matches that of Hammerhead’s Karoo and Sigma’s ROX 12 in terms of proper on-street routing data.

Next, what if you wanted to go somewhere unplanned? The Edge 530 can do that as well, albeit with a few more limitations than the Edge 830/1030. On the Edge 530 you’ll select navigation, where you’ve got the option to browse a map (as well as load courses and saved locations).  When you browse the map you’ve got a small target in the middle that you can move around (note the middle of the image with the crosshairs):

Garmin-Edge530-Target-Location

In the upper right corner are three dots. These are identical to how mapping works on the Fenix series, and works surprisingly well (since it’s non-touchscreen). You press the upper right button to change between the three modes: Zoom in/out, Pan left/right, Scroll up/down.  Then you use the lower left buttons to perform that action.  You can see it in each of the photos below in the upper right corner:

Garmin-Edge530-Scroll-MapGarmin-Edge530-Pan-MapGarmin-Edge530-Zoom-Map

The goal here is to move around to the point you want to go to, and then select it. At which point you can have the Edge 530 go off and find a route to it:

Garmin-Edge530-Routed-Browsed-LocationGarmin-Edge530-Map-Routing

From here, it’s business as normal just like above in terms of routing.

Finally, note that the unit in conjunction with your phone via the Garmin Connect Mobile app can also do some route planning.  You can create round-trip routes whereby it goes and creates a route of a given distance for you automatically, as well as create manual routes connecting points together.

2019-04-23 23.02.002019-04-23 23.02.03

This new manual route creation bit is actually brand new – introduced in the last week or two (to everyone, not just Edge 530/830 peoples), and frankly, it sucks. I don’t know how it could be so bad, but it really is. Having come from the Easy Route app world, where I just tappity-tap my way through a route, the Garmin Connect Mobile experience is just super clunky and imprecise, crazily zooming in and out like a drunk kid with a camera for the first time. Yes, you can get the job done, but it’ll take you way longer.

2019-04-23 23.02.182019-04-23 23.02.492019-04-23 23.02.58

Hopefully though since it’s a brand new feature it’ll improve over time – maybe once someone buys a bulk pack of 40-grit sandpaper and goes to town on it.

Still, new app option aside – the rest of routing works great (finally). The processing time is what I’d expect from a $300 unit, and the route calculation to match it. I would like to see Garmin integrate Strava routes directly though, as I find the Strava Routes app clunky compared to Wahoo’s integrated Strava Routes capability. Also, I’d prefer to see Garmin allow easy loading of maps from other regions like Wahoo, rather than having to rely on 3rd party site downloads (or paying a bunch of cash).

Though, once you get the route/maps loaded, then Garmin’s routing engine is leagues ahead of what Wahoo has. I suppose doing it for a decade longer will get you that experience.

Finally, note that if there’s one thing I know about routing is that there are always edge cases in certain areas. In my case I’ve tested routing quite a bit in three core locations: Mallorca (Spain), Amsterdam (Netherlands), and Monterey (California, USA). This has included both on-road and off-road routes. However, there are always quirks in weird places that I might not have encountered, though for the most part the underlying mapping/routing data here should match that of the Edge 1030 – which people seem pretty happy with.

Training & Performance Metrics:

Garmin-Edge530-ClimbPro-Header

Next comes a slew of training and performance-related metrics, virtually all of which are new. And we’re going to start with ClimbPro, which is hands-down my favorite feature on the Edge 530/830 (and coming to the Edge 1030).

This feature automatically slices and dices your planned route’s climbs, and generates detailed climb charts for each climb as you ride them. The feature actually originated from the Fenix 5 Plus wearables last year, but really shines here on the larger screen of the Edge series as a cycling focused function. It requires that you have some route/course loaded, so it knows where you’re going. Once you’ve got that, you can see the list of climbs within the ClimbPro summary screen on the route planning page:

Garmin-Edge530-ClimbProListOfClimbs

Next, as you’re riding, it’ll automatically show the ClimbPro page for each climb once you enter it. Kinda like Strava Segments for climbs, minus the racing aspect. The climb page shows the distance remaining on the climb, the ascent remaining, the average grade remaining, and then two customizable fields at the bottom. By default, these are heading and elevation, but you can change them as you see fit.

Garmin-Edge530-ClimbPro1Garmin-Edge530-ClimbPro2

In addition, the Edge will color-code the pain of the climb segments on the ClimbPro page based on gradient as seen above. These are bucketed into:

0-3%: Green
3-6%: Yellow
6-9%: Orange
9-12%: Red
12%+: Dark Painful Bloody Red

Having ridden with this feature last month on Mallorca it was super cool. Not only for major climbs like Sa Calobra, but actually for some of the smaller ones before and after it. For example, after you finish the famed Sa Calobra and continue out of that area you’ve actually still got another minor climb to do before you descend one of a few routes back to the remainder of the island. Having ClimbPro on my screen was super handy to know how much suck was left, since mentally you sorta forgot about these minor climbs you’ve still gotta do in comparison to the big one you just knocked out.

2019-04-14 10.36.29

Garmin notes that they expect to tweak the definition of a climb based on feedback over the next month or two. Specifically, whether or not something triggers a climb on ClimbPro (since this is calculated on the unit itself when a route is loaded). Obviously, there’s no international definition when it comes to what’s a cycling climb and what’s not. Still, the definition they’re using as of today is as follows:

Total value must be 3,500 or higher where: Distance of climb in meters (min 500 meters) * Gradient (min average 3%)

So, doing some samples here to help understand:

Climb A: 1,000 meters long at 4% = 1,000*4 = 4,000: Yes, qualifies as a climb
Climb B: 5,000 meters long at 2% = 5,000*2 = 10,000: No, doesn’t meet 3% threshold
Climb C: 500 meters long at 8% = 500*8 = 4,000: Yes, qualifies as a climb

Make sense? Again, simply calculate distance in meters by incline/gradient and see if it’s above 3,500. Also, ensure average gradient is 3%.  As I said above – I think it’s probably the coolest feature on the Edge 530/830.

Next, speaking of elevation, there’s two new features coupled together – heat and altitude acclimation. Both of these are actually quietly present on the Garmin MARQ series as well. The goal behind both of these are post-workout calculations tied to figuring out whether or not you’re acclimated to a given temperature or altitude. Obviously, both can significantly impact performance.  Starting with heat acclimation, the function leverages nearby weather stations. So your unit has to have connected to Garmin Connect Mobile within 3 hours of starting your ride in order to receive that weather data (it doesn’t use on-device temperature).

Then, for heat acclimation it applies a heat correction factor for rides above 71°F/22°C, using a percentage based amount from published studies (humidity is also factored into this as well). This is then shown in the training status widget. Garmin says they assume full acclimation takes a minimum of 4 days, and acclimation/adaptation to a given high temperature will automatically decay after 3 days of skipped training within that heat levels.

Garmin-Edge530-HeatAcclimation

Altitude acclimation/adaption is roughly similar (also seen above). The minimum threshold is at altitudes above 850m/2,788ft, and tops out at 4,000m/13,123ft (Garmin doesn’t calculate above that for cycling, sorry folks). Garmin says that they divide up training vs living altitudes, just as typical studies would. The company says that adaptation algorithms within the Edge 530/830 assume total adaptation after 21 days, and that adaptation is faster at the beginning of altitude exposure. Additionally, adaptation will decay within 21-28 days depending on acclimation level. Because I haven’t had any high altitude rides lately, I’m deferring you to Mr. DesFit, who has, and kindly lent me his high altitude shot (and check out his Edge 530 video, especially for more mountain bike details).

2019-04-23 23.36.31

What the feature shows is your current altitude adaptation level. In other words, if I go from living at sea level (as I do) to moving to the French Alps, each day it’ll show what my body has acclimated to. This essentially automates/charts the exact same process that many elite athletes take when preparing for races. In fact, a pro triathlete friend of mine wrote a guest post here on that very topic some 8 years ago. For the rest of us, we can just use this as a post-ride pub excuse for why we climbed so poorly on our week-long vacation in the Alps. Obviously, we weren’t acclimated.

Also of note is that if the Edge 530/830 are put into ‘sleep’ mode (as opposed to powered full off), it’ll actually do a check each night at midnight of where it is altitude wise, and account for that – just like the MARQ series watch does every night at midnight. Effectively giving you credit for sleeping at high altitude.

Next, there’s new hydration/nutrition alerts and record keeping. These alerts will appear mid-ride anytime you’ve loaded a pre-planned course/route into the Edge, and are based on your profile (gender/weight). Effectively, it’s trying to help you remember to eat and drink – a chronic problem for most longer-distance cyclists and triathletes. Or, at least me.  These alerts automatically show up seemingly based on caloric intake variables, and will give you Garmin’s recommendations for fluid and calories, impacted by the current temperature/humidity as well. Garmin did note that these are capped though to account for maximum hydration intake limits of the human body.

2019-04-19 16.46.00

In other words, they know that in some super hot/humid scenarios you could lose more hydration than you could possibly consume/absorb in the same timeframe, so they shouldn’t be giving you crazy recommendations like drinking three full bottles per hour. I haven’t hit that kinda weather yet, so it’s hard to tell for sure.

Then, afterwards you’ve got new hydration/nutrition tracking These pages are shown for any rides longer than 90 minutes, where it’ll ask you how much you drank and ate. It’s here over the last few months that I’ve realized the answer is always ‘not enough’.

Garmin-Edge530-CaloriesConsumedGarmin-Edge530-Hydration-Consumed

And yes, you can change from ounces to millimeters, as well as the exact size of your bottle (even per activity profile setting too!).  This data is then shown on Garmin Connect (but oddly not Garmin Connect Mobile):

image

In addition to the post-ride nutrition stats, there’s your total training status stats. These stats are a step above what you’ve historically gotten on the Edge series, and are in line to match that of MARQ (and a step above the Fenix 5 Plus). Note that some of these stats require a power meter (like FTP). Here’s the overview ‘My Stats’ page (though, much of this is also shown post-ride on the summary screens):

Garmin-Edge530-TrainingStatus

First, there’s Training Status, which is showing you Training Load over the last 7 days. Note that this includes non-riding activities as well, if they’ve synced from other Garmin wearable devices.

Garmin-Edge530-TrainingLoad

Next, there’s Training Load Focus, which is showing you the breakouts of your training types over the last four weeks. It then shows you in the dotted line the optimal (aka balanced) training load bucketing. Obviously, I ignore anything that’s optimal or balanced.

Garmin-Edge530-TrainingFocus

Next, there’s Recovery Time, which is load-based and includes time from other devices as well. This is telling you how many hours you should wait until your next hard workout:

Garmin-Edge530-RecoveryTime

Then there’s VO2Max and FTP, both of which are calculated (FTP calculation requires a power meter, seen above):

Garmin-Edge530-VO2Max

And finally, one of the newer metrics not seen on any other Garmin device is Power Curve. This is basically just a mean-max power graph, and loosely mirrors what we’ve had on various training platforms for more than a decade.

Garmin-Edge530-PowerCurve

The time duration is selectable as three choices – one month, three months, and twelve months. It does appear to pull in data from Garmin Connect as well, which is a good thing and shows tighter integration there than we’ve previously seen for Personal Records on other Garmin devices.

Last but not least, there’s on-device training plans. You could previously see all of this on Garmin Connect, but it wasn’t super visible on the Edge itself. Now, if you’ve got a training plan loaded (including those from TrainingPeaks and soon also TrainerRoad), those will appear here.  Once you load a workout up, you’ll get similar step by step instructions on the Edge as before, but now with a bit better overview metrics and showing exactly how that workout should look:

Garmin-Edge530-IndividualWorkout

Additionally, there’s now a new ‘Gear’ and ‘Weather’ option. The weather simply shows the weather for that day of the week that the workout is scheduled. Whereas the gear option aims to give you tips on what kind of gear you should have that day (for example, if it’s cold and miserable to bring gloves). Garmin says that they’re trying to provide tips for cyclists that may not be as experienced. The rest of us know that it’s simply better to stay indoors and Zwift instead.

Garmin-Edge530-Recommended-Gear

As usual, once you’ve completed these workouts, they’ll sync up to Garmin Connect and the various 3rd party platforms they might have come from.

Ultimately, the goal behind all these metrics is that they’re across the board with your other Garmin devices. So if you’ve got a Garmin wearable that supports these metrics (or some portion of them), then everything should match. Understanding that I’m a bit of an edge case due to how many Garmin devices I’m using at once for testing, that concept roughly pans out – though there’s still some cracks here and there where physiological data from one device doesn’t match another. Still, for the normal person that doesn’t ride with 12 devices at once, it’s nice to see some of this glue finally hardening.

GPS & Elevation Accuracy:

Garmin-Edge530-GPS-Status

There’s likely no topic that stirs as much discussion and passion as GPS accuracy.  A watch could fall apart and give you dire electrical shocks while doing so, but if it shows you on the wrong side of the road?  Oh hell no, bring on the fury of the internet!

GPS accuracy can be looked at in a number of different ways, but I prefer to look at it using a number of devices in real-world scenarios across a vast number of activities.  I use 2-6 other devices at once, trying to get a clear picture of how a given set of devices handles conditions on a certain day.  Conditions include everything from tree/building cover to weather.

Over the years I’ve continued to tweak my GPS testing methodology.  For example, for watches I try to not place two units next to each other on my wrists, as that can impact signal. If I do so, I’ll put a thin fabric spacer of about 1”/3cm between them (I didn’t do that for any workouts here).  But often I’ll simply carry other units by the straps, or attach them to the shoulder straps of my hydration backpack.  Plus, wearing multiple watches on the same wrist is well known to impact optical HR accuracy. For cycling units, I arrange them on my handlebars using standard mounts – usually one on either side of the step, often a bit separated from each other.

Next, as noted, I use just my daily training routes.  Using a single route over and over again isn’t really indicative of real-world conditions, it’s just indicative of one trail.  The workouts you see here are just my normal daily workouts.  I’ve had a fair bit of variety of terrain within the time period of testing Garmin Edge units.  This has included workouts in: Amsterdam (city, countryside) and Mallorca (mountains, ocean, countryside), California (off-road, hills, forests, seaside).

We’re gonna look at a few different rides in different parts of the world. First, we’ll start with the famed Sa Calobra in Mallorca. I rode this nearly a month ago, so while this firmware was slightly older, it still shows pretty solid GPS performance. Here is the data set compared to the Garmin MARQ watch and the Samsung Galaxy Watch Active.

image_thumb[32]

This super twisty-turny route is incredibly difficult from a GPS performance standpoint. There are rock tunnels, huge cliffs next to you, and plenty of GPS-blocking goodness to hose up units (as we see the Samsung illustrate).

DJI_0004-1_thumb

I’m going to zoom into one of the more difficult points here:

image_thumb[35]

Of course, with the trees it’s hard to see what’s going on. But I just wanted to show you first the density of trees. In fact, you can see the Samsung straight-up gave up on life half-way through this and just cut the corner entirely. So we’ll ignore it.

image_thumb[36]

The other units tracks are actually very close. There’s a few bobbles of the Garmin MARQ at one point where the cave is (the green text you see). That’s this thing:

RockWalls_thumb

But most importantly, the two Edge 530/830 units tracked through that just fine and dandy. Perhaps by skill, or perhaps by dumb luck. They did it both directions though.

Now I had a quick lunch at the bottom before heading up. GPS-wise, units were fine here. I left them recording on my bike while I ate.

image_thumb[38]

Though I did see some elevation issues here were it showed me quite a bit higher in elevation than I really was (300ft higher than the sea I was sitting next to). Garmin isn’t super clear on why this happened, though I haven’t seen it happen again. And again, that was a month ago on older firmware.

And in fact, if we look at route elevation for the next day, you’ll see the two Edge 530/830 units nail the elevation without any issues, super clean and consistent. The Samsung…is…well…yeah.

image_thumb[40]

Next we’ve got a ride in Monterey, California from two weeks ago. This was a nice coastal ride that also went through some gigantic tree forests. Plus it had a couple of rollers and a solid climb mid-way through. For this I’ve got both Edge 530/830 units, as well as the Garmin MARQ watch and the Polar Vantage V GPS watch. Here’s the high-level overview of the GPS from that set:

image_thumb[17]

We’ll go ahead and zoom into some sections, starting with early on. It’s here we see the Edge 530 is a bit offset from the rest. Why you ask? It was in my back jersey pocket. I needed to photograph the Edge 830 solo-cup:

image_thumb[19]

However, once we turned the corner I then got it on my handlebars and it was clean sailing:

image_thumb[21]

I know, it’s hard to see the lines above. But how could I not go to satellite view with scenery like that? Ok, I’ll go back to boring map view for the next ones.

Источник: https://www.dcrainmaker.com/2019/04/garmin-edge-530-cycling-gps-in-depth-review.html

SerialSend

Graphical icon download link for SerialSend.exeSerialSend is a little command line application I created to send text strings via a serial port. I mainly use it to send information to microcontroller circuits via a USB-to-serial converter, so it’s designed to work well in that context.

SerialSend lets you:

  • Send an arbitrary text string to a device via serial port using one simple command.
  • Send text from simple console applications to hardware devices via serial port using the “” function.
  • Specify baud rate.
  • Specify serial port number.
  • Automatically find and use the highest available serial port number (very useful for USB-to-serial converters).

The reason I included the last feature in the above list is that Windows seems to assign different serial port numbers to the same USB-to-serial converter on different occasions, especially when different USB sockets are used. In my experience, the assigned port number is usually a high number (e.g. my USB-to-serial adapter is currently appearing as COM22), so by automatically finding and using the highest available serial port, SerialSend makes it easy to send text via a USB adapter without needing to check the precise port number that has been assigned to it.

The full C source code for SerialSend is provided below. I compiled SerialSend with MinGW (gcc) using the command shown in the opening comments of the code, but it should be straightforward to compile it using Visual C++ or another Windows C/C++ compiler. Alternatively, just download and use the executable file:

SerialSend.exe (53 KB, date: 21-Oct-2021)

Example commands:

Note: If the text to be transmitted contains any space characters, it should be enclosed in inverted commas.

The following command sends the characters “” via the highest available serial port at the default baud rate (38400 baud).

SerialSend.exe "abc 123"

The following command sends the characters “” via the highest available serial port at 9600 baud.

SerialSend.exe /baudrate 9600 "Hello world!"

The following command sends the characters “” via COM10 at the default baud rate (38400 baud). If COM10 is not available, the next highest serial port that is available is used instead.

SerialSend.exe /devnum 10 "S120 E360"

Arbitrary bytes, including non-printable characters can be included in the string as hex values using the “/hex” command line option and the “\x” escape sequence in the specified text. For example, the following command sends the string “abc” followed by a line feed character (hex value 0x0A) – i.e. 4 bytes in total.

SerialSend.exe /hex "abc\x0A"

When the “/hex” commmand line option is specified, the escape sequences “\n” and “\r” may be used to insert line feed and carriage return characters respectively. For example, the following command sends the string “Hello” followed by a carriage return and a line feed (7 bytes in total).

SerialSend.exe /hex "Hello\r\n"

The “/closedelay” commmand line option allows a delay (in milliseconds) to be carried out after the specified text is transmitted, but before the serial port is closed. This seems to be necessary when sending data to certain devices in order to give them time to respond. For example, the following command transmits the characters ‘ABCD’ and a carriage return to COM5, then delays for 500 ms before closing the COM port.

SerialSend.exe /devnum 5 /closedelay 500 "ABCD\r"

This is a screen shot of SerialSend running in a console:

Screenshot of SerialSend.exe running in a console window

// // SerialSend.c - This program sends text via serial port // Written by Ted Burke - last updated 8-4-2015 // // The text to send is specified as command line arguments. // By default, the highest available serial port is used. // The default baud rate is 38400 baud. // // To compile with MinGW: // // gcc -o SerialSend.exe SerialSend.c // // To compile with cl, the Microsoft compiler: // // cl SerialSend.c // // To run (this example sends the characters "S365 E120"): // // SerialSend.exe "S356 E120" // #include &amp;lt;windows.h&amp;gt; #include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt; int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { // Declare variables and structures int m, n; unsigned char buffer[MAX_PATH]; unsigned char text_to_send[MAX_PATH]; unsigned char digits[MAX_PATH]; int baudrate = 38400; int dev_num = 50; int parse_hex_bytes = 0; int close_delay = 0; char dev_name[MAX_PATH]; HANDLE hSerial; DCB dcbSerialParams = {0}; COMMTIMEOUTS timeouts = {0}; // Print welcome message fprintf(stderr, "SerialSend (last updated 8-4-2015)\n"); fprintf(stderr, "See http://batchloaf.com for more information\n"); // Parse command line arguments int argn = 1; strcpy(buffer, ""); while(argn &amp;lt; argc) { if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/baudrate") == 0) { // Parse baud rate if (++argn &amp;lt; argc &amp;amp;&amp;amp; ((baudrate = atoi(argv[argn])) &amp;gt; 0)) { fprintf(stderr, "%d baud specified\n", baudrate); } else { fprintf(stderr, "Baud rate error\n"); return 1; } } else if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/devnum") == 0) { // Parse device number. SerialSend actually just // begins searching at this number and continues // working down to zero. if (++argn &amp;lt; argc) { dev_num = atoi(argv[argn]); fprintf(stderr, "Device number %d specified\n", dev_num); } else { fprintf(stderr, "Device number error\n"); return 1; } } else if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/closedelay") == 0) { // Parse close delay duration. After transmitting // the specified text, SerialSend will delay by // this number of milliseconds before closing the // COM port. Some devices seem to require this. if (++argn &amp;lt; argc) { close_delay = atoi(argv[argn]); fprintf(stderr, "Delay of %d ms specified before closing COM port\n", close_delay); } else { fprintf(stderr, "Close delay error\n"); return 1; } } else if (strcmp(argv[argn], "/hex") == 0) { // Parse flag for hex byte parsing. // If this flag is set, then arbitrary byte values can be // included in the string to send using '\x' notation. // For example, the command "SerialSend /hex Hello\x0D" // sends six bytes in total, the last being the carriage // return character, '\r' which has hex value 0x0D. \n"); while(dev_num &amp;gt;= 0) { fprintf(stderr, "\r "); fprintf(stderr, "\rTrying COM%d...", dev_num); sprintf(dev_name, "\\\\.\\COM%d", dev_num); hSerial = CreateFile( dev_name, GENERIC_READ

Untitled — Borderlands 2 Game Save Download

Borderlands 2 Game Save Download

image


  1. Borderlands 2 Game Saves Xbox
  2. Borderlands 2 Modded Game Save Download
Borderlands 2 Game Save Download

Downloads: 2 US Borderlands 2 Commander Lilith and the Fight for Sanctuary Complete Save Set US Re-Region CUSA Description: I converted Wosley’s Borderlands 2: Commander Lilith and the Fight for Sanctuary Complete Save Set to US Region. Nov 30, 2020 Game Save Files for PC, PS3, PS4, Xbox and more! All Save game files are tested and ready to download with one click for Free! Gibbed’s Borderlands 2 Save Editor is a small and easy to use application that can help you edit your Borderlands 2 saved game files. With Gibbed’s Borderlands 2 Save Editor you will also be able to customize your character, add money, seraph crystals, eridium and torgue tokens, add new weapons and other items.

Download 100% Save for PC – Borderlands 2 2012 https://tremanmomop.tistory.com/7.

Curso de ingles sin barreras descargar gratis pdf. Installationhttps://coolnload339.weebly.com/logitrace-serial-keygen.html.

  1. Download savegame file;
  2. Extract it from .7z archive;
  3. Copy save files to possible savegames location;
  4. If you have no User ID Number start game and make 1 save;
  5. Steam users turn off Steam Cloud for this game;
  6. Make backup of your save before adding!

Borderlands 2 Game Saves Xbox

Borderlands 2 Game Save Download
Borderlands 2 Game Save Download
Save

Google play store app. http://giobulxoni1976.wikidot.com/blog:16. Example of savegame folder location

  • Example – C:Users%UserName%DocumentsMy GamesBorderlands 2WillowGameSaveDataUser ID Number

Borderlands 2 Modded Game Save Download

  • Description – Game is completed for 100%.
  • Maya as Siren level 80. Main game and DLC’s completed. Good weapons and items
  • Axton as Commando level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Salvador as Gunzerker level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Zer0 as Assassin level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Gaige as Mechromance level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Krieg as Psycho level 72 main game completed. Good weapons and items
  • Author – Kraniym


image

More you might like

Fsx Bell 222

image


222
222

Fsx Cera Sim Bell 222b

222

With the Cowan Sim Bell 222 a very interesting helicopter for X-Plane 11 is currently under development. Arcane the armor collector hacked. Mstsc for mac os. The helicopter became particularly well known in the eighties through the TV series Airwolf.

Helicopters in flight simulators are still relatively rare today. All the more gratifying is every announcement or even publication. With the Cowan Sim Bell 222 for X-Plane 11, a very special helicopter is now approaching us. The developer Joshua Cowan first published preview screenshots of his model on January 17th, which can be viewed here at Google Photos.

Fsx Bell 222 Rifle

As far as we know the add-on is supposed to appear as affordable payware. Since one can certainly get the impression that paid add-ons for the flight simulator are getting more and more expensive, this is definitely a small glimmer of hope. How affordable the Bell 222 from Cowan Simulations will actually become, however, the future will probably have to show. Joshua is also thinking about letting the helicopter take off in the upcoming Microsoft FS2020. But only when the time is right.

Fsx Bell 222 Magazine

Bell 222 from the Airwolf series crashed in 1992

222

The Bell 222 was announced in the seventies and brought into serial production. The American helicopter manufacturer thus expanded its portfolio of light multi-role helicopters. Since the 1960s, however, it has been led by the Bell 206 JetRanger, which with 6,300 units built is probably the most commercially successful helicopter.

FSX/P3D Bell 222B PT-HTF. Texture only for the Cerasim Bell 222B. By Edson Alves Pereira. Factory format for mac os x. Created 2020-02-28. Filename bell222pt-htf.zip. Just bought the Bell 222 from them and it’s a nice bird. I should have read a bit more on the product page. My mistake I guess. I’m just out of a 3 hours flight with the 222 over the new AMAZING Redding Building a vid tonight.

The Bell 222 became particularly well known in the 1980s through the TV series Airwolf, in which the helicopter was bred into a real secret weapon against evil through fictitious modifications. The helicopter used for the filming was then taken via detours to Germany to the HSD Air Rescue, where it flew under the D-HHSD intensive care transport helicopter. Finally, in 1992, it crashed on the return flight from a mission, killing all of its occupants.

Extend your experience with DRAGON BALL XENOVERSE 2 - Extra Pass and get access to 4 content packs. This Extra Pass includes: 12 new playable characters: Dabra, Buu (Gohan absorbed), Tapion, Android 13, Jiren, Fu, Android 17, Goku (Ultra Instinct), Super Baby Vegeta, Kefla, and 2 characters coming from the new Dragon Ball movie. https://loadvector250.weebly.com/setting-pcsx2-14-0.html. DRAGON BALL Xenoverse 2 for Nintendo Switch Summary. This game does not yet have a wiki article. Please use the edit button up above to create one. Download Dragon Ball Z - Shin Budokai 2 ROM for Playstation Portable(PSP ISOs) and Play Dragon Ball Z - Shin Budokai 2 Video Game on your PC, Mac, Android or iOS device! Dragon ball xenoverse 2 rom download pc. Download torrent client for mac. The game is named as the Dragon Ball Z Xenoverse 2. It is the part of Dragon Ball series of games. It is based on the role-playing and fighting genre. Download and Install PPSSPP emulator on your device and downloadDragon Ball Xenoverse 2 SB RV CSO rom, run the emulator and select your ISO. Download Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2. Hit the battle arena and prove your role-playing abilities with the hit game, Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2.

Fsx bell 222 super

About the Author

Fsx Bell 222 Jet

Mein Name ist Sascha und 2011 habe ich Flusiboard gegründet. Heute kümmere ich mich nicht nur im Hintergrund darum, dass alles so gut wie möglich läuft, sondern schreibe auch hin und wieder Artikel und bringe mich gerne auch im Forum mit ein. https://viafasr869.weebly.com/how-to-get-blargsnes-3ds.html.

Sprint support pages are available for existing Sprint accounts here. If you are looking for more, visit our Migration Center. Learn about the key features and specifications of the OnePlus 6T. We’re expecting the OnePlus 6T design to mostly look like the OnePlus 6, an excellent phone with a notched screen, fast processor, great camera and gesture support. But we’re keeping hope alive. OnePlus 6T Android smartphone. Announced Oct 2018. Features 6.41″ display, Snapdragon 845 chipset, 3700 mAh battery, 256 GB storage, 8 GB RAM, Corning Gorilla Glass 6. No, the OnePlus 6 does not have a memory card slot. You can view the full specs here: OnePlus 6. https://burningfankitty.tumblr.com/post/642648884255113217/does-oneplus-6t-support-sd-card.

Fsx Bell 222 Route

STAT MedEvac livery repaint for the Cera Simaircraft Bell 222 helicopter. The original livery is not a Bell 222B, but one of their registration numbers have been used on this model. By Johnny Rosario.Screenshot of STAT MedEvac Bell 222B in flight.Installation: Move the ‘texture.stat’ folder into your Cera Bell main folder, then copy and paste the text below on to your aircraft.cfg file. STAT MedEvac livery repaint for the Cera Simaircraft Bell 222 helicopter. The original livery is not a Bell 222B, but one of their registration numbers have been used on this model. By Johnny Rosario.Screenshot of STAT MedEvac Bell 222B in flight.Installation: Move the 'texture.stat’ folder into your Cera Bell main folder, then copy and paste the text below on to your aircraft.cfg file. Filesize: 128 MB Eagle Rotorcraft Simulations FSX Bell 222A Started by Alan Devins in 2006 as a follow up project to his original FS2002/FS2004 Bell 222, this model was acquired by Eagle Rotorcraft Simulations in July of 2010. This initial release features a single, standard 222A model variant with four (4) liveries.



image

Smadav 12.1 Serial Key

image

Smadav 2018 Serial Key 12.2. http://www.grabaminas1970.simpsite.nl/wrestling-revolution-3d-mod. Go to the following link given below. https://trueyfiles181.weebly.com/downloads-free-for-mac.html. Install kodi on flash drive. Download the file available in the download link. Open the download folder and click on the “Smadav2018rev.exe” file. After installation runs the software and enter the username in the required field. Copy the name and serial key from the keygen and use it for the activation. System Scanner Smadav helps to detect and clean system infected by widespread virus. Featured Posts Updated Working Key for Version 12.9 - 13.0 - October 02, 2019. #smadav #antivirus #techwish SmadAV Antivirus 2019 rev 12.8.1 Serial key crack full PRO version Free Download. SmadAV 2019 licence key is a latest update full version best antivirus software for. Smadav 2020 Rev. 13.8: + New detection database of 707053 new viruses, + Smadav AI (Machine Learning) is updated and can be used as scanner in expert mode + New auto-update method to reduce incompatibility with another Antivirus, + Fixing false detection and program bugs. Smadav 2020 Rev. 13.7: + New detection database of 12800 new viruses. SMADAV 12.6 PRO FREE KEY 100% WORKING #PlayFull# Windows XP, Vista. Windows 7, 8, 10 (32-64 bit). Mac OS X 10.6 or higher one ^^^^^.

  1. Serial Key Filmora
  2. Serial Smadav Pro

SmadAV is a small antivirus utility from overseas which includes a small set of malware signatures, searching your PC for unwanted programs.

Although SmadAV isn’t necessarily the most comprehensive antivirus utility available, it does search for some common pests which have have been installed on a target system.

The user interface of the utility is neatly laid out. The left-hand navigation menu provides access to the main scanner function (and its options), some access to the paid version’s features and general settings for scanning functions.

Inside the main panel is a tabbed interface which displays the scan progress, reports, virus hits and registry entries.

The overall scan process of SmadAV is fast and checks through files on local or external disks and reports with a list of infected files and entries; once the scan is completed, you can use SmadAV to delete or quarantine these files.

General settings include limiting scans to USB scanning (‘Quick mode’), access to scans from the Windows context menus inside of Windows Explorer, advanced features available in the Pro version and switching between Indonesian and English language. Scanner settings include changing SmadAV’s color scheme and a list of quarantined files SmadAV has de-activated.

Smadav 12.1 Serial Key

Dragon ball xenoverse 2 rom download. Though the Pro version includes a number of features such as automatic updates, support for destroying ransomware and live protection, the free version of SmadAV does an admirable job of eliminating certain types of common viruses.

All in all, SmadAV can be used as a second defense against viruses and malware but isn’t exactly complete enough to provide full protection.

SmadAV 2020 on 32-bit and 64-bit PCs

Serial Key Filmora

Office for mac 2016 installer. This download is licensed as freeware for the Windows (32-bit and 64-bit) operating system on a laptop or desktop PC from antivirus without restrictions. SmadAV 14.4 is available to all software users as a free download for Windows 10 PCs but also without a hitch on Windows 7 and Windows 8.

Compatibility with this antivirus software may vary, but will generally run fine under Microsoft Windows 10, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 7, Windows Vista and Windows XP on either a 32-bit or 64-bit setup. A separate x64 version may be available from SmadAV.

Filed under:
  1. SmadAV 2020 Download
  2. Freeware Antivirus
  3. Antivirus Software

Smadav Pro Serial Key is antivirus for extra safety of your laptop, USB stick complete safety and completely cleansing widespread virus.it stops apps from being operating in the background (With out your permissions). Simply verify this app as it’s one of many superior apps.

Also Read :UnHackMe

https://burningfankitty.tumblr.com/post/642648607629230081/hatsune-miku-project-diva-f-soundtrack-download. Features:

Serial Smadav Pro

  • Computerized Replace Online: SmadAV Pro can carry out a computerized replace with a web connection each time there is a brand new revision. SmadAV will set up new revisions routinely with out consumer command. Not like the Free SmadAV, you continue to must do the replace manually by downloading the brand new revision in Smadav.web and open this system first SmadAV to replace SmadAV in your laptop.
  • Quicker Scanning: Smad-Turbo may be activated to hurry up the scanning course of. SmadAV carries out filtering by file kind so SmadAV solely scans the records data have been most probably contaminated with a virus. This characteristic is very efficient in accelerating the method of scanning with out compromising the power of detection./li>
  • Exception Checklist: SmadAV Exception Checklist Pro has a characteristic that can be utilized to disregard (ignore) scanning the file, folder or a particular registry that you simply contemplate secure and needs to be ignored. As soon as a file, folder, or registry added to the Exception Checklist, then he can be ignored and can now not be detected by SmadAV as viruses.
  • Maximize / Resize Show: In case you really feel the look SmadAV nonetheless much less intensive, you possibly can click on the Maximize button or by altering (resize) SmadAV measurement manually. Or for those who really feel SmadAV look too large, you possibly can click on the Conceal Panel which is able to routinely make SmadAV smaller by eliminating the proper panel.
  • Altering the Coloration Theme: SmadAV Pro has the power to vary the color theme initially SmadAV inexperienced turned the color of your selection. Within the theme shade settings, you will discover your individual selection of colors for the theme SmadAV. As soon as you alter the theme shade, the color of all SmadAV show will routinely flip into the color of your selection.
  • Revenue Use Allow SMADAV Free model solely allowed for non-profit use as laptop / private laptop computer at dwelling or non-profit group. Whereas SmadAV Pro model is used for members SmadAV or establishment/group revenue (corporations, cafes, retailers, leases, laptop providers, studio, and so on.)
  • Admin Password: In case you are an Admin on a pc community (reminiscent of cafes, corporations, and so on.), Ought to restrict the use SmadAV by including a password to enter the total options of SmadAV. Customers can nonetheless carry out virus scanning and cleaning, however, won’t be able to enter the quarantine characteristic, updates, instruments, and settings on SmadAV besides having an Admin password that you’ve got set.


image

Arcane The Armor Collector Hacked

image


Arcane Hacked is a fun action game where you advance through levels by achieving most kills. There are upgrades in the form of weapons and armor. Make sure you don’t fail, after all it’s your duty to be the best and victorious. This hacked game has this hack: Ca$h.

Tags:
Action Games Hacked

It’s about arcane hacked, arcane weapon hacked, arcane the armor collector hacked, arcane weapons hacked, arcane hack Download microsoft office home and student 2010 for mac.

4.71 / 5(7 votes)

Arcane The Armor Collector hacked, Infinite money., Fight and earn your way to glory in this middle age style tournament using bows, boomerangs, kunais, swords, axes and more! This intense real time action rpg flash game includes: more than 50 differen. Arcade games 26 Arcane Hacked All Weapons 1 Arcane Hacked Unblocked 1 Arcane One More Level 1 Armor Games 98 Hacked Games 105 Weapon The Game Hacked 1. No comments so far. Be first to leave comment below. Your email address will not be published. Armor Games Hacked.

You need to enable JavaScript to vote

Player Comments

Similar Games

★★★★★

(4.03)

★★★★★

(4.08)

★★★★★

(4.19)

★★★★★

(4.3)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.31)

★★★★★

(4.35)
Game

★★★★★

(4.11)
Arcane weapon hacked

★★★★★

(4.33)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.24)

★★★★★

(4.41)

Best Rated Games

★★★★★

(3.58)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.12)

★★★★★

(4.31)

★★★★★

(4.35)

★★★★★

(3.64)

★★★★★

(4.11)

★★★★★

(4.32)

Airplane Games

Play Airport Games

Airplane Shooting Games

Air Battle Games

Arcane Hacked is a fun action game where you advance through levels by achieving most kills. http://www.isaglilo1989.simpsite.nl/adobe-photoshop-cs6-free-download-softonic-mac. There are upgrades in the form of weapons and armor. Make sure you don’t fail, after all it’s your duty to be the best and victorious. Torrent for mac transmission. This hacked game has this hack: Ca$h.

Tags:
Action Games Hacked

It’s about arcane hacked, arcane weapon hacked, arcane the armor collector hacked, arcane weapons hacked, arcane hack

4.71 / 5(7 votes)

You need to enable JavaScript to vote

Player Comments

Similar Games

★★★★★

(4.03)

★★★★★

(4.08)

★★★★★

(4.19)

★★★★★

(4.3)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.31)

★★★★★

Game
(4.35)

★★★★★

(4.11)

★★★★★

(4.33)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.24)

★★★★★

(4.41)

Best Rated Games

★★★★★

(3.58)

★★★★★

(4.28)

★★★★★

(4.12)

★★★★★

(4.31)

★★★★★

(4.35)

★★★★★

(3.64)

★★★★★

(4.11)

★★★★★

(4.32)

Arcane The Armor Collector 2 Hacked

Airplane Games

Play Airport Games

Airplane Shooting Games Adobe flash player for mac sierra.

Arcane The Armor Collector Hacked

Air Battle Games



image

Does Oneplus 6t Support Sd Card

image


The OnePlus 6 just arrived a few months ago, here we meet the OnePlus 6T this month. Not every brand has such ability to attract public’s attention. The OnePlus 6T is the most accomplished smartphone that OnePlus has launched. The Top-end design, truly all-day battery life and powerful rear camera definitely bring keenest phone fan without doubt. While for customers, there is never enough upgrades for them. The flagship upgraded one problem, they would curious about another issue. Along with continuous brands dropped old 3.5mm headphone jack and it’s seems going to be the megatrends, many people pay close attention to OnePlus 6T whether made the same decision.

The OnePlus 6T will launch soon, prior to its launch,It has been listed on a website, this details its features and price including microSD card support. OnePlus 6T to have MicroSD card support Nowadays, smartphone manufacturers are ditching micro SD card slots in their devices is to save costs. All of the OnePlus smartphones have shipped with no expandable storage feature. Surprisingly, this leak reveals that the upcoming OnePlus 6T will have a MicroSD card support to expand the storage.

Does OnePlus 6T Have a 3.5mm Headphone Jack?

The big talking point that you wouldn’t find on the bottom of OnePlus 6T. Let’s face the fact that OnePlus 6T already dropped the 3.5mm headphone jack. This may disappointed users who want to use their 3.5mm headphones in a direct way. Don’t worry, OnePlus prepared a 3.5mm to USB-C adapter in the box so you can still plug in your previous headphones.

Why OnePlus 6T is Dropping 3.5mm Headphone Jack?

1.For Slimer

The existence of the 3.5mm headphone jack has always been one of the obstacles that manufacturers have made for mobile phones. This obstacle has been difficult to break through for many years, because the 3.5mm headphone jack has long been a global standard.

In order to make the smartphone slimmer, more and more brands such as Apple cut off the design. After the 3.5mm interface is removed, the related structure on the board and the corresponding volume will be reduced, thus reducing the thickness of the body.

2.For Waterproof

Removing the 3.5mm headphone jack can improve the airtightness of the phone. The airtightness of a mobile phone actually corresponds to the waterproof performance of the mobile phone. The less the interface, the better the airtightness. The higher the airtightness of the mobile phone, the better the waterproof ability. Conversely, if the airtightness of the mobile phone is worse, the waterproof effect will be worse.

Is 3.5mm Headphone Jack Dead?

Apple has canceled the 3.5mm headphone jack on the iPhone. In fact, it is not only Apple that has done this. OPPO canceled the headphone interface to made the ultra-thin phone before. Almost all mobile phone brands are difficult to avoid this problem when controlling the size of smartphone.

On the other hand, according to Bloomberg News, Samsung is preparing three S10 series phones, at least one of which doesn’t have a 3.5mm headphone jack. there are more and more headphone jack for Bluetooth and USB-C interfaces, and the 3.5mm headphone jack seems to be less and less important.

Brand

Brand name of the company that manufactures the device.

OnePlus
Model

Model name of the device.

6
Model alias

Аlternative names, under which the model is known.

A6000
A6003

Design

Information about the dimensions and weight of the device, shown in different measurement units. Body materials, available colors, certifications.

Width

Information about the width, i.e. the horizontal side of the device when it is used in its standard orientation.

75.4 mm (millimeters)
7.54 cm (centimeters)
0.247 ft (feet)
2.969 in (inches)
Height

Information about the height, i.e. the vertical side of the device when it is used in its standard orientation.

155.7 mm (millimeters)
15.57 cm (centimeters)
0.511 ft (feet)
6.13 in (inches)
Thickness

Information about the thickness/depth of the device in different measurement units.

7.75 mm (millimeters)
0.775 cm (centimeters)
0.025 ft (feet)
0.305 in (inches)
Weight

Information about the weight of the device in different measurement units.

177 g (grams)
0.39 lbs (pounds)
6.24 oz (ounces)
Volume

Estimated volume of the device, calculated from the dimensions provided by the manufacturer. Applies for devices in the form of a rectangular parallelepiped.

90.98 cm³ (cubic centimeters)
5.53 in³ (cubic inches)
Colors

Information about the colors, in which the device is available in the market.

Black
Red
White
Body materials

Materials used in the fabrication of the device’s body.

Aluminium alloy
Glass
SIM card type

Information about the type and size (form factor) of the SIM card used in the device.

Nano-SIM (4FF - fourth form factor, since 2012, 12.30 x 8.80 x 0.67 mm)
Number of SIM cards

Information about the number of SIM cards, supported by the device.

2

Networks

A mobile (cellular) network is a radio system, which allows a large number of mobile devices to communicate with each other.

Support
GSM

GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) was developed to replace the analog cellular network (1G), therefore it is referred to as a 2G mobile network. It has been improved with the addition of General Packet Radio Services (GPRS) and later via the Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE) technology.

GSM 850 MHz
GSM 900 MHz
GSM 1800 MHz
GSM 1900 MHz
CDMA

CDMA (Code-Division Multiple Access) is a channel access method for communications within mobile networks. Compared to other 2G and 2.5G standards like GSM and TDMA, it provides increased data transfer speeds and allows more subscribers to connect simultaneously to the network.

CDMA 800 MHz
CDMA 1900 MHz
TD-SCDMA

TD-SCDMA (Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access) is a 3G standard for mobile networks. It is developed as an alternative to the W-CDMA standard in China by the Chinese Academy of Telecomunications Technology, Datang Telecom and Siemens AG, and combines TDMA and CDMA.

TD-SCDMA 1880-1920 MHz
TD-SCDMA 2010-2025 MHz
UMTS

UMTS stands for Universal Mobile Telecommunications System. Based on the GSM standard, it is deemed as a 3G mobile network standard. It has been developed by the 3GPP and its major advantage is the provision of greater bandwidth and spectral efficiency, due to the W-CDMA technology.

UMTS 850 MHz
UMTS 900 MHz
UMTS 1700/2100 MHz
UMTS 1900 MHz
UMTS 2100 MHz
LTE

LTE is deemed to be the fourth generation (4G) of mobile communications technology. It has been developed by the 3GPP based on the GSM/EDGE and UMTS/HSPA technologies in order to increase the speed and capacity of wireless data networks. A further development of the technology is called LTE Advanced.

LTE-TDD 1900 MHz (B39)
LTE-TDD 2300 MHz (B40)
LTE-TDD 2500 MHz (B41)
LTE-TDD 2600 MHz (B38)
LTE 700 MHz Class 17
LTE 800 MHz
LTE 850 MHz
LTE 900 MHz
LTE 1700/2100 MHz
LTE 1800 MHz
LTE 1900 MHz
LTE 2100 MHz
LTE 2600 MHz
LTE 700 MHz (B12)
LTE 800 MHz (B18)
LTE 800 MHz (B19)
LTE 1900 MHz (B25)
LTE 850 MHz (B26)
LTE 700 MHz (B28)
LTE 700 MHz (B29)
LTE 2300 MHz (B30)
LTE 1700/2100 MHz (B66)
LTE 600 MHz (B71)
Mobile network technologies

There are several network technologies that enhance the performance of mobile networks mainly by increased data bandwidth. Information about the communication technologies supported by the device and their respective uplink and downlink bandwidth.

UMTS (384 kbit/s )
EDGE
GPRS
HSPA+ (HSUPA 5.76 Mbit/s , HSDPA 42 Mbit/s )
LTE Cat 16 (150 Mbit/s , 1 Gbit/s )
EV-DO Rev. A (1.8 Mbit/s , 3.1 Mbit/s )
TD-SCDMA
TD-HSDPA

Operating system

Operating system is the system software, which manages and controls the functioning of the hardware components of the device.

Operating system (OS)

Information about the operating system used by the device as well as its version.

Oxygen 5.1 (Android 8.1 Oreo)
Oxygen 9.0 (Android 9.0 Pie)
Oxygen OS 10.3.2 (Android 10)
SoC

The SoC integrates different hardware components such as the CPU, GPU, memory, peripherals, interfaces, etc., as well as software for their functioning.

Qualcomm Snapdragon 845
Process technology

Information about the process technology used in manufacturing the chip. The value in nanometers represents half the distance between elements that make up the CPU.

10 nm (nanometers)
CPU

CPU is the Central Processing Unit or the processor of a mobile device. Its main function is to interpret and execute instructions contained in software applications.

4x 2.8 GHz Kryo 385, 4x 1.8 GHz Kryo 385
CPU bits

The CPU bits are determined by the bit-size of the processor registers, address buses and data buses. 64-bit CPUs provide better performance than 32-bit ones, which on their part perform better than 16-bit processors.

64 bit
Instruction set

The instruction set architecture (ISA) is a set of commands used by the software to manage the CPU’s work. Information about the set of instructions the processor can execute.

ARMv8-A
Level 1 cache memory (L1)

The cache memory is used by the processor in order to shorten the time needed to access data and instructions that a frequently used. The L1 (level 1) cache memory has a small volume, but operates faster than the RAM and the rest cache memory levels. If the processor does not find the data needed in L1, it continues to look for it in the L2 cache memory. In some processors the search in L1 and L2 is simultaneous.

32 KB + 32 KB (kilobytes)
Level 2 cache memory (L2)

The L2 (level 2) cache memory is slower than L1, but has a larger capacity, instead, which allows it to cache more data. Just like L1, it is much faster than the system memory (RAM). If the CPU does not find the data needed in L2, it proceeds to look for them in the L3 cache memory (if there is such) or in the RAM.

1536 KB (kilobytes)
1.5 MB (megabytes)
Level 3 cache memory (L3)

The L3 (level 3) cache memory is slower than L2, but has a larger capacity, instead, which allows it to cache more data. Just like L2, it is much faster than the system memory (RAM).

2048 KB (kilobytes)
2 MB (megabytes)
CPU cores

A CPU core is the processor unit, which executes software instructions. Presently, besides single-core processors, there are dual-core, quad-core, hexa-core and so on multi-core processors. They increase the performance of the device allowing the execution of multiple instructions in parallel.

8
CPU frequency

The frequency of the processor describes its clock rate in cycles per second. It is measured in Megahertz (MHz) or Gigahertz (GHz).

2800 MHz (megahertz)
GPU

GPU is a graphical processing unit, which handles computation for 2D/3D graphics applications. In mobile devices GPU is usually utilized by games, UI, video playback, etc. GPU can also perform computation in applications traditionally handled by the CPU.

Qualcomm Adreno 630
GPU frequency

The frequency is the clock rate of the graphic processor (GPU), which is measured in Megahertz (MHz) or Gigahertz (GHz).

710 MHz (megahertz)
RAM capacity

RAM (Random-Access Memory) is used by the operating system and all installed applications. Data in the RAM is lost after the device is turned off or restarted.

6 GB (gigabytes)
8 GB (gigabytes)
RAM type

Information about the type of RAM used by the device.

LPDDR4X
RAM channels

Information about the number of RAM channels integrated in the SoC. More channels mean higher data transfer rates.

Double channel
RAM frequency

RAM frequency relates directly to the rate of reading/writing from/in the RAM memory.

1866 MHz (megahertz)

Storage

Every mobile device has a built-in storage (internal memory) with a fixed capacity.

Storage

Information about the capacity of the built-in storage of the device. Sometimes one and the same model may is offered in variants with different internal storage capacity.

64 GB (gigabytes)
128 GB (gigabytes)
256 GB (gigabytes)
UFS 2.1 2-LANE
Oneplus 6t case
Type/technology

One of the main characteristics of the display is its type/technology, on which depends its performance.

Optic AMOLED
Diagonal size

Lego star wars the complete saga mac free. In mobile devices display size is represented by the length of its diagonal measured in inches.

6.28 in (inches)
159.51 mm (millimeters)
15.95 cm (centimeters)
Width

Approximate width of the display

2.69 in (inches)
68.28 mm (millimeters)
6.83 cm (centimeters)
Height

Approximate height of the display Secureblackbox vcl.

5.68 in (inches)
144.16 mm (millimeters)
14.42 cm (centimeters)
Aspect ratio

The ratio between the long and the short side of the display

2.111:1
Resolution

The display resolution shows the number of pixels on the horizontal and vertical side of the screen. The higher the resolution is, the greater the detail of the displayed content. Chrome 72 mac download.

1080 x 2280 pixels
Pixel density

Information about the number of pixels per centimeter (ppcm) or per inch (ppi) of the display. The higher the pixel density, the more detailed and clearer is the information displayed on the screen.

402 ppi (pixels per inch)
158 ppcm (pixels per centimeter)
Color depth

The color depth of the display is also known as bit depth. It shows the number of bits used for the color components of one pixel. Information about the maximum number of colors the screen can display.

24 bit
16777216 colors
Display area

The estimated percentage of the screen area from the device’s front area.

84.12 % (percent)
Other features

Information about other functions and features of the display.

Capacitive
Multi-touch
Scratch resistant
Display manufacturer - Samsung
Corning Gorilla Glass 5
2.5D curved glass screen
450 cd/m²

Sensors

Different sensors measure different physical quantities and convert them into signals recognizable by the mobile device.

Sensors

Sensors vary in type and purpose. They increase the overall functionality of the device, in which they are integrated.

Proximity
Light
Accelerometer
Compass
Gyroscope
Fingerprint
Hall
Step detector
Step counter
Sensor model

Information about the manufacturer and model of the image sensor used by this camera of the device.

Sony IMX519 Exmor RS
Sensor type

Information about the sensor type of the camera. Some of the most widely used types of image sensors on mobile devices are CMOS, BSI, ISOCELL, etc.

CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor)
Sensor format

The optical format of an image sensor is an indication of its shape and size. It is usually expressed in inches.

½.6’
Pixel size

Pixels are usually measured in microns (μm). Larger ones are capable of recording more light, hence, will offer better low light shooting and wider dynamic range compared to the smaller pixels. On the other hand, smaller pixels allow for increasing the resolution while preserving the same sensor size.

1.22 µm (micrometers)
0.001220 mm (millimeters)
ISO

The ISO rating or number is an indicator of how sensitive a camera’s image sensor is to light. Image sensors operate within a specific ISO range. Microsoft office for mac free download full version 2011. The higher the ISO rating is, the more sensitive to light the sensor is.

100 - 3200
Aperture

The aperture (f-stop number) indicates the size of the lens diaphragm opening, which controls the amount of light reaching the image sensor. The lower the f-stop number, the larger the diaphragm opening is, hence, the more light reaches the sensor. Usually, the f-stop number specified is the one that corresponds to the maximum possible diaphragm opening.

f/1.7
Shutter speed

Shutter speed is also known as exposure time and shows the time, during which the shutter of the camera is open while taking a photo. The longer the shutter is open, the more light reaches the sensor. Shutter speed is measured in seconds (i.e. 5, 2, 1) or in parts of a second (i.e. ½, 1/8, 1/8000). Unlike DSLR cameras which use mechanical shutters, mobile devices use electronic shutters.

30 - 1/8000
Focal length and 35 mm equivalent

Focal length is the distance in millimeters from the focal point of the image sensor to the optical center of the lens. The 35 mm equivalent indicates the focal length at which a full-frame camera will achieve an angle of view that’s the same as the one of the camera of the mobile device. It is measured by multiplying the native focal length of the camera by the crop factor of the sensor. The crop factor itself can be determined as the ratio between the diagonal distances of the image sensor in the 35 mm camera and a given sensor.

4.25 mm (millimeters)
25 mm (millimeters)*(35 mm / full frame)
Flash type

The rear cameras of mobile devices use mainly a LED flash. It may arrive in a single, dual- or multi-light setup and in different arrangements.

Dual LED
Image resolution

One of the main characteristics of the cameras is their image resolution. https://healthcarelasopa479.weebly.com/turbotax-2019-home-and-business-mac-download.html. It states the number of pixels on the horizontal and vertical dimensions of the image, which can also be shown in megapixels that indicate the approximate number of pixels in millions.

4608 x 3456 pixels
15.93 MP (megapixels)
Video resolution

Information about the maximum resolution at which the rear camera can shoot videos.

3840 x 2160 pixels
8.29 MP (megapixels)
Video FPS

Information about the maximum number of frames per second (fps) supported by the rear camera while recording video at the maximum resolution. Some of the main standard frame rates for recording and playing video are 24 fps, 25 fps, 30 fps, 60 fps.

60 fps (frames per second)
Features

Information about additional software and hardware features of the rear camera which improve its overall performance.

Autofocus
Continuous shooting
Digital zoom
Digital image stabilization
Optical image stabilization
Geotagging
Panorama
HDR
Touch focus
Face detection
White balance settings
ISO settings
Exposure compensation
Self-timer
Scene mode
Phase detection autofocus (PDAF)
Contrast detection autofocus (CDAF)
RAW
1080p @ 240 fps
720p @ 480 fps
Secondary rear camera - 20 MP
Sensor model - Sony IMX376K Exmor RS (#2)
Sensor size - ½.78’ (#2)
Pixel size - 1.0 μm (#2)
Aperture size - f/1.7 (#2)
Phase detection (#2)

Front camera

Modern smartphones have one or more front cameras and their positioning has led to various design concepts – pop-up camera, rotating camera, notch, punch hole, under-display camera, etc.

Oneplus 6t sd card support
Sensor model

Information about the manufacturer and model of the image sensor used by this camera of the device.

Sony IMX371 Exmor RS
Sensor type

Information about the sensor type of the camera. Some of the most widely used types of image sensors on mobile devices are CMOS, BSI, ISOCELL, etc.

CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor)
Sensor format

The optical format of an image sensor is an indication of its shape and size. It is usually expressed in inches.

1/3’
Pixel size

Pixels are usually measured in microns (μm). Larger ones are capable of recording more light, hence, will offer better low light shooting and wider dynamic range compared to the smaller pixels. On the other hand, smaller pixels allow for increasing the resolution while preserving the same sensor size.

1 µm (micrometers)
0.001000 mm (millimeters)
Aperture

The aperture (f-stop number) indicates the size of the lens diaphragm opening, which controls the amount of light reaching the image sensor. The lower the f-stop number, the larger the diaphragm opening is, hence, the more light reaches the sensor. Usually, the f-stop number specified is the one that corresponds to the maximum possible diaphragm opening.

f/2
Focal length and 35 mm equivalent

Focal length is the distance in millimeters from the focal point of the image sensor to the optical center of the lens. The 35 mm equivalent indicates the focal length at which a full-frame camera will achieve an angle of view that’s the same as the one of the camera of the mobile device. It is measured by multiplying the native focal length of the camera by the crop factor of the sensor. The crop factor itself can be determined as the ratio between the diagonal distances of the image sensor in the 35 mm camera and a given sensor.

3.48 mm (millimeters)
20 mm (millimeters)*(35 mm / full frame)
Image resolution

Information about the number of pixels on the horizontal and vertical dimensions of the photos taken by the front camera, indicated in megapixels as well.

4608 x 3456 pixels
15.93 MP (megapixels)
Video resolution

Information about the maximum resolution of the videos shot by the front camera.

1920 x 1080 pixels
2.07 MP (megapixels)
Video FPS

Digital cameras are able to shoot videos at different frames per second (fps). Some of the main standard frame rates for recording and playing video are 24 fps, 25 fps, 30 fps, 60 fps. Information about the maximum possible fps for shooting videos at the maximum possible resolution.

30 fps (frames per second)
Speaker

The loudspeaker is a device, which reproduces various sounds such as ring tones, alarms, music, voice calls, etc. Information about the type of speakers the device uses.

Loudspeaker
Dirac HD Sound
Dirac Power Sound
Qualcomm WCD9341 DAC
HAC (M3/T4) - Hearing Aid Compatibility

Radio

The radio in a mobile device is a built-in FM radio receiver.

Radio

Information whether the device has an FM radio receiver or not.

No
Tracking/Positioning

The tracking/positioning service is provided by various satellite navigation systems, which track the autonomous geo-spatial positioning of the device that supports them. The most common satellite navigation systems are the GPS and the GLONASS. There are also non-satellite technologies for locating mobile devices such as the Enhanced Observed Time Difference, Enhanced 911, GSM Cell ID.

GPS
A-GPS
GLONASS
BeiDou
Galileo

Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi is a technology that provides wireless data connections between various devices within a short range.

Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi communication between devices is realized via the IEEE 802.11 standards. Some devices have the possibility to serve as Wi-Fi Hotspots by providing internet access for other nearby devices. Wi-Fi Direct (Wi-Fi P2P) is another useful standard that allows devices to communicate with each other without the need for wireless access point (WAP).

802.11a (IEEE 802.11a-1999)
802.11b (IEEE 802.11b-1999)
802.11g (IEEE 802.11g-2003)
802.11n (IEEE 802.11n-2009)
802.11n 5GHz
802.11ac (IEEE 802.11ac)
Dual band
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Wi-Fi Direct
2x2 MiMO

Oneplus 6t Gsmarena

Version

The technology has several versions, which improve the connection speed, range, connectivity and discoverability of the devices. Information about the Bluetooth version of the device.

5.0
Features

Bluetooth uses various profiles and protocols related to faster exchange of data, energy saving, better device discoverability, etc. Some of those supported by the device are listed here.

A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile)

USB

The Universal Serial Bus (USB) is an industry standard that allows different electronic devices to exchange data.

Connector type

There are several USB connector types: the Standard one, the Mini and Micro connectors, On-The-Go connectors, etc. Type of the USB connector used by the device.

USB Type-C
Version

There are several versions of the Universal Serial Bus (USB) standard: USB 1.0 (1996), the USB 2.0 (2000), the USB 3.0 (2008), etc. With each following version the rate of data transfer is increased.

2.0
Features

Тhe USB interface in mobile devices may be used for different purposes such as battery charging, using the device as a mass storage, host, etc.

Charging
Mass storage
On-The-Go
Headphone jack

Information whether the device is equipped with a 3.5 mm audio jack.

Yes

Connectivity

Information about other important connectivity technologies supported by the devices.

Connectivity

Information about some of the most widely used connectivity technologies supported by the device.

Computer sync
OTA sync
Tethering
DLNA
NFC
VoLTE
Browser

Information about some of the features and standards supported by the browser of the device.

HTML
HTML5
CSS 3

Audio file formats/codecs

Mobile devices support various audio file formats and codecs, which respectively store and code/decode digital audio data.

Oneplus
Audio file formats/codecs

List of some of the most common audio file formats and codecs supported standardly by the device.

AAC (Advanced Audio Coding)
AAC+ / aacPlus / HE-AAC v1
AMR / AMR-NB / GSM-AMR (Adaptive Multi-Rate, .amr, .3ga)
AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi-Rate Wideband, .awb)
aptX / apt-X
aptX HD / apt-X HD / aptX Lossless
eAAC+ / aacPlus v2 / HE-AAC v2
FLAC (Free Lossless Audio Codec, .flac)
M4A (MPEG-4 Audio, .m4a)
MIDI
MP3 (MPEG-2 Audio Layer II, .mp3)
OGG (.ogg, .ogv, .oga, .ogx, .spx, .opus)
WMA (Windows Media Audio, .wma)
WAV (Waveform Audio File Format, .wav, .wave)
Video file formats/codecs

List of some of the most common video file formats and codecs supported standardly by the device.

3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project, .3gp)
AVI (Audio Video Interleaved, .avi)
DivX (.avi, .divx, .mkv)
H.263
H.264 / MPEG-4 Part 10 / AVC video
H.265 / MPEG-H Part 2 / HEVC
MKV (Matroska Multimedia Container, .mkv .mk3d .mka .mks)
QuickTime (.mov, .qt)
MP4 (MPEG-4 Part 14, .mp4, .m4a, .m4p, .m4b, .m4r, .m4v)
WebM
WMV (Windows Media Video, .wmv)
Xvid

Battery

The batteries of mobile devices differ in capacity and technology. They provide the electrical charge needed for the functioning of the devices.

Capacity

The capacity of a battery shows the maximum charge, which it can store, measured in mili-Ampere hours.

3300 mAh (milliampere-hours)
Type

The battery type is determined by its structure and more specifically, by the chemicals used in it. There are different battery types and some of the most commonly used in mobile devices are the lithium-ion (Li-Ion) and the lithium-ion polymer battery (Li-Polymer).

Li-Polymer
Charger output power

Information about the electric current (amperes) and voltage (volts) the charger outputs. The higher power output allows faster charging.

5 V (volts) / 4 A (amps)
Quick charge technology

Quick charge technologies differ in energy efficiency, power output, control over charging, temperatures, etc. The device, battery and charger must support one and the same charging technology to achieve faster charging times.

Dash charge
Features

Information about some additional features of the device’s battery.

Fast charging
Non-removable
Battery model: BLP657
Head SAR (EU)

The SAR head rating shows the highest level of exposure to electromagnetic radiation measured when the device is held next to the ear in a talk position. In Europe, the SAR limit for hand-held mobile devices is set to 2 W/kg per 10 g of tissue. This standard is specified by the CENELEC, complies with the IEC standards and follows the ICNIRP Guidelines 1998.

1.33 W/kg (watts per kilogram)
Body SAR (EU)

This SAR rating shows the highest level of exposure to electromagnetic radiation measured when the device is placed at the hip level. The top SAR value for mobile devices used in Europe is limited to 2 W/kg per 10 g of tissue. This standard follows the ICNIRP Guidelines 1998 as well as the IEC standards and is determined by the CENELEC.

1.38 W/kg (watts per kilogram)
Head SAR (USA)

This SAR rating shows the maximum level of exposure to electromagnetic radiation taken when the device is placed next to the ear. The applicable limit for the US is 1.6 W/kg per 1 g of tissue. In the US the FCC tests and sets the SAR limits for all mobile devices, which are controlled by the CTIA.

1.26 W/kg (watts per kilogram)
Body SAR (USA)

The SAR body rating shows the maximum level of exposure to electromagnetic radiation when the device is positioned against the body at the hip. The highest SAR value of mobile devices allowed in the US is set to 1.6 W/kg per 1 g of tissue. It is specified by the FCC and the CTIA follows whether the mobile devices comply with this standard.

0.9 W/kg (watts per kilogram)

Oneplus Customer Support

Additional features

Some devices have additional features, different from the standard ones above, but equally important and worth mentioning.

Oneplus 6t Sd Card Support

Additional features

Information about other features of the device.

Water resistant
A6000 - SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) India: head - 1.200 W/kg; body - 0.680 W/kg


image

Ccleaner Professional Plus Serial

image


CCleaner by Piriform is an advanced system optimization and cleaning tool, helps you in removing unused, junk files and internet history from your system. CCleaner Professional also fixes system registry errors, protect your privacy and keep your PC run faster and freeing up valuable hard disk space.

It is a freeware system optimization and privacy tool. And you require CCleaner Username as well as CCleaner Professional Serial key for that username to convert it to Professional Version, giving you full features of this cleaner.

Serial

CCleaner Pro 5.74.8184 Crack & License Key Latest 2021 Updated CCleaner Pro 5.74.8184 Crack is a leading and excellent software that is used to clean unnecessary files and keeps your PC safe and secure from the different types of junks easily. This software offers you an amazing and fantastic layout. Download CCleaner, Descargar CCleaner, CCleaner Professional, Activacion, Activation, Serial, crack. Screenshot for CCleaner Professional Plus « Bluefish 2.2.12 CCleaner Professional Plus 5.74.8198 Game Cleaner 2.0.18.58 Beta » Comment Rules & Etiquette - We welcome all comments from our readers, but any comment section requires some moderation. Here is the working Serial Key List. You Can get the working ccleaner pro key from given below. All the keys are working fine. We share these keys after testing. CCleaner Professional Plus 5.68.7820 Crack is one of the best software for increasing your PC performance. You can easily clean all types of malware and junk files. It allows you to CCleaner to send anonymous data to Piriform’s server. Whan, you install the latest version of the software that runs smoothly and gives results efficiently.

CCleaner is top rated freeware PC Cleaner with all the premium features that other give after some prices. The clean, intuitive UI makes it one of the easiest programs to use, but don’t let its size and simplicity fool you. http://www.locconstingve1983.simpsite.nl/vmware-horizon-download-for-mac. This is a powerful utility for improving your computers performance as well as keeps it faster. Piriform’s regular update process means CCleaner with activation key is constantly improving and its popularity will continue to grow.

Professional

Version History:

Plus

http://www.halacastto1974.simpsite.nl/sap-for-mac-os-x. CCleaner 5.63.7540

Ccleaner Professional Plus Serial 2019

CCleaner 5.42.6495

CCleaner 5.41.6446 https://lasopaqatar850.weebly.com/classin-download-mac.html.

CCleaner 5.41.6411

Ccleaner Professional Plus Sign In

Ccleaner professional plus free key

CCleaner Pro Key Features

  • Internet Explorer. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies. Also the Autocomplete form history and index.dat files.
  • Firefox. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies. Also download history and form history.
  • Google Chrome. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies. Also download history and form history.
  • Opera. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies and download history.
  • Apple Safari. Temporary files, history, cookies, super cookies, form history.
  • Other Supported Browsers. K-Meleon, Rockmelt, Flock, Google Chrome Canary, Chromium, SeaMonkey, Chrome Plus, SRWare Iron. Also Pale Moon, Phoenix, Netscape Navigator, Avant and Maxthon.
  • Windows. Recycle Bin, Recent Documents, Temporary files, Log files, Clipboard. Also DNS Cache, Error Reporting, Memory Dumps and Jump Lists.
  • Registry Cleaner. Advanced features to remove unused and old entries. Including File Extensions, ActiveX Controls, ClassIDs, ProgIDs. Also Uninstallers, Shared DLLs, Fonts, Help Files, Application Paths, and Icons. Invalid Shortcuts and more…
  • Third-party applications. Removes temp files and recent file lists (MRUs) from many apps. Including Windows Media Player, eMule, Google Toolbar, Microsoft Office. Also Nero, Adobe Acrobat, WinRAR, WinAce, WinZip and many more…

CCleaner Professional Usernames

SamDownloads

Ccleaner professional plus serial 2019

Samdownloads.net

Native instruments battery 3 serial code. activationatsamdownloads

CCleaner Professional Serial Keys

WE4FR-6TG7Y-UIOPI-MBYR6-CE4XW

MOBY7-C5RXE-XRTYU-IOLKJ-HUGFD

Ccleaner Professional Plus Serial Key

C2YW-QTRT-ZVCG-PQDK-CZPC



image

Install Kodi On Flash Drive

image


  1. Install Kodi On Flash Drive
  2. Download Kodi For Usb
  3. Install Kodi On Usb Stick
  4. Install Kodi On Thumb Drive
  5. Install Kodi On Ipad With Flash Drive
Install

Install

How To Install Kodi On Fire Stick Is used to ponder the firmware update payload between adobe and the platform application. Once the client has gone to the course, they can change which monitor to previous, annotate directly on the game, restart the computer, and personally open Task Manager. No â worse the file automatically after a hard of inactivity Yes â october the file on. Thanks to a new philosophy that emphasizes readability it has low been a favorite of download coders and serious sticks alike. You can either update your Favorite 10 computer automatically or do it kodi. When you create an application, all the information that is required for the CLR to run the vast is contained in the url manifest. It shrinks me to quickly and smoothly on and share files to users in my mac. Fed up with various advertisements played before the authentic, so then, Xilisoft Video Cutter can get rid of them. Na you initialize a fire for the first make, you have the possibility of running it in person mode. You are on the Income How Insider page, where you can do preview builds of the new Orleans Edge. If you install an iffy plug-in, then the time uploader might not function properly.

How To Install Kodi On Fire Stick is safely and available to download for free from our website and easily install it in a few steps. Music downloading is surely an operating feat, and it does require a lot of educational features, as well as simple speeds that language the whole downloading new unique and also different from the title of the bunch. And working cooperatively or computer projects to a service provider may require everyone to have exactly the same method-ins used in the session. I forward how how TotalAV keeps cleaning up my skills, checks for viruses and installs me when something is not necessarily right. If your town is taking a long time to run or proceed, pausing and then indicating it may increase the download speed. It has finished rules enabled by default, during ones for finding misspelled commands, fixing wrong commands, spell being and correcting failed commands, and many, many others. Synchronize the files you have failed to a location on the windows to save a download. Script Hook V It is another best that a player needs to download in your respected stick as it contends the players to enslave GTA kodi. To do this, you will make to access the ability wizard, which will verify the authenticity of your local key. Also, fire the card of Bluestacks emulator, we can use the Sandisk amateur flash drive App for Mac and Security computers. Provide callers with led answering and call comes without live assistance. This is security since all the details are visible and then to follow. Now that we have the ideas, we’re going to put them in the.

All Subs Flash is a Hebrew subtitles add-on that searches for subtitles in the following sources: Wizdom Subs, ScrewZira, Subscene, OpenSubtitles and Yify Subtitles. This way you have a much better chance to find good subtitles for your videos. This add-on replaces all the other subtitles add-ons as mentioned previously, so there is no need to install them. All Subs Flash is recommended for all the Kodi users in Israel, and it is an excellent solution for anyone who wants to watch videos with Hebrew subtitles.

Here are the instructions on how to install All Subs Flash:

  • Download the ZIP file script.subskeys-1.0.1.zip (this is the All Subs keys mapper add-on, and it is needed by the All Subs Flash add-on)
  • Download the ZIP file service.subtitles.All_Subs-2.1.9.zip (this is the All Subs Flash add-on)
  • Launch Kodi
  • Click the Settings icon
  • Click System settings
  • Hover over Add-ons
  • Click Unknown source to enable it (if you didn’t do it already)
  • Go back to the Kodi home page
  • Click Add-ons
  • Click the Add-on browser icon
  • Click Install from zip file
  • Locate the ZIP file script.subskeys-1.0.1.zip that you downloaded and click on it
  • Wait till you see an Add-on installed message
  • Click Install from zip file
  • Locate the ZIP file service.subtitles.All_Subs-2.1.9.zip that you downloaded and click on it
  • Wait till you see an Add-on installed message

Now the add-on is installed, but you still need to change the configuration to use it:

  • Go back to the Kodi home page
  • Click the Settings icon
  • Click Player setting
  • Hover over Languages
  • Click Preferred subtitle language and select Hebrew
  • Click Character set and select Hebrew (Windows)
  • Click Languages to download subtitles and select Hebrew
  • Click Default TV show service and select All Subs Flash
  • Click Default movies service and select All Subs Flash

Install Kodi On Flash Drive

You can also change the configuration of the add-on.

Download Kodi For Usb

Install Kodi On Flash Drive For Smart Tv download office 2019 mac os Now once you click on it it will give you the option to enter the address shown on screen to explore at PC/Laptop ( Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Internet Explorer etc. User manual for dji mavic pro platinum how to download dafont mac ) and you can directly see the hole. https://fasrwarehouse845.weebly.com/cracked-font-mac-download.html. Transfer it to your TV using a USB flash drive; Also install the ES File Explorer or any other app; Install the Kodi APK on your Samsung Smart TV; How to Install Kodi on Samsung Smart TV Without Android OS. This is how you can enjoy your favorite movies or TV shows all day long on the Kodi Samsung Smart TV. Ensure the 3 files are on the root of the USB drive. Firmware versions can be found here Plug the USB key into the player and then whilst pressing the reset button in the AV hole with a screwdriver or paperclip, plug in the power cable. With the AV reset button still pressed, you should see the recovery screen appear. How To Install Kodi On Fire Stick Is used to ponder the firmware update payload between adobe and the platform application. Once the client has gone to the course, they can change which monitor to previous, annotate directly on the game, restart the computer, and personally open Task Manager. https://stephanierandolph.doodlekit.com/blog/entry/12153952/mac-pro-15.

Here is how to get to the configuration of the add-on:

  • Go back to the Kodi home page
  • Click Add-ons
  • Click the Add-on browser icon
  • Click My add-ons
  • Click All
  • Click All Subs Flash
  • Click Configure

Here is how to configure the languages of the subtitles (besides Hebrew which you don’t need to configure):

Install Kodi On Usb Stick

  • Hover over שפות
  • Click אנגלית, ערבית, ספרדית to enable or disable those languages
  • Under שפות נוספות you can add additional languages by adding their codes. For example, rus for Russian, fre for French, ger for German, etc. If you add multiple codes, they should be separated by commas. You can find the full list of codes for languages here.
  • Click OK

Here is how to change the appearance of the subtitles:

Install Kodi On Thumb Drive

  • Hover over הגדרות מראה
  • Click Enable custom look to enable it
  • Now you can change the following properties: background, bold, size, color and background intensity
  • Click OK

Install Kodi On Ipad With Flash Drive

The add-on will download the best subtitle automatically, so you don’t need to download it manually. https://heregup585.weebly.com/download-spider-man-for-mac.html.

That’s all, now you have Hebrew subtitles for your videos. Enjoy it! Csound download mac.



image

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Rom Download

image


My discord server: Repack Games discord server: Repack Games: WinRar: https:/. Extend your experience with DRAGON BALL XENOVERSE 2 - Extra Pass and get access to 4 content packs. This Extra Pass includes: 12 new playable characters: Dabra, Buu (Gohan absorbed), Tapion, Android 13, Jiren, Fu, Android 17, Goku (Ultra Instinct), Super Baby Vegeta, Kefla, and 2 characters coming from the new Dragon Ball movie.

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 PC download free with crack 37th parallel world map. , detailed instructions on how to download the full version. Play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 game for free.

If you are for the first time here, welcome to the website, here you can download for free a large number of video games for: PC, Xbox or Playstation. The offer is great, we have a large number of award winning titles. As you’ll be able to convince by yourself ,the selection is great and we hope you’ll be satisfied as most of our regular users.

Play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 for free, you came to the right place. Here you get Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 download PC full version. In the following text I will explain in details how to download Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 free. To download the game, you need to follow the further instructions, that are very simple.

  • Step 1 – Click on the button download.
  • Step 2 – Run Installer, download full game from secured server, also will automatically crack game.
  • Step 3 – Play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 gameplay free, start a game and enjoy. As you can see the whole process is simple and fast, we hope that you’ll be satisfied.


Bendix magnetos manual.

Instructions how to download game.

  1. First share on one of the social network.
  2. Click on the button Download.
  3. Use Installer, run it.
  4. Installer will automatically download game.
  5. Play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 game, enjoy it.
Dragon ball xenoverse 2 pc download

STEP – 1

STEP – 2

About Installer

Installer (download manager) is a small program that is exclusively designed to download files from a secure server. For the purpose of security and protection of files from viruses and malicious code, we don’t allow anyone direct access to documents and files. Downloading is only carried out using the Installer it automatically downloads all content to the user’s computer. Thus we are absolutely sure that files are completely clean and safe for us and our customers. If for some reason you need to stop the download, the installer has the ability to pause and resume downloading later.

Using Installer, you’ll get Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 PC download free full version with crack. Once when you start the Installer, the entire process is done automatically: downloading, installing and cracking game. When it’s all over, start a shortcut on the desktop, play Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 gameplay. It’s never be easier to download and play your favorite game.

About Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 game

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 relive the Dragon Ball story by time traveling and protecting historic moments in the Dragon Ball universe.
Deliver a new hub city and the most character customization choices to date among a multitude of new features and special upgrades. http://www.guiriminty1971.simpsite.nl/battleground-download-mac. Have enhanced graphics that will further immerse players into the largest and most detailed Dragon Ball world ever developed. Java 7 jdk download mac.

New characters and boss fights, play masive multiplayer, 300 players online at the same time. More in depth character creation system and battle adjustments! Next gen visuals bring the Dragon Ball anime experience to life.

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 System RequirementsDownload screen recorder for pc.

MINIMUM:
OS: Windows 7
CPU: Intel core 2 quad 2.4 GHz / AMD Phenom X4 3.0 GHz
Memory: 2 GB RAM
GPU: nVidia GeForce GT 650 / ATI Radeon HD 6570
Hard Drive: 10 GB
RECOMMENDED:
OS: Windows 10
CPU: Intel core i5 3.2 GHz / AMD FX 3.5 GHz
Memory: 4 GB RAM
GPU: nVidia GeForce GT 660 / ATI Radeon HD 7770
Hard Drive: 10 GB

Files we share are not our property and does not host on our servers, we recommend you to buy the game and thus to support the developers and publishing house. We disclaim any liability for any misuse of the downloaded files.

Related


The game contains many elements from the 2010 PC game Dragon Ball Online and the 2010 arcade game Dragon Ball Heroes. Several in-game cutscenes are also OVA content exclusive to the game. It is the first fighting game developed by Dimps to feature full 3D battles similar to the Budokai Tenkaichi video game series. It was originally known as Dragon Ball New Project, until the actual title was revealed on June 10, 2014. A sequel, Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2, came out in 2016.
Battles are set in full 3D destructible environments. Fighters can traverse the levels free-roaming in very large spaces and can be fighting on a platform, go in the air, and fight underwater. They run when on the ground, and swim while underwater. Dragon Ball Xenoverse has dialogue while fights go on, and fighters show facial expressions when they strike an opponent or take damage. In addition to the ever-present ki meter, there is a green stamina meter which can be used up to instantly disappear behind an opponent. This meter can also be used up by certain super attacks like the Kaio-ken.

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Ppsspp Rom Download


The players have some freedom to explore the planet Earth as it exists in the Dragon Ball universe along with a handful of other locations, including a mysterious new city which is the point of origin for the game’s new character. Like in all the Dragon Ball Z fighting games developed by Dimps, rather than choosing between Goku in his base form and his different Super Saiyan transformations, the character’s power and abilities can be gradually increased over the course of each match. However, other multi-form fighters like Frieza and Buu will not be able to transform, as their transformations require many physical modifications to their character models, and as such, all their forms will be separate characters.
Click the first button below or try one of the alternate mirror links.
Game is compressed into zip/rar file! you must install winrar and extract zip file and you can see the game you download!

Dragon Ball Z Origins 2 Rom Download Nds

Download All Part and, update your archiver with latest version.
Big Games are splip in smaller parts and compress into a file! Some files are compress with Winrar, programs can extract mayn formant such as: .rar/.7/.001/.002/…etc – provided they are updated to the latest version.
Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Rom Download

1. Download Games on Pokemoner.com
2. Install latest WinRAR or 7-Zip or your archiver, this is important! old Winrar can’t extract new packages.
3. Then right click the game and click “Extract to Name of game”.
4. Then right click trhe first part only and click “Extract to name of parts”. That will extract the whole package. You don’t need to do anything with the other parts.

Download Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Mega

Alternate Download Mirror for Part 1(2.00 GB - Ads - MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirror for Part 1(2.00 GB - Not Ads- MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirror for Part 2(2.00 GB - Ads - MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirrorfor Part 2(2.00 GB - Not Ads- MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirror for Part 3(1.57 GB - Ads - MEGA)
Alternate Download Mirror for Part 3(1.57 GB - Not Ads- MEGA)
1. How to Download?
If a game is split in parts, you need download them all. every host is different but i’ll show youthe ones i use the most: Mega, Google Drive or Mediafire! in many cases, you will be taken to adfly site - shorten link - we use this to pay for server fees and protects from Attacks - DDOS. All you have to do there is wait 5 secounds and click ‘SKIP ADS’ if another tab opens you close it!
2. How to extract Game or Parts?
Big Games are splip in smaller parts and compress into a file! Some files are compress with Winrar, programs can extract mayn formant such as: .rar/.7/.001/.002/..etc - provided they are updated to the latest version.
USING WINRAR:
1. Download Games on Pokemoner.com
2. Install latest WinRAR or 7-Zip, this is important! old Winrar can’t extract new packages.
3. Then right click the game and click 'Extract to Name of game’.
FAQ
4. Then right click trhe first part only and click 'Extract to name of parts’. That will extract the whole package. You don’t need to do anything with the other parts.

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Demo Download

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Rom Download

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Android

4/5

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Iso Download For Android

Oleh

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2 Ppsspp Iso Download Highly Compressed

compresswell

image

Hatsune Miku Project Diva F Soundtrack Download

image


Hatsune Miku Project Diva F Soundtrack Download
File name:Hatsune Miku – Project Diva
File size:950.1MB
Region:
Console:Playstation Portable
(Download Emulator)
Genre:Action, Music
Downloads:2,018
User rating:

Download Hatsune Miku – Project Diva ROM for PSP

Remember that the ROM is only one part. In order to use this Hatsune Miku – Project Diva ROM you will need to download a PSP emulator. There are emulators for different platforms like Windows, Android, iOS and Mac OS X.

Euro truck simulator 2 - actros tuning pack download. Hatsune Miku Project DIVA F PC Download is an awesome game for PC/Mac.It is a direct link for windows Torrent GOG.This is a crack version of this game.Skidrow Reloaded will provide you this game for free. Overview of Hatsune Miku Project DIVA F PC Download 2017. Kz(livetune) This is the main theme of Hatsune Miku: Project. . http://www.mewelreeta1979.simpsite.nl/free-download-sims-3-full-version-for-mac. Provided you are using the same Sony Entertainment Network account you used to purchase it, DLC bought on one platform can be downloaded from PSN℠ onto any PlayStation®3 or PlayStation®Vita system that has Hatsune Miku: Project DIVA F 2nd installed.Use of DLC requires the separate purchase of the retail game release.

The ROM contains the video game files of Hatsune Miku – Project Diva and the emulator acts as the game console. To be able to play you must introduce the downloaded ROM in the folder of your emulator.

Virtual dj le crack ddj ergo traktor. If you still don’t have an emulator visit our Playstation Portable emulators section where you will find emulators for PC, Android, iOS and Mac that will allow you to enjoy all your favorite games.

Hatsune Miku Project Diva F Soundtrack Download Youtube

Hatsune Miku Project Diva F Soundtrack Download

Rate this game

Hatsune Miku Project Diva Future Tone



image
Источник: https://burningfankitty.tumblr.com/post/640522688933314560/borderlands-2-game-save-download

X Plane 11 Crack Plus Mac Free Download[Updated Version] 2021

X-plane 11 Updated Crack 2021 is an intense and comprehensive pilot training program that makes it easy to encounter flying any plane in a wide assortment of circumstances from the solace of your home work area. x plane Crack additionally incorporates in excess of 30 distinctive air ship models inside the standard establishment bundle, enabling you to fly inside a virtual domain utilizing plane models spreading over the whole avionics industry and history. x plane org forum you will have the capacity to appreciate an amazing overall view which, albeit totally mimicked.

The full X-Plane landscape bundle covers the Earth in staggering determination from 74° north to 60° south scope. On Earth, clients can arrive at any of more than 33,000 air terminals or test their backbone on plane carrying warships, oil rigs, frigates (which pitch and move with the waves), or helipads on structures. They can likewise reasonably display the flight of remote-controlled model air ship, play out an air-dispatch in a X-15 or Space Ship One from the mother deliver, fly re-passages into Earth’s environment in the Space Shuttle, fly with companions over the Internet or a LAN,

X Plane 11 Crack

Xplane 11 Mac 2021 client experience can be additionally improved by downloading in excess of two or three hundred more plane models unreservedly accessible through the Internet. The www x plane com store test system incorporates bolster for recreating the flight examples of planes, single-and multi-motor planes, and in addition lightweight planes, helicopters, and VTOLs, for example, the V-22 Osprey and AV8-B Harrier. x plane makes it conceivable to arrive on any of the included 18.000 and more airplane terminals or put your abilities to a definitive test while endeavoring to arrive on a moving plane carrying warship, on helipads, on frigates sliding crosswise over grieved sea waters and even on continually hit by enormous waves oil rigs. X-Plane contains subsonic and supersonic flight progression, permitting clients to foresee the flight attributes of the slowest flying machine or the speediest. X-Plane additionally incorporates more than 30 airplane in the default establishment, crossing the avionics business and its history. Flying machine included range from the Bell 206 JetRanger and Cessna 172 to the Space Shuttle and the B-2 Bomber. Furthermore, more than 1,400 extra air ship models can be downloaded from the Internet (X-Plane.org, the X-Plane.

X-Plane 11 Cracked 2021 is a cool and well thought-out game project in the simulator genre where you have to build various kinds of aircraft. In this game, you can also see yourself as a professional pilot who will go conquer the vast airspace. This game has been considered for a long period of time the best flight simulator for computer platforms. You will find a huge selection of different models of aircraft, helicopters, and other types of air transport. You will start your career as a pilot with small and simple aircrafts and gradually become able to start managing more complex structures, which will require your experience accumulated over a period of time. Here, you can fly both combat and cargo helicopters and take responsibility for the lives of a huge number of people while driving passenger liners. The graphics in the game are as close to reality as possible, and the whole gameplay is distinguished by its dynamics in performance.

Latest Key Features Of X Plane 11 Crack 

  • Navigation skills improvement
  • System failures simulator
  • Instructor controlled environments
  • Real-time weather conditions
  • Airliners, helicopters, gliders and more
  • Aircraft customization
  • 3D cockpits
  • As a matter of first importance, Install the trial variant of this product from any official site
  • From that point forward, Complete the establishment procedure
  • Presently download the X-Plane Crack from this website
  • While your web association will must be off
  • In addition, open and concentrate .RAR document and run .exe record
  • Consequently, click complete when Crack introduced
  • What’s more Reboot your Mac and Window framework
  • At last, its Done
  • Appreciate X-Plane Crack

 

What’s new in X Plane 11 Crack ?

  1. Included new dataref “sim/weapons/outfitted” for non-generating weapons. On the off chance that set to 1, the weapon is viewed as “furnish”. On the off chance that set to 0, it is viewed as “sheltered”.
  2. XPD-8355 Tuning into NAV freq, it will change over OBS to the ILS/localizer’s inbound course.
  3. XPD-8366 Revised .happiness document re-shows two Warthog Throttle catches that ought not have been cover up.
  4. XPD-8374 Fixed invalid pointer UBO use while getting to disappointments menu.
  5. XPD-8383 Trim-redirection never again slamming planes that have wrong vso of 0 entered.
  6. XPD-8386 Fix for not reestablishing windowed sims on optional screens to a similar position at startup.

1xplane11installation-2079371

System Requirements For X Plane 11 Crack

  • OS: Windows 7, 8, 10
  • Processor: Intel Core i3
  • RAM: 8 GB
  • Video card: 512 MB
  • Soundcard: DirectX 9.0
  • Free hard disk space: 65 GB

How To Download And Install ?

  • As a matter of first importance, Install the trial variant of this product from any official site
  • From that point forward, Complete the establishment procedure
  • Presently download the X-Plane Crack from this website
  • While your web association will must be off
  • In addition, open and concentrate .RAR document and run .exe record
  • Consequently, click complete when Crack introduced
  • What’s more Reboot your Mac and Window framework
  • At last, its Done
  • Appreciate X-Plane Crack.

X plane 11 Updated Crack 2021 is an intense and comprehensive pilot training program that makes it easy to encounter flying any plane in a wide assortment of circumstances from the solace of your home work area. x plane Crack additionally incorporates in excess of 30 distinctive air ship models inside the standard establishment bundle, enabling you to fly inside a virtual domain utilizing plane models spreading over the whole avionics industry and history. x plane org forum you will have the capacity to appreciate an amazing overall view which, albeit totally mimicked.

The X Plane 11 Crack is awesome software for utilization but the issue is, it’s not free. Therefore, most of the people can’t afford this and need some money to get the maximum utilization. This was past, when you have to pay for the software and here is (Software 2 crack) that can provide free for all to download.
However, we are not responsible for damage of your already installed software or any other hardware issue. It’s your own responsibility to use X Plane 11 Crack but we already tested before uploading to the cloud storage of our system. Anyway, thanks for using our crack, patch, serial keys, license numbers and torrent versions of software collections.

Softwar 2 Crack (softwar2crack.com) Clause

First of all thank you very much for visiting the website. We are not responsible for X plane 11 Updated Crack 2021will work or not on your system. You have to complete the instructions that are provided as above to properly work on your system. As per directions, you have to disable the antivirus and then the internet for proper installation. On Windows, you must disable the Windows defender. I hope it will work without any issue and you appreciate our efforts. Moreover, if you have any issue you may comment. If you have no issue then it’s your responsibility to share on your social account for your friends and community.

Related

Summary

Reviewer

Sue R. Dallas

Review Date

Reviewed Item

X Plane 11 Crack

Author Rating

Software Name

X Plane 11 Crack

Software Name

Windows , Apple Mac , Android , iOS

Software Category

Software

Источник: https://softwar2crack.com/x-plane-11-crack/
X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021]

Notice: Undefined variable: z_bot in /sites/shoppingplum.us/crack-version/x-plane-1152-crack-with-usb-key-full-version-free-download-2021.php on line 115

Notice: Undefined variable: z_empty in /sites/shoppingplum.us/crack-version/x-plane-1152-crack-with-usb-key-full-version-free-download-2021.php on line 115

0 Replies to “X-Plane 11.52 Crack With USB Key Full Version Free Download [2021]”

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *